ETC 106-P300.5A

Contents
Introduction
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic
Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Hydraulic-Magnetic and
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
High Performance Circuit Breakers
and Battery Switches
Door Locking, Time Delay
and Motor Protection Controls
Solid State Remote
Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Circuit Breakers
and
Control Products
Electronic Products
Approvals
Worldwide Service Network
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
Contents
Start
Introduction
0
E-T-A circuit protection .............................. pages 3 - 10
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Product overview .................................. pages
104-... / 105-... / 106-... ........................ pages
110-P10 / 111-P10 ............................... pages
120-... / 124-... ...................................... pages
127-... ... ................................................ pages
129-L11-... ............................................ pages
157-... / 158-... ...................................... pages
1110-... .................................................. pages
1140-... .................................................. pages
1160-... .................................................. pages
1170-... .................................................. pages
1410-... .................................................. pages
1610-... .................................................. pages
1658-... .................................................. pages
3120-... .................................................. pages
3130-... .................................................. pages
2-4100-... .............................................. pages
2-5000-... / 2-5700-... ........................... pages
2-5200-... .............................................. pages
2-6200-... / 2-6400-... ........................... pages
1
11 23 27 29 31 35 37 41 43 47 49 53 57 61 65 77 81 83 87 89 -
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
22
26
28
30
33
36
39
42
46
48
51
56
59
63
76
80
82
86
88
92
2
Product overview .................................. pages 93 - 100
201 / 201-WA ........................................ pages 101 - 103
2210-S2.. .............................................. pages 105 - 108
E2210-... ............................................... pages 109 - 112
19"-rack ................................................ pages 113 - 114
19BGT2 Rack ........................................ pages 115 - 116
2210-S2.. for Distribution rail ............... pages 117 - 122
X2210-S06... Distribution rail ................ pages 123 - 124
X2210-K... Distribution rail .................... pages 125 - 129
2210-T2 ................................................. pages 131 - 134
2215-L1.. / 2215-G1.. ........................... pages 135 - 137
E2215-... ............................................... pages 139 - 140
2215-F1.. ............................................... pages 141 - 143
3120-....-..M1- ....................................... pages 145 - 148
3200 ...................................................... pages 149 - 151
3300-... / 3400-... .................................. pages 153 - 155
3500-... / 4000-... .................................. pages 157 - 160
3600-... / 3900-... .................................. pages 161 - 164
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
3
Product overview .................................. pages 165 - 168
808 / 809 ............................................... pages 169 - 170
8330-... .................................................. pages 171 - 174
8340-G... ............................................... pages 175 - 178
8340-F... ................................................ pages 179 - 182
X8340-S02 ............................................ pages 183 - 184
X8340-S04 ............................................ pages 185 - 186
8340-T ................................................... pages 187 - 190
8350-... .................................................. pages 191 - 194
2
☎
Order Form
High Performance Circuit Breakers
4
Product overview .................................. pages 195 - 204
402-... .................................................... pages 205 - 206
410-... .................................................... pages 207 - 210
412-K... ................................................. pages 211 - 212
413-K... ................................................. pages 213 - 214
428-... .................................................... pages 215 - 217
433-... / 434-... ...................................... pages 219 - 222
437-K .................................................... pages 223 - 224
446 / 447 / 449-... ................................. pages 225 - 226
452-... .................................................... pages 227 - 229
482-... .................................................... pages 231 - 233
483-... .................................................... pages 235 - 238
4120-... .................................................. pages 239 - 240
4201-... .................................................. pages 241 - 242
4910-... (RCCB) .................................... pages 261 - 262
520-... / 530-... ...................................... pages 207 - 210
583-... .................................................... pages 243 - 246
911 / 912 / 913 / 914-.. ......................... pages 247 - 249
921 / 922-... .......................................... pages 251 - 252
E-1032-... .............................................. pages 253 - 256
E-1073-437 /- 921 / -922-... ................. pages 257 - 260
Door Locking, Time Delay and
Motor Protection Controls
5
Product overview .................................. pages 263 - 266
664-... .................................................... pages 267 - 268
683-.. ..................................................... pages 269 - 270
3620-... .................................................. pages 277 - 278
6110-... .................................................. pages 271 - 272
6510-... .................................................. pages 273 - 274
2-6500 / 2-6700-... ............................... pages 275 - 276
2-7000-... .............................................. pages 279 - 280
Motor Start Switches ............................ page
281
Solid State Remove Power Controllers (SSRPCs) 6
Product overview .................................. pages 283 - 286
E-1048-600 ........................................... pages 287 - 289
E-1071-073 ........................................... pages 291 - 293
E-1071-128 ........................................... pages 295 - 297
E-1071-343 ........................................... pages 299 - 301
E-1071-353 ........................................... pages 303 - 305
E-1071-603/607 .................................... pages 307 - 309
E-1071-803 ........................................... pages 311 - 313
Electronic Products
7
Flow meters, flow monitors ................... pages 315 - 322
Level sensors ........................................ pages 323 - 326
Digital panel instruments ...................... pages 327 - 332
Sensors ................................................. pages 333 - 334
Current/voltage monitors,
combi safety protection ....................... pages 335 - 340
Miscellaneous
8
Approvals .............................................. pages 341 - 342
Worldwide Service Network ................. pages 343 - 346
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
E-T-A Protection and Safety
E-T-A were pioneers in the development of precision performance
circuit breakers with characteristics specifically designed to protect
equipment, sub-systems and components against the potentially
catastrophic effects of electrical overload and short circuits.
0
Today we offer one of the widest product ranges of its type on the
market including high performance models for aerospace, defence,
and other applications whose requirements for performance, safety
and reliability are uncompromising.
We also manufacture battery isolation switches; door lock relays; solid
state controllers with current limiting characteristics for use in electronic
power management systems; and a comprehensive range of electronic
control products and instrumentation.
Older methods of protecting electrical and electronic systems from
overloads and short circuits are no longer sufficient. Problems of large
current rating steps, wide performance bands and premature ageing
can cause serious difficulties in safety critical systems and equipment;
furthermore, multi-phase circuitry requires disconnection of all poles.
If fuses are used, comprehensive stocks of replacements are required
to cover every eventuality.
Professionals have long recognised the advantages of circuit breaker
technology. Overcurrent protection ensures safe performance of all
components, while circuit breakers offer convenience in operation and
can confidently be reset by inexperienced personnel.
E-T-A circuit breakers are far and away the preferred choice.
E-T-A Total Quality
Circuit breakers are safety-critical items. The same E-T-A products
may be required to operate just occasionally or very often during the life
of the equipment they are protecting. Either way, operation must be
totally dependable immediately a fault occurs. Any failure to perform
could have disastrous consequences - endangering people and property.
We have been designing and manufacturing circuit protection products
since 1948 and have responded to the performance requirements
across a wide range of industries. Most importantly, we have gained
expertise on the long term needs of circuit protection; the impact of
ageing equipment, corrosion, deterioration of wiring insulation and
loosening of connectors. All these place additional demands on circuit
protection devices.
Meeting these needs, E-T-A products are designed and manufactured
for world class quality, to the most stringent standards. Quality is builtin at every stage of the manufacturing process and is verified by the
latest automatic test equipment and SPC techniques.
Our quality management system is accredited to ISO 9001/EN29001
and has been independently audited by many of the world’s leading
manufacturers.
E-T-A Support
Our test laboratories are equipped to conduct comprehensive electrical
and environmental qualification programmes and are approved for low
voltage switchgear to EN 45000 requirements.
Our substantial investment in research and development ensures that
we remain at the forefront of technology. Our international standards
committee work, covering many different industries, enables us to give
up-to-the-minute advice on legislative demands and safety trends
worldwide.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
3
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
E-T-A Reliable Protection for Demanding
Applications
E-T-A Approvals
Most E-T-A models are fully approved by leading authorities including
VDE, CSA and UL (supplementary protectors in accordance with
UL 1077). Furthermore approvals are also held from specialised
agencies such as the UK Civil Aviation Authority, Lloyds Register of
Shipping, Bureau Veritas and the American Bureau of Shipping.
0
76
RE
aircraft
automotive systems
military vehicles
boats
semi-conductors
domestic/household appliances
commercial equipment
business machines
medical equipment
... and many others
VE
BU
O Y D´S
937
LL
ND D 1
E
motors
transformers
solenoids
printed circuit boards
power supplies
test equipment
control instrumentation
computers
communications systems
factory automation
AS
IT
S H I PP I N G
FO
U
AU
E-T-A circuit breakers are designed for equipment, component and low
voltage wiring protection. Their precision performance characteristics
are ideally suited to applications for which other methods of protection
are generally inadequate. These include:
R
OF
RE
G
I S TE R
61120
0
E-T-A circuit protection products are designed according to IEC
requirements for CBEs (IEC 934, EN 60934) - defined as circuit breakers
for equipment where unrestricted short circuits either cannot occur or
are limited by back-up protection elsewhere in the system.
1828
CE Mark
Those products from the E-T-A programme which are subject to the
European Union EMC Directive have been CE marked since early 1996
to demonstrate compliance. Declarations of conformity contain the
necessary supporting evidence.
In addition, from January 1997, models covered by the Low Voltage
Directive have also been CE marked.
CE marking is the responsibility of individual manufacturers and should
not be confused with formal approval logos, the use of which is
administered by recognised test authorities.
4
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Current Ratings and Time/Current Characteristic Curves
Key selection criteria are the trip time zones determined at 23 °C which
are shown graphically for each E-T-A product on the relevant data
sheet. Upper and lower curves show minimum and maximum adjustment
tolerances. Unless otherwise stated, all thermal and thermal-magnetic
circuit breakers will carry 100 % rated current continuously and trip
within one hour at 140 % rating. Adjustment to closer tolerances is
available to special order.
0
time
thermal/magnetic
time
thermal
current
current
current
Issue C
magnetic-hydraulic
time
time
magnetic (no delay)
(delayed magnetic curves available)
☎
current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
5
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
E-T-A Catalogue
Interrupting Capacity Icn
The E-T-A catalogue describes the largest product range of its type,
providing solutions to almost any requirement. It is divided into the
following sections:
0
Introduction
Thermal circuit breakers
Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
Hydraulic-magnetic and magnetic circuit breakers
High performance circuit breakers and battery switches
Door lock, time delay and motor protection controls
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Electronic products
Approvals
Each product section includes a quick selector chart and short form
presentation of the range, followed by detailed specifications for
individual product types or groups.
Please contact us if you have any difficulty in matching a product to
your requirements or have a special application - we have the flexibility
to develop custom solutions tailored to specific needs: products that
are both solution-oriented and cost effective.
A separate catalogue fully describes E-T-A electronic sensors, control
products and instrumentation.
E-T-A Choice –
Circuit Breakers to Ensure the Best Protection
A number of factors arise in choosing a circuit breaker to protect
against overloads and short circuits. E-T-A specialists can advise on
your requirement, according to the specific field application.
Four types of tripping operation cover most situations.
1.Thermal Circuit Breakers (TO)
The tripping mechanism comprises a thermal actuator and mechanical
latch, designed to discriminate between in-rush/temporary current
surges and prolonged overloads to ensure effective overcurrent
protection. Applications include motors, transformers, solenoids
and low voltage wiring.
2. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers (TM)
Combining a solenoid in series with a bimetal thermal actuator, these
provide time current characteristics with two distinct steps. A high
overcurrent value causes the solenoid to trigger the release
mechanism rapidly, the thermal mechanism responds to prolonged
low value overloads. These circuit breakers are well suited to
telecommunications, process control, and similar applications
requiring precision performance.
3. Magnetic Circuit breakers (MO or HM)
A well-proven design of solenoid coil with optional hydraulic delay
provides tripping that is highly tolerant of changes in ambient
temperature. A wide range of performance characteristics is available
in single, double and three pole configurations.
Overload and maximum interrupting capacities are specified for each
series, defined as the maximum current levels that can be switched
safely for a minimum of 40 operations, and a minimum of 3 operations
respectively. For thermal circuit breakers back-up protection is advised
if higher currents are possible. Please contact us for further advice on
specific applications.
IEC 934/EN 60934 defines interrupting capacity as the rated conditional
short circuit current performance. According to category PC1, this is
the value of rated conditional short circuit current (interrupting capacity)
for which the prescribed conditions do not include fitness of the CBE
for its further use. PC2 is defined as the value of rated conditional short
circuit current for which the prescribed conditions do include fitness of
the CBE for its further use.
Switching Sequence
The switching sequence for short circuit tests is normally abbreviated
as follows, according to relevant international CBE standards.
o: Break operation (open)
The circuit breaker in the closed position is caused to open
through a short circuit current applied by means of a separate
switch. Referenced as co (closed open) in earlier specifications.
co: Make operation with subsequent break operation (close open)
The circuit breaker in the open condition is closed onto a sustained
short circuit and must immediately re-open. This operating mode
requires the circuit breaker to be fail-safe as the actuator cannot
be released as quickly as the circuit breaker mechanism will open.
Referenced as oco (open close open) in earlier specifications.
t: Time period between switching operations
Normally 3 minutes, or the period required before the circuit
breaker can be re-set.
Solderability of Silver-Plated Terminals
E-T-A products with silver-plated terminals will not be adversely affected
(e.g. by sulphur induced corrosion) by the packaging material. However,
the solderability of silver-plated terminals can deteriorate with time.
Provided these products are stored, solderability will be guaranteed for a
period of six months from the date of delivery. If they are not required
immediately, it is recommended that these products are packed and
stored in polythene bags. No drying agents should be used as they may
contain silicate gel which can impair solderability. Flux should be nonhalogenous.
E-T-A Advantages
Snap-Action Mechanism
The snap-action mechanism featured in many E-T-A models ensures
that the contact closing speed is independent of the speed of operation
of the actuator (push button, rocker, toggle etc.). The moving contact
is retained until the actuator causes a defined force to act in the closing
direction of the contacts. Once this force is exceeded, the mechanical
retention is overcome allowing the contacts to snap closed (tease free
mechanism.) The closing speed is a function of this force alone.
Snap-action mechanisms eliminate contact welding upon switching on
to sustained short-circuits and minimise the risk of contact wear over
the circuit breakers’ life.
Trip Free Mechanism
Series 808 and 809 are fast acting magnetic devices sensitive to
small overload currents. Typical applications include printed circuit
board and power semi-conductor protection.
4. High Performance Circuit Breakers
Where ultimate operation under adverse conditions is required,
E-T-A high performance circuit breakers provide high interrupting
capacity and excellent environmental specifications. Available in
thermal and thermal-magnetic versions, they offer current ratings up
to 500 A. Special models are designed for aerospace, defence and
similar heavy-duty applications.
6
☎
R
E-T-A circuit breakers cannot be held closed against an overload. This
is achieved through the use of positively trip free designs in accordance
with IEC 934/EN 60934 (with the exception of models 1610, 1658, 808
and 809 which are designed for specialised applications).
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Manual Trip / On-Off Switches
Dual Control
Many models are available with a manual trip feature, either standard
or as an option.
Others are specifically designed as combined switch/circuit breakers
with rocker, push button, or toggle actuation, styled for front panel
mounting. Rocker types are available with illumination as an option.
According to IEC 934/EN 60934:
R = manual reset only
M = with manual release but not intended for frequent use as a switch
S = combined switch/CBE function
Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers inherently have two separate
protection elements: the thermal circuit for overload sensing and the
magnetic coil for abnormal conditions such as short circuits. The main
contacts are in series. Electrical separation of the thermal and the
magnetic elements enables independent monitoring of two separate
signals – Dual Control – by just one single pole circuit breaker.
E-T-A Circuit Breakers with Advanced Features
Terminals
Most models are offered with either quick connect (also suitable for
soldering) or screw terminals. Models with printed circuit board pins are
also available.
● Nuisance-free operation when subject to high in-rush currents or
transients, allowing ratings to be closely matched to the needs of the
system and enabling the most efficient sizing of wiring and
components.
● Wide selection of time/current operating characteristics ensure
tailoring to many different applications.
● Quality design ensures resistance to premature failure through
corrosion, fatigue, shock or vibration.
● Unlike fuses, no need for spares. Risks of using temporary
inappropriate substitutes are eliminated, and warranty costs are
reduced.
● Convenient resetting reduces down-time and service repair costs.
● Many types also function as on/off switches, simplifying installation
- fewer components result in higher overall reliability.
● Internationally approved, avoiding the need for different models for
different national standards.
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrically separate low current contacts can be included for use with
alarm and control switching circuits.
● Positive physical interruption of the circuit is ensured. There is no
risk of equipment remaining live. Low leakage currents are eliminated.
N/C (Si1) =
● Fail-safe if operated beyond specified performance limits. Unlike
PTC devices, such as resettable fuses, which may arc and flame;
also they require power to be removed before they can be reset.
N/O (Si 2) =
Normally closed contacts are open when the main
contacts are closed (break or b-contact).
Normally open contacts are closed when the main
contacts are closed (make or a-contact).
Shunt Terminal
Also available on some models: an additional, unprotected circuit tap,
switched through the main contacts.
E-T-A International
Auxiliary Contacts
Shunt Terminal
E-T-A is an international company, successful in world markets and
with offices and support personnel strategically placed around the
globe. Our product specialists will be happy to assist with the selection
of suitable products based upon a thorough evaluation of your
engineering and commercial objectives.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Dual Control
Relay Trip
R
R
I>
R
R
Relay Trip
R
An overload sensing circuit electrically separate from the switching
contacts is a further possibility on some models.
Issue C
☎
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I>
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
0
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Ambient Temperature Influence
0
To ensure optimum matching of circuit breaker performance to the system
requirements, E-T-A thermal and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are
not normally compensated for fluctuations in ambient temperature. The
circuit breaker is usually subjected to the same heat source as the system
so will automatically track its protective requirements.
However, some applications require the circuit breaker to operate
continuously in either high or low temperatures. The following table
shows the correction factors that typically should be applied. The
performance of magnetic circuit breakers and type 1410 is not affected
significantly within this temperature range.
Ambient temperature °C
-20
-10
0
+23
+40
+50
+60
Multiplication factor
0.76
0.84
0.92
1.00
1.08
1.16
1.24
Specification Notes
Close Mounting of CBEs
When several devices are mounted together, an air gap between each
is recommended. If this is not possible, each device should carry only
80 % of its rating.
Degrees of protection of electrical equipment
according to IEC 529
Example:
First characteristic digit
Second characteristic digit
First characteristic digit: Degree of protection against access
to hazardous parts and against solid foreign objects
Designation
Description
0
Non-protected
No specific protection of persons against accidental
access to live or moving parts. No protection of the
equipment against solid foreign objects.
1
Protected against
solid foreign objects of ≥ 50 mm
Protection against accidental access to live or internal moving parts, e.g. with the back of a hand, but
no protection against intended access to these parts.
Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects
of 50 mm dia. and greater.
2
Protected against
medium-sized
foreign objects
≥ 12 mm
Protection against finger access to live or internal
moving parts.
Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects
of 12 mm dia. and greater.
3
Protected against
small solid
foreign objects
≥ 2.5 mm
Protection against access to live or internal moving
parts with a tool, or wires etc. of a thickness of > 2.5 mm.
Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects
of 2.5 mm dia. and greater.
4
Protected against
granular foreign
objects ≥ 1 mm
Protection against access of live or internal moving
parts with a tool, or wires etc. of a thickness of > 1mm.
Protection against the ingress of solid foreign objects
of 1 mm dia. and greater.
5
Dust-protected
Protection against access to live or internal moving
parts.
Protection against harmful dust deposits. Ingress of
dust is not totally prevented, but dust shall not
penetrate in a quantity to interfere with satisfactory
operation of the equipment.
6
Dust-proof
Full protection against access to live or internal
moving parts. No ingress of dust.
Horizontal installation is preferable.
Plug-in Mounted E-T-A Devices
The continuous rating capability of E-T-A sockets for plug-in circuit
breakers is a function of the total number of circuit breakers fitted and the
individual ratings of each. Please enquire with details of your application.
IP 4 4
Code letters
Second characteristic digit: Degrees of protection against
ingress of water
Degrees of Environmental Protection for Electrical
Equipment
Terms such as drip-proof, water splash protection, waterproof and
dustproof are all in common usage but may be misleading unless
standard definitions are applied. The IEC has developed a standard
coding system defined in IEC 529.
Protection categories are identified by the prefix letters „IP“ followed
by 2 digits, the first of which refers to the level of protection provided
against access by solid foreign objects and to hazardous parts; the
second digit shows the level of protection against water ingress.
Designation
Description
0
non-protected
No specific protection
1
Protected against
water drops
falling vertically
Drops falling vertically shall have no harmful effects.
2
Protected against
water drops
falling vertically
when enclosure is
tilted up to 15°
Drops falling vertically shall have no harmful effects
when the enclosure is tilted at any angle up to 15°
on either side of the vertical.
3
Protected against
water spray
Water sprayed at an angle up to 60° on either side
of the vertical shall have no harmful effects.
4
Protected against
splashing water
Water splashed against the enclosure from any
direction shall have no harmful effects.
5
Protected against
water jets
Water projected in jets against the enclosure from
any direction shall have no harmful effects.
6
Protected against
high-pressure
water jets
Water protected in powerful jets against the
enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful
effects. *)
7
Protected against
the effects of
temporary
immersion in
water
Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful
effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is
is temporarily immersed in water under specified
conditions of pressure and time. *)
8
Protected against
the effects of
continuous
immersion in
water
Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful
effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is
continuously immersed in water under specified
conditions of pressure and time. *)
*) Certain equipment does not allow any ingress of water. If applicable,
this is included in the relevant equipment specification.
8
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Preferred degrees of protection
Protection against
access to hazardous
parts and against solid
foreign objects
Definition of make contact and break contact
The definition of IEC Publication 50 (441), 1974 issue, applies.
Protection against ingress of water
Code letters and
first characteristic digit
0
make contact
a-contact
N/O (Si2) contact
Second characteristic digit
1
2
3
4
IP 0
IP 00
IP 2
IP 20 IP 21 IP 22 IP 23
IP 3
IP 30 IP 31 IP 32 IP 33
IP 5
5
6
IP 65
13
2
14
IP 66
Protection degree IP 54 may apply to products with a splashcover, for
example for front of panel protection whereas the terminals (IP 00) will
be in an enclosed area.
Cable ratings to EN 60934
break contact
b-contact
N/C (Si1) contact
EN 60934:1994 + A1 : issue 1994
Standard current ratings as assigned to different cable cross sectional
areas (stranded copper cable).
mm2
Current
rating (A)
1
to 6
1.5
2.5
4
6
10
16
25
35
50
>6
>13
>20
>25
>32
>50 >63
>80
>100
to 13 to 20
to 25
to 32
to 50
to 100
to 125
to 63
to 80
Cable ratings and sizes for aerospace applications
Current AWG cable sizes
rating EN 2350 MS 3320
(A)
0.5
1
2
2.5
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
1
IP 54
IP6
Size
A control or auxiliary contact which is closed
when the main contacts of the mechanical
switching device are closed and open when
they are open.
Example:
20
20
18
18
18
18
18
16
16
14
12
10
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
20
18
16
Airbus
Boeing
BPS-C-144
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
22
20
16
14
12
20
18
18
18
18
18
16
16
14
12
10
AWG
mm2
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
0.21
0.33
0.52
0.82
1.31
2.08
3.31
5.26
AWG =American
Wire
Gauge
A control or auxiliary contact which is open
when the main contacts of the mechanical
switching device are closed and closed when
they are open.
Example:
1
11
2
12
Note:
The common terminal of change over contacts is often shown as C
(common).
Terminal identification
The following identifications are in conformance with DIN EN 5005 July
1977. However, the diagrams for the examples have been adjusted to
DIN 40900 1988 (equivalent to IEC 617 of 1983).
Main circuit
One-digit numerals - one pair of subsequent numerals per main
switching element
Example
1
3
2
4
Representation of operating status
In accordance with DIN 40719, part 3, issue April 1997, the operating
status of switching elements should be represented as follows:
● Telecommunications
The representation of the ready status as used by the telecommunications industry - Fuses and circuit breakers are shown in the closed
position.
● Power engineering
The representation of the open position is used by the power, installation,
control and data processing industries.
Equipment is represented in the de-energized condition and without
the effect of an operating force.
Power switches, disconnectors, circuit breakers etc. are shown in the
open condition, which is the normal position.
2 main switching elements
Auxilairy circuits
Two-digit numbers - Second digit
function numeral
b-contact 1 and 2
a-contact 3 and 4
change over contact 1, 2 and 4
b-contact 7 and 8, delayed
change over contact
with special functions 5, 6 and 8
- First digit, ordinal number
switching elements with identical function
and belonging together
Examples:
.1
.3
.2
.4
Following these definitions, E-T-A products are generally shown in
the de-energized condition.
.2
b-contact
Issue C
☎
.4
a-contact
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
.1
change over contact
9
0
An Introduction to E-T-A Circuit Protection
Graphical symbols in accordance with DIN 40900/IEC 617
Description
DIN 40900/IEC 617
Operated by electromagnetic
actuator
02-13-23
AINSI/CSA
Description
DIN 40900/IEC 617
Make contact
07-02-01 07-02-02
AINSI/CSA
or
0
Operated by electromagnetic
overcurrent protection
02-13-24
Break contact
07-02-03
Operated by thermal actuator,
for example thermal relay,
thermal overcurrent protection
02-13-25
Change-over break before
make contact
07-02-04
Manually operated control,
general case
02-13-01
Two-way contact with
centre-off position
07-02-05
Operated by pulling
02-13-03
Circuit breaker
07-13-05
Operated by pushing
02-13-05
Disconnector (isolator)
07-13-06
Operated by turning
02-13-04
Switch-disconnector
(on-load isolating switch)
07-13-08
Operated by stored
mechanical energy
02-13-20
Manually operated switch,
general symbol
07-07-01
Latching mechanism with
mechanical release
102-05-04
Push-button switch
with detent, non-automatic
return (push/push)
Control by fluid level
02-14-01
Three-position switch,
manually operated, positions 2
and 3 are locked positions
107-03-02 1 2 3 2,3
Control by flow
02-14-03
Pull-switch (non locking)
07-07-03
Turn-switch (locking)
07-07-04
Contactor (contact open
in the unoperated position)
07-13-02
Pressure sensor, making
p
p>
Operating device,
general symbol,
relay coil
07-15-01
Contactor or relay with
three make contacts
Operating device with one
effective winding
x with code
Relay coil of a
slow-operating relay
07-15-08
Relay coil of a
slow-releasing relay
07-15-07
Actuating device of a
thermal relay
07-15-21
SO
SO
OL
Electro-magnetic
overcurrent protection
SOL
I>
Electro-magnetic undervoltage
release
(undervoltage release module)
Relay coil of a polarized relay
10
☎
3 pole contactor with three
electrothermal overcurrent
releases
OL
3 pole disconnector
Single pole disconnector with
detent, manually operated,1 break
contact and 1 make contact
DISC
1
11 13
1
11 13
2
12
2
12
14
14
2
Single pole disconnector with
2 parallel contacts, manually
operated, with detent and remote
trip coil (FA) - type 921
DISC
FA
1
3 pole circuit breaker
CB
U<
07-15-15
3 pole circuit breaker with
latching mechanism,
electrothermal and electromagnetic overcurrent releases
I>
I>
I>
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Single and multi pole
thermal circuit breakers (CBEs)
with and without auxiliary contacts
Overview
Max. voltage ratings 3 AC 415 V,
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
Current ratings
0.05 ... 30 A
1
With simple operation through the heating effect of current,
thermal circuit breakers offer one of the most reliable and
cost effective forms of protection device available. As a
result they are ideally suited to the protection of a broad
range of components and systems - from motors and
transformer windings, through printed circuit boards, to
the low voltage power distribution circuits of road vehicles,
boats, and battery powered machines.
Such applications all require the ability to discriminate
between safe switch-on surges or transients on the one
hand, and harmful sustained overloads on the other.
Thermal circuit breakers can withstand high level surges,
which arise from lamp loads or motor starting, for example.
At the same time they afford protection against the effects
of genuine failure such as motor locked rotors. The
characteristics of thermal CBE’s can be matched closely
to the ratings of the component or system they are
protecting, eliminating the need for over-sizing of wiring
and connectors, whilst offering dependable protection even under low level overcurrent conditions which cannot be adequately provided for by other methods of
circuit protection.
E-T-A thermal circuit breakers utilise one of three different
mechanisms optimised for their range of operation
● a snap action disc type bimetal and contact assembly
● a bimetal with a mechanical latch and separate spring
loaded contact
● a hot wire design with extremely fast switching time
All are individually calibrated in the factory to ensure safe,
predictable performance under a wide range of conditions.
The E-T-A thermal circuit breakers in this catalogue
section are manually resettable enabling the power supply
to be restored after operation. Several models combine
the functions of circuit breaker protection and on/off
switching in a single component. There is a choice of
rocker, toggle or push button actuation according to user
preference.
E-T-A’s wide range of models enables the designer to
make optimal selections according to specific
performance, installation and styling needs.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
11
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
104-PR-...
104-...
105-...
Overview
Type No.
1
Description
PCB mounting
integral type
snap-in panel mounting
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
Aux. contact rating
0.5 A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.5 A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Typical life / contact rating
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
10 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
10 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
10 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
Approvals
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
Available options
see pages 23 - 26
see pages 23 - 26
pages 23 - 26
Dimensions
ø4
Internal connection diagrams
27.6
9.5
3.5
9.5
27.6
27.6
9.5 OFF
9.5 OFF
9.5 OFF
ø4
ø4
19
19
1
5
19
1
1
2
2
4
2
12
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
110/111-P10-G10..
120-...
124-...
Overview
106-...
1
toggle switch/circuit breaker
rocker switch/circuit breaker
push/push
switch/circuit breaker
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
DC 28 V
DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
0.1...20 A (type 110)
0.1...16 A (type 111)
3...20 A
3...20 A
0.05...5 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
6 ...8 A 500 operations at 2 x IN
10 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
30,000 operations at 1 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
0.05...2 A 6 x rated current
2.5...10 A 5 x rated current
10 x rated current
160 A
160 A
VDE, Demko, SEV, ÖVE, CSA, UL,
Semko, Nemko, Fimko, Kema
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS
CSA
see pages 23 - 26
see pages 27 - 28
see pages 29 - 30
2.5
16
22
9.5
26
32.5
OFF
36
27.6
9.5
19
Issue C
see pages 29 - 30
1/2-32 UN-2A
3/8-27UNS-2A
12
13.5 OFF
threadneck panel mounting
1
1
2
2
☎
38
36
43.3
5
1
1
2
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
13
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
127-F.../T...
129-L11-H-KF
157/158-...
Overview
Type No.
1
127-F-...
157-...
Description
plug-in, integral, or snap-in
panel mounting (-F), or rail (-T),
with manual release option
base mounting
with manual release
threadneck panel mounting
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V (type -F)
DC 28 V
(type -T)
DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
3...25 A
0.05...25 A
Typical life / contact rating
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
Type -F/-T: 0.05...2.5 A
3 ... 5 A
Type -F:
6 ...12 A
13 ...25 A
Type -T:
6 ...25 A
3...5 A 20 x rated current
6...25 A 400 A
0.05... 2.5 A 8 x IN
3 ... 5 A 20 x IN
6 ...12 A 200 A
13 ...25 A 400 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, Semko
CSA, LRoS,
BWB (VG 95345 part 9)
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS,
Semko
Available options
see pages 31 - 33
see pages 35 - 36
see pages 37 - 39
Aux. contact rating
3/8-27UNS-2A
ø4
9.4
9.4
45
45
20 OFF
13.5 OFF
ø4
45
11.5 OFF
Dimensions
8 x IN
20 x IN
200 A
400 A
400 A
Internal connection diagrams
14
☎
31
31
31
1
1
1
2
2
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
1140-E...
1140-F...
1140-G...
Overview
1110-...
1
threadneck panel mounting
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
(DC 50 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
0.05...16 A
3.5...16 A
3.5...16 A
3.5...16 A
0.05...4 A 10,000 operations at 1xIN
5... 16 A 6,000 operations at 1xIN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2xIN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2xIN
AC 250 V: 0.05...16 A
8 x IN
DC 28 V: 0.05... 6 A 10 x IN
7...10 A 200 A
12...16 A 300 A
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS,
Semko
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, Kema
see pages 41 - 42
see pages 43 - 44
see pages 43 - 44
see pages 43 - 44
14
3/8-27 UNS-2A
34.5
34.5
51
ø 4.2
19
19
15.6
Issue C
ø 4.2
34.5
15
11 OFF
10
OFF
snap-in panel mounting
11 OFF
integral type
OFF
snap-in panel mounting,
push/push
switch/circuit breaker
19
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
15
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
1140-G.5.
1160-...
1170-...
Overview
Type No.
1
Description
threadneck panel mounting,
double pole,
thermally protected on one pole
automotive circuit breaker
controlled reset operation
automotive circuit breaker
plug in mounting,
manual release
Max. voltage rating
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
DC 12 V
DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
12...30 A
5...25 A
Typical life / contact rating
0.05...3 A 3,000 operations at 2 x IN
3.5 ...8 A 1,000 operations at 2 x IN
10 ...16 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
300 operations at 2 x IN
6,000 operations at 1 x IN
3,000 operations at 2 x IN ≤ 20 A
1,000 operations at 2 x IN 25 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...3 A 6 x IN
3.5 ...8 A 8 x IN
10 ...16 A 120 A
200 A, L/R = 2.5 ms
5...15 A 200 A
20...25 A 400 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, Kema
Available options
see pages 45 - 46
see pages 47 - 48
see pages 49 - 51
Aux. contact rating
7 OFF
3/ -27 UNS-2A
8
ø4
7.6
6.4
17.5
49.5
38
14
OFF
Dimensions
25.1
19
Internal connection diagrams
1
3
18.8
1
1
2
2
4
2
16
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
1410-L1...
1410-L2...
1410-G1...
Overview
1410-F1..
1
miniaturized rocker
switch/circuit breaker,
snap-in panel mounting,
fast acting
miniaturized PCB mounting
type, fast acting
miniaturized PCB mounting
type, fast acting
threadneck panel mounting,
fast acting
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
(DC 48 V UL/CSA)
0.63...10 A
0.63...10 A
0.63...10 A
0.63...10 A
0.2 x IN, max. 1 A
0.2 x IN, max. 1 A
30,000 operations IN ≤ 6.3 A
10,000 operations IN > 6.3 A AC
3,000 operations IN > 6.3 A DC
300 operations at 2 x IN
500 operations at 2 x IN
300 operations at 2 x IN
500 operations at 2 x IN
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN AC max.70 A
3.15...10 A 10 x IN DC
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A 8 x IN max. 70 A
CSA, UL, SEV
VDE, CSA, UL
VDE, CSA, UL
VDE, CSA, UL
see pages 53 - 54
see pages 55 - 56
see pages 55 - 56
see pages 55 - 56
ø7
11.7
3.1
10
3.1
5
9.5
17
23.2
11
3.1
ON
23.5
1
LINE
Issue C
4
25
28
28
2
3 2
3 2
1
1
1
2
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
17
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
1610-21
1610-22
1658-...
Overview
Type No.
1
Description
automotive circuit breaker
standard fuseblock mounting
automotive circuit breaker
standard fuseblock mounting
with manual release option
threadneck panel mounting
disc bimetal operation
Max. voltage rating
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
6...25 A
6...25 A
5...25 A
Typical life / contact rating
300 operations at ≤ 50 A
500 operations at ≤ 50 A
1,000 operations at ≤ 50 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
≥ 3 operations at ≤ 150 A
≥ 1 operation at ≤ 2000 A
≥ 3 operations at ≤ 200 A
≥ 1 operation at ≤ 2000 A
200 A
Aux. contact rating
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL
Available options
see pages 57 - 59
see pages 61 - 63
see pages 57 - 59
ø6
0.7
27
24
24
28.8
2
6.4
12
1
6.4
12.7
6
3.8 OFF
OFF
Dimensions
17.5
18.8
18.8
Internal connection diagrams
18
☎
32
1
1
1
2
2
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
3120-F...
3130-F...
2-4100-...
Overview
3120-F...
1
rocker switch/circuit breaker,
single and double pole,
snap-in panel mounting
push button switch/circuit breaker, single and double pole
(press-to-reset only) with single
or two button operation
1, 2 or 3 pole switch/circuit
breaker,
snap-in panel mounting
threadneck panel mounting
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V;
DC 50 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.1...20 A
0.1...20 A
0.1...20 A 1 pole
0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole
0.05...10 A
50,000 operations at IN ≤16A 2 pole
30,000 operations at IN ≤16A 1 pole
10,000 operations at IN >16 A
50,000 operations at IN ≤16A 2 pole
30,000 operations at IN ≤16A 1 pole
10,000 operations at IN >16 A
30,000 operations 1 and 3 pole
50,000 operations 2 pole
2,000 operations at 2 x IN
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
2.5...20 A
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
2.5...20 A
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
2.5...16 A
2.5...12 A
14 + 16 A
0.05...2 A 10 x rated current
2.5 ...6 A 8 x rated current
7 ...10 A 6 x rated current
10 x rated current
150 A (1 pole)
250 A (2 pole)
10 x rated current
150 A (1 pole)
250 A (2 pole)
10 x rated current
150 A (1 pole)
250 A (2 pole)
150 A (3 pole)
130 A (3 pole)
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, BV,
Semko
VDE, UL, CSA, Semko
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko
see pages 65 - 76
see pages 65 - 76
see pages 77 - 80
see pages 81 - 82
OFF
VDE, CSA, UL, LRoS, BV,
Semko
3/8-27 UNS-2A
42.5
7.7
15
33
OFF
33
9
33
14.2
22.5
OFF position
I.3
LINE
I.1
I.2
1
2
41
41
2 pole
thermally protected
11
12(k)
Issue C
line
load
34
2 pole
thermally protected
21
11
22(k)
12(k)
☎
LINE I.I
line
load
6.5
3
2.I
3.I
2.2
3.2
19
1
21
22(k)
I.2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
2
19
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2-5000-...
2-5200-...
2-5700-...
Overview
Type No.
1
Description
flange mounting,
with manual release option
plug-in type,
with manual release option.
Specially suited to automotive
and marine applications
threadneck panel mounting,
with optional push/push switch
actuation
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
DC 28 V
AC 250 V to special order
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
0.05...16 A
up to 25 A to special order
0.05...25 A
Typical life / contact rating
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current
3 ...5 A 20 x rated current
6 ...12 A 200 A
13 ...25 A 400 A
0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current
3 ...5 A 20 x rated current
6 ...16 A 400 A
0.05...2.5 A 8 x rated current
3 ...5 A 20 x rated current
6 ...12 A 200 A
13 ...25 A 400 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, SEV,
LRoS, Nemko
Semko, LRoS
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko, SEV,
LRoS, BV, Nemko
Available options
see pages 83 - 86
see pages 87 - 88
see pages 83 - 86
Aux. contact rating
22.5 OFF
18.2 OFF
ø9.5
IG1=3/8-27UNS-2A
ø13.5
15.5 OFF
Dimensions
46.5
44
48.5
A
A
1
3 2
2
9.6
31
Internal connection diagrams
20
☎
0,05...2,5 A
1
4
3 2
10.4
4
10.4
1
29
50
1
1
1
2
2
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2-6200-...
Overview
2-6400-...
1
flange mounting, with auxiliary
contacts, with manual release
option
threadneck panel mounting,
with auxiliary contacts
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
1A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
1A, AC 250 V; DC 28 V
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
10 x rated current
10 x rated current
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko
see pages 89 - 92
see pages 89-92
ø6.4
11
11
39
46
18.5 OFF
22.5 OFF
ø8.5
31
1
31
5
7
4
6
2
Issue C
1
5
7
4
6
2
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
21
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart
106
●
●
❍
110/111
●
●
❍
●
Illumination
250
48
10
●
250
48
10
❍
●
250
48
10
❍
●
250
28
20
multi pole
MAX IN (A)
❍
DC (V)
●
●
single pole
❍
Water splash cover
Auxiliary contacts
❍
Manual trip facility
Shunt terminal
●
Screw terminals
●
Max. ratings
Number of poles
AC (V)
●
105
Solder terminals
104
Main terminal design
Blade terminals
Socket
Flange
Overview
1
Mounting method
Threadneck
Type
❍
120
●
●
❍
●
●
28
20
124
●
●
❍
●
●
28
20
127
●
●
❍
●
28
25
●
●
●
28
25
●
●
158
1110
1140
●
●
129
157
●
●
●
●
●
250
28
25
●
●
●
250
28
25
❍
●
250
28(50)
16
❍
●
240
48
16
●
12
30
●
●
28
25
●
●
28(48)
10
❍
●
24
25
250
28
25
●
●
●
●
1160
●
●
1170
●
●
1410
●
●
1658
●
●
1610
●
●
●
●
●
●
❍
●
●
❍
❍
3130
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
●
2-5000
2-5700
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
❍
250
50
20
●
❍
●
●
❍
415
50
20
❍
●
250
28
10
❍
●
250
28
25
●
250
28
25
●
250
28
25
●
250
28
16
●
250
28
16
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
●
●
●
❍
●
250
❍
❍
plug-in
pins
●
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
2-6200
2-6400
●
●
2-5200
●
❍
●
3120
2-4100
250
❍
❍
❍
● = standard
❍ = optional
22
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Description
Miniaturised single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset
tease free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN
60934). Available in versions for PCB or panel mounting, snap-in or
threadneck, or as an integral type. Approved to CBE standard EN
60934 (IEC 934). For higher current ratings see type 1140.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, printed circuit boards, hand-held
machines and appliances.
Accessories
X 201 285 01
1
Ordering information
Type No.
104
105
106
106-M1
106
-
- 5A
= ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
* mounting hardware bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
1.2
1.5
Internal
resistance (Ω)
285
134
81
22
8.7
5.5
3.3
2.45
1.6
1.45
0.9
0.6
0.4
105-...
106-...
Technical data
PCB mounting type (-PR), or integral type (-P30/P10)
snap-in panel mounting
threadneck panel mounting with hex and knurled nut *
threadneck mounting for standard fuseholder cutout *
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
P30
blade terminals A2.8-0.8
PR
solder terminal pins for PCB mounting (type 104 only)
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 same as main terminals (up to IN 6 A/3 A max. load)
Auxiliary contacts (optional)
Si51
type 104 only
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
- P30 -
104-...
Water splashcover/knurled nut assembly for type 106.
Current
rating (A)
1.8
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
6
7
8
10
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.28
0.25
0.18
0.11
0.076
0.067
0.051
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
0.5 A, AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...5 A: 3000 operations at 2 x IN
6 ...8 A:
500 operations at 2 x IN
10 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C (T 60)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage
degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.05 ... 2 A 6 x IN
2.5 ...10 A 5 x IN
IN
UN
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
5A
AC 250 V 1000 A
6...10 A
AC 250 V 2000 A
0.05...10 A
DC 48 V
200 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
10 g (57-500 Hz),±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
25 g ( 11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 10 g
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
VDE, Demko,
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
SEV, ÖVE
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
CSA, UL
AC 250 V, DC 48 V
Semko
AC 250 V, DC 48 V
Nemko
AC 250 V
Fimko
AC 250 V
Kema (EN 60934)
AC 240 V, DC 48 V
Circuit breakers with -Si51 not approved
Issue C
☎
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.1...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.1...10 A
0.05...10 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
23
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Dimensions
ON
ø7
mounting holes
104-PR
104-PR-A3
0.05...6 A
0.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
7.3
30
30
cut-out dimensions
6.5
6.5
4.5
0.8
0.5
hole for
mounting screw M2
usable depth 4.5 mm
11
terminal design for
correct stand-off distances
104-PR
7...10 A
Ø 2.2
3.5
9.5
1
1
29.6
6.5
ø4
27.6
max. 3
29.6
27.6
9.5
ø4
1.2
OFF
6.5 ON
104-P30
1.2
max. 3
9.5 OFF
104-PR
9
11
19
1
9
3
2
1
2
8±0.2
17.5
19
8±0.2
9.5
21
17.5
104-P30
104-P30-A3
7...10 A
0.05...6 A
9.5
105-P30
104-PR-(A3-)Si51
ø4
29.6
27.6
3.5
9.5
1.2
max. 3
21
23
27.6
31.6
1.2
max. 3
2
ø0.85
9.5
6.5 ON
OFF
ON
ø4
6.5
10
OFF
ø7
ø7
4.5
1
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
mounting hole
a
14
0.8
11
(A3)
11
19
terminal design for
correct stand-off distances
25
d
0.8
1.0
1.5
2-3
mounting holes
12.5
104-PR-Si51
7...10 A
9.5
5
2
23.5
21.5
21.5
3
8±0.2
5
4
23.5
4
11.3 +0.3
1
105-P30
105-P30-A3
7...10 A
0.05...6 A
2
8±0.2
17.5
24
b
5
5
1
12.5
a
21.9
22
22.1
22.2
d
17.5
19
21
104-PR-Si51
104-PR-A3-Si51
0.05...6 A
b
12
9
☎
3.8
9.5
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Internal connection diagrams
106-P30
Types 104
105
106
3/8-27UNS-2A
tightening torque 0.8 Nm
10.5 ON
13.5 OFF
Dimensions
Types 104-...-A3
105-...-A3
106-...-A3
Types 104-...-A3-Si51
1
1
1
5
ø4
3
4
27.6
2
2
2
1
9.5
1.2
max. 3
0.7
7
3
Typical time/current characteristics at 23°C
19
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
10000
mounting hole
7 - 10 A
8.8
SW14
0.1 - 6 A
8.9 - 0.1
15.7
11
1000
9
Trip time in seconds
9.6 - 0.1
106-P30
7...10 A
106-P30-A3
0.05...6 A
3.8
100
10
tightening torque 0.5 Nm
ø18.8
mounting hole
11.3 +0.15
- 0.1
106-M1
1
0.1
1
panel thickness >0.8
ø16±0.1
operating area
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Installation drawing for type 106
ø18
17
47
3.5
max. 2
20
2
24
Issue C
mounting area
☎
12
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
25
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 104/105/106-...
Terminal design
Accessories
104/105/106-P10
0.05...6 A
Water splash cover (transparent)/knurled nut assembly
(type 106-... only)
X 201 285 01
Degree of protection IP 64
10
7...10 A
6.3
104/105/106-P10-A3
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
0.05...6 A
1
polarizing tooth
5.3
polarizing tooth
104/105/106-P30-A3
9.5
0.05...6 A
26
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 110/111-P10-G10
Description
Single pole toggle switch/thermal circuit breakers (S-type TO CBE to
EN 60934) for threadneck panel mounting. Available with optional neon
illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) to indicate the ON position.
Fitted with toggle or baton style actuator in a range of colours translucent for illuminated version. Under overload the actuator returns
to the OFF position.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra-low voltage wiring systems,
power supplies.
1
110-P10-G10
111-P10-G10 (illuminated)
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
110 non illuminated
111 illuminated (please specify voltage)
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 shunt terminal, max. load 5 A
Mounting
G10 threadneck panel mounting, 1/2-32 UN-2A *
Switch style options
OB baton
WB baton - water splash protected (IP 54)
OT toggle
WT toggle - water splash protected (IP 54)
Switch colour designation
opaque
translucent
01 black
14 red
02 white
15 orange
04 red
17 transparent
06 blue
08 grey
09 green
Current ratings
0.1 ...20 A (type 110)
0.1 ...16 A (type 111)
Illumination (type 111 only)
12 V DC 10 to 14 V
24 V DC 20 to 28 V
115 V AC 90 to 140 V
220 V AC 185 to 275 V
111 - P10 -
- G10 - OB 14 - 5A - 12 V
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.1...20 A (type 110)
0.1...16 A (type 111)
Typical life
30,000 operations at 1xIN or
5,000 operations at 2xIN
Ambient temperature
-30 ... +60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage
degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
10 x IN
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.1...16 A
18...20 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40 050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
4 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.3 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 30 g
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above.
Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
UN
AC 250 V
AC 115 V
2,000 A
2,000 A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.1
97.6
2.5
0.2
0.2
22.4
3
0.1
0.3
10.9
3.5
0.09
0.4
6.1
4
0.05
0.5
4.0
5
0.04
0.6
2.7
6
0.03
0.7
1.8
8
< 0.02
0.8
1.6
10
< 0.02
1
1.07
12
< 0.02
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
1.2
0.66
15
< 0.02
VDE
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.1...20 A
1.5
0.50
16
< 0.02
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.1...16 A
1.8
0.33
18
< 0.02
CSA / UL
2
0.27
20
< 0.02
AC 250V, DC 28 V
AC 115 V, DC 28 V
0.1...16 A
18 ...20 A
Issue C
☎
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Approvals
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
27
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 110/111-P10-G10
Dimensions 110/111-P10-G10-...
Installation drawings
110/111-P10(-A3-)G10-OB../-WB..
110-P10-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
tightening torque 1.5 Nm
1/2-32 UN-2A
10°
operating area
5
5
5
5
5
mounting area
36
terminal for
illumination
(type 111 only)
110-P10-A3-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
operating area
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
43.3
20
20.5
24.4
24.5
9.5
1
32
12
20.5
16
ø4.6
5.5
15
12.7 -0.1
5
32
mounting hole
5
5
5
5
mounting area
111-P10-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
16
operating area
12 -0.1
8
20.5
12.7
24.5
110/111-P10(-A3-)G10-OT../-WT..
12
15
5.5
5
32
SW
mounting area
111-P10-A3-G10-OB../WB../-OT../WT-...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
10000
operating area
24.5
0.1 -2.5 A
Trip time in seconds
1000
15
15
5
32
3 - 20 A
5
mounting area
100
Internal connection diagrams
10
110-P10-...
111-P10-...
1
1
1
2
2
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
28
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
5
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 120-P50/124-...
Description
Single pole switch/thermal circuit breaker (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934)
for snap-in panel mounting. Available in rocker (120-P50) or push/push
(124-P50) switch versions. Under overload the actuator returns to the
OFF position.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage automotive and marine wiring systems.
1
120-P50
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
120
snap-in panel mounting type with rocker operation
124
snap-in panel mounting type with push/push button
Mounting (type 124 only)
F10
mounting depth 36.5 mm
F20
mounting depth 38 mm
Terminal design
P50 blade terminals 4.8x0.8 mm
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 blade terminal 4.8x0.8
Current ratings
3...20 A
124
- F10 - P50 - A3 - 4A
124-...-P50
ordering example
Voltage rating
DC 28 V
Current ratings
Typical life
3...20 A
10,000 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-30 ... +80 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 500 V
Interrupting capacity Icn
160 A
Vibration
120: 10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz)
124: 8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
40 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
168 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Pollution
degree
2
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
(Ω)x10-3
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
(Ω)x10-3
Humidity
144 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
3
67
10
< 20
Mass
3.5
67
12
< 20
120: approx. 23 g
124: approx. 27 g
4
67
15
< 20
4.5
49
16
< 20
5
38
20
< 20
7.5
26
Approvals (type 120)
Authority
CSA
Voltage ratings
DC 28 V
Issue C
☎
Current ratings
3...15 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
29
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 120-P50/124-...
Dimensions 120-P50
Dimensions 124-...
3
3
fully pressed down
2.5
OFF
1.3 -0.3
21.6
40.5
32.5
44.5
36.5
22
34
26
1
30
4
11
0
2.5
16
ON
bright red indicator band,
visible in OFF position
ON position
6 -0.3
OFF position
3 -0.3
panel thickness 5 to 7 mm
panel thickness 1 to 2 mm
124-F10-P50
20
10
mounting cut-out
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms
38
42
33
min. 1
3.5
R
36.5 +0.3
mounting cut-out
16
25
min. 2
20.5 +0.3
41
21
11
+0.2
R 350
29
R 150
4
4
-A3
terminal
4.5
36
-A3 terminal
panel thickness 5 to 7 mm or
panel thickness 1 to 2 mm
blade terminal DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms
38.1 +0.2
R3
21.1
+0.2
.2
R1-0
.5
Internal connection diagram
Typical time/current characteristics
10000
+23°C
4
-30°C
-A3
terminal
1
1.3 -0.3
OFF
4
21
11
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A4.8-0.8-Ms
38
42
33
.5
R3
23
16
100
.2
R3
1+0.1
2±0.1
sunk mounting
0.1
20
38.1 +0.2
2 +0.1
5
R3.
38.1 +0.2
-0.1
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
☎
+0.1
min. 2
+0.2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
2
R1
-0.5
21.1
2
21.1+0.2
1
raised mounting
min. 2
1+0.1
1
mounting cut-out
mounting cut-out
2±0.1
10
R1
-0.5
1+0.1
Trip time in seconds
6 -0.3
+80°C
1000
30
21.6
42
46
38
34
2
ON
2.5
(A3)
3 -0.3
bright red indicator band,
visible in OFF position
(3)
fully pressed down
124-F20-P50
1
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-free, snap
action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934: M-type when fitted with optional
manual release feature). Available in versions for plug-in or integral mounting,
track mounting, or with a frame for snap-in panel mounting. The optional -KF
housing is particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, battery chargers, extra low voltage systems.
Accessories
1
10F-P10
10-F-K10
10F-A10
Y 301 166 02
Y 301 166 01
X 210 589 01
X 210 589 02
X 210 588 01
X 210 588 02
X 210 588 03
X 210 588 04
Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each
accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With push-on terminals.
As above but with screw terminals.
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals.
Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10F-K10/-A10
sockets.
Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links.
Fifty-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection lugs for
type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-on connectors
for type 10F-P10 sockets, brown
As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, black.
As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, red.
As above, but with 2.5mm2 cable links, blue.
Ordering information
Type No.
127
Mounting options
leave blank for integral/plug-in option
F
for snap-in mounting
T11
track mounting with captive stud terminals
T12
track mounting with screw terminals
Terminal design (for use with and without flange -F)
P10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
K10
screw terminals M4x6
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
127 -
F
- P10 - H -
- 10 A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Internal
resistance (Ω)
280
127-T11-...
Technical data
Voltage rating
Current ratings
AC 250 V; DC 28 V (type -F)
DC 28 V (type -T)
0.05...25 A
Typical life
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage
degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
type -F:
0.05 ...2.5 A
3... 5 A
6...12 A
13...25 A
type -T:
0.05...2.5 A
3... 5 A
6...25 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Current
rating (A)
1.5
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.6
0.08
100
1.8
0.1
110
2
0.3
0.15
56
2.5
0.2
0.2
29
3
0.1
0.25
18
3.5
0.06
0.3
14
4
0.06
8 x IN
20 x IN
200 A
400 A
8 x IN
20 x IN
400 A
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Db
Mass
127-F-..: approx. 24 g
127-T..-: approx. 35 g
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above.
Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Current
rating (A)
0.05
127-F-...
0.4
0.35
9.8
4.5
0.05
0.4
7
5
0.05
0.45
5.9
6
0.02
0.5
4.9
7
0.02
0.6
3.4
8
0.02
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.7
2.5
10
< 0.02
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
0.8
1.8
15
< 0.02
CSA, UL
AC 250 V
0.1...16 A
0.9
1.5
16
< 0.02
LRoS
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.2...25 A
1
1.2
20
< 0.02
Semko (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
1.2
0.8
25
< 0.02
Type 127-T..- approvals N/A
Issue C
☎
Approvals
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
31
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-...
Dimensions
Installation drawings
127-F-P10-H
127-F
ø4
45
6.5 ON
11.5 OFF
2
operating area
9.4
1
19.8
11.5
31
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
127-T11
operating area
max. 2
max. 2
16
14.5±0.2
mounting area
41.5
a
b
127-T11
34
34
53
II
1
b
I
38±0.1
34
53
26
a
38.4±0.1
1-2.5
2.6-4
31
ø4
11.5
127-T12
operating area
max. 2
63
52
47
6 ON
12 OFF
mounting area
13
1
spacing
14
44
34
34
53
34
53
26
7
M4
tightening torque
for M4 max. 1.2 Nm
54
max. 2
127-T12
31
ø4
max. 2
G profile
EN 50035-G...
11.5
Terminal design 127-F-K10
47
6 ON
52
63
12 OFF
mounting area
13
9.4
7
M4
44
14
54
32
tightening torque
for M4 max. 1.2 Nm
G profile
EN 50035-G...
☎
spacing
flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 127-...
Internal connection diagram
Accessories
1
2
2
68
1
Mounting sockets
10F-P10
1
8
2
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
0.05 - 2.5 A
1
30
1
12
6
9.5
1
1000
2
50
1
5.6
3 - 30 A
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
12
2
10000
1
10F-K10
Trip time in seconds
7.5
7
15
45
13
75
100
10F-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
8
1
2
1
2
59
10
1
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
0.1
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories for sockets
2-way bus bar Y 301 166 02
7.9
4.2
4-way bus bar Y 301 166 01
8.5
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
2.9
2
12.5
1
15
15
t = 0.8
15
15
52.9
22.9
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
~70
ø2.5
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 (red)
X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 (blue)
~70
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
33
1
34
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 129-L11-H-KF
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism and separate manual release (M-type TO
CBE to EN 60934). Designed for bolt-on mounting with terminal block
type 83-P10. The special housing (-KF) supplied as standard, is
particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine
craft.
Accessories
1
83-P10 Surface mounted terminal blocks, each accommodating six bolt-on
circuit breakers. Fitted with terminals for push-on connectors.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
129 base mounting and connection
Terminal design
L11
Manual release
H
manual release facility
Housing
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
3...25 A
129 - L11 - H - KF - ...A
129-L11-H-KF
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
3
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.1
Current
rating (A)
8
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.02
3.5
0.06
10
< 0.02
4
0.06
12
< 0.02
4.5
0.05
16
< 0.02
5
0.05
20
< 0.02
6
0.02
25
< 0.02
7
0.02
Voltage rating
DC 28 V
Current ratings
3...25 A
Typical life
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-40... +75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity IN
3... 5 A 20 x IN
6...25 A 400 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 32
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (55-2000 Hz),±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210 part 28
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210 part 28
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to VG 95210 Part 2
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210 Part 7
Mass
approx. 25 g
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
CSA
DC 28 V
Current rating
3...25 A
LRoS
DC 28 V
3...25 A
BWB (VG 95345 part 9)
DC 28 V
6...25 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
35
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 129-L11-H-KF
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
ø4
0.8
45
8.5 ON
13.5 OFF
1
1
2
11.5
31
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
ø4.3±0.1
4.3±0.1
8
5±0.1
40
50
10000
1000
Trip time in seconds
Accessories
Mounting block 83-P10
100
1
16
78
46
M4
12
10
0.1
max. screw length 6 mm
tightening torque 1.2 Nm
1
ø6.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
4.7
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
36
7
10 10
13.5
☎
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Available
in versions for threadneck panel mounting, plug-in or integral mounting.
The optional -KF housing is particularly suited to high humidity and
other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems.
1
Accessories
157-...
158-...
See series 127.
Technical data
- Also
X 200 799 02
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type
157.
X 200 799 01
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted
knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening.
X 210 739 01
Water splashcover/hex nut assembly for type 157.
The concertina design is extended when the button
trips to the OFF position.
Ordering information
Type No.
157
threadneck panel mounting *
158
integral or plug-in mounting
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
K10
screw terminals M4x6
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
157 - P10 -
- 10 A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
Typical life
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacityIcn
0.05...2.5 A 8 x IN
3 ... 5 A
20 x IN
6 ...12 A
200 A
13...25 A
400 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 24 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resisance (Ω)
0.05
280
3
0.1
0.08
100
3.5
0.06
0.1
110
4
0.06
0.2
29
4.5
0.05
0.3
14
5
0.05
0.4
7
6
0.02
0.5
4.9
7
0.02
0.6
3.4
8
0.7
2.5
10
< 0.02
0.8
1.8
12
< 0.02
1
1.2
13
< 0.02
1.2
0.8
15
< 0.02
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
1.5
0.6
16
< 0.02
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
1.8
0.4
20
< 0.02
CSA, UL
AC 250 V
0.1...16 A
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.2...25 A
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
0.02
Approvals
2
0.3
22
< 0.02
LRoS
2.5
0.2
25
< 0.02
Semko (EN 60934)
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
37
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
157-P10
1
tightening torque max. 1 Nm
3/8-27UNS-2A
1.2
20 OFF
2
45
14 ON
4
8
ø4
1
9.4
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
19.8
10000
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 30 A
mounting hole
ø9.6 -0.1
Trip time in seconds
31
8.9 -0.1
14.5
1000
100
10
158-P10
ø8
ø4
3
20 OFF
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
45
14 ON
7.7
1
9.4
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
19.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
14.5
Installation drawings
31
max. 5.4
operating area
9.4
35
157/158-K10
flat head screw M4x6 ISO 1580
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
1
38
☎
mounting area
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 157/158-...
2
2
Front panel water splash cover, transparent, Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 (bonded to nut) (IP64)
1
Mounting sockets
10F-P10
68
Accessories for type 157-...
1
Accessories
8
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
10F-K10
30
1
1
Front panel water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 (bonded to nut) (IP64)
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
12
2
12
2
6
9.5
1
50
1
5.6
1
3/8-27 UNS-2B
7.5
3/8-27 UNS-2B
7
15
45
13
75
10F-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Splash cover (black) with hex nut,
without O-ring (IP64)
X 210 739 01
1
2
1
2
59
8
3/8-27 UNS-2B
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
7.9
12.5
8.5
4.2
4-way bus bar Y 301 166 01
2.9
Accessories for sockets
2-way bus bar Y 301 166 02
15
15
t = 0.8
15
15
52.9
22.9
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
~70
ø2.5
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 (red)
X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 (blue)
~70
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
39
1
40
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1110-...
Description
Single pole switch/thermal circuit breaker (M-type TO CBE to EN
60934) with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism. Designed for
snap-in panel mounting utilising keyed round hole or industry standard
fuse-holder cut-out dimensions. Featuring an ergonomically styled two
colour actuator with indicator band clearly showing the tripped/OFF
position. Available with square or circular bezels.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage systems, household
and office machines, instrumentation, marine applications.
1
1110-F1..
Accessories
Y 304 745 01
Y 305 602 01
Technical data
Water splash cover for use with square bezels
Terminal shroud, for insulation or dust protection
Ordering information
Type No.
1110
snap in panel mounting
Mounting
F1 panel thickness 0.8...1.6 mm
F2 panel thickness 1.8...3 mm
F3 with location pin; panel thickness 0.8...1.6 mm
F4 with location pin, panel thickness 1.8...3 mm
Number of poles
1 1 pole protected
Actuator style
2
black push button/white indicator ring, standard
Other indicator ring colours are available to special order
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
M1
medium delay
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
1110 - F1 1
2 - P1 M1 - 0.5 A
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
442
Current
rating (A)
2
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.25
0.08
123
2.5
0.1
110
3
0.12
27.8
3.5
0.09
0.3
12.4
4
0.07
0.4
7.0
5
0.05
0.5
4.5
6
0.04
0.6
3.1
7
≤ 0.02
0.7
2.3
8
≤ 0.02
0.8
1.7
10
≤ 0.02
1
1.1
12
≤ 0.02
1.2
0.71
15
≤ 0.02
1.5
0.41
16
≤ 0.02
1.8
0.38
☎
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
(DC 50 V to special order)
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
Typical life
0.05...4 A: 10,000 operations at 1 x IN
5 ...16 A: 6,000 operations at 1 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 250 V: 0.05...16 A
DC 28 V: 0.05... 6 A
7 ...10 A
12 ...16 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077/EN60934 PC 1)
IN
0.05... 6 A
7 ...16 A
0.05...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz)±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 12 g
8 x IN
10 x IN
200 A
300 A
UN
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
DC 50 V
1000 A
1000 A
200 A
0.19
0.2
Issue C
Voltage rating
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
UL
CSA
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
DC 50 V
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.05... 6 A
7 ... 16 A
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
LRoS, BV
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.5 ...16 A
Semko (EN 60934)
AC 250 V
0.05...10 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
41
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1110-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1110-F1.. / -F2.. / -F3.. / -F4..
1
When installing the circuit breaker apply pressure on bezel only
19
19
ON
black
2.4
white
2
47.5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
10000
9
12.5
51
0.05 - 6 A
7 - 16 A
12.1
13.2
15.6
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Panel cut out
1110-F1..-P.M1-...A
1110-F2..-P.M1-...A
+0.1
13.8 - 0.2
±0.05
+0.1
+0.2
- 0.4
±0.05
installation side
0.8 … 1.6
16 ±0.1
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
10
+0.2
- 0.4
13.8 -0.2
1
10
9.5
15
OFF
10
installation side
16 ±0.15
1.8 … 3
1
insertion force ≤20 N, removal force ≥120 N insertion force ≤20 N, removal force ≥120 N
1110-F3..-P.M1-...A
0.1
1110-F4..-P.M1-...A
2.2 +0.2
R0.5
+0.2
- 0.4
±0.05
17
+0.2
17
installation side
16 ±0.15
installation side
1.8 … 3
16 ±0.15
0.8 … 1.6
Installation drawing
40
20
+0.2
- 0.4
+0.2
±0.05
6 8 10
2
4
… times rated current
0.6 0.8 1
R0.5
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories - Water splashcovers (transparent)
Push button splash cover
Y 304 745 01 (IP 54)
operating area
ø14.5 1.25
17.8
14
When using
splashcover
please note
that the max.
panel thickness is reduced by 0.5mm
Terminal shroud
Y 305 602 01
20.5
60
2.2 +0.2
ø4
3
3
25
25
mounting area
42
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-...
Description
Miniaturised single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN
60934). Available in versions for panel mounting, snap-in or threadneck,
or as an integral type. For lower current ratings see types 104, 105, 106.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand-held machines and appliances.
Accessories
X 201 285 01
1
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type 1140-G.
Ordering information
1140-G.1.
Voltage rating
AC 240 V; DC 48 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA)
Current ratings
3.5...16 A
Typical life
3.5...8 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN
10...16 A 50 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3.5... 8 A 8 x IN
10...16 A 120 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 10777)
IN
3.5...16 A
3.5 ... 7A
8 ...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40 050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
ordering example
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
3.5
1140-F...
Technical data
Type No.
1140
single pole thermal circuit breaker
Mounting
E2 integral mounting
F1 snap-in panel mounting
G0 threadneck panel mounting without mounting hardware
G1 threadneck panel mounting, with hex nut and knurled nut *
G2 threadneck panel mounting, for standard fuseholder cut-out *
G4 threadneck panel mounting with metal knurled nut*
Number of poles
1 1 pole protected
Actuator style
1 black push button
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
M1 medium delay
Current ratings
3.5...16 A
1140 - F1 1 1 - P1 M1 - 10 A
1140-E...
UN
DC 50 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.06
Current
rating (A)
10
Internal
resistance (Ω)
< 0.02
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
4
0.04
12
< 0.02
Corrosion
5
0.03
13
< 0.02
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 10 g
6
0.02
15
< 0.02
7
< 0.02
16
< 0.02
8
< 0.02
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
7 ...16 A
CSA
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
3.5...16 A
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
3.5...16 A
Semko
AC 240 V
7 ...16 A
Kema (EN 60934)
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
3.5...16 A
Issue C
☎
UL
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
43
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1140-E211-P1M1
ø7
2
34.5
27.5
4
7.8
11
ON
OFF
Water splash cover/knurled
nut assembly, transparent
X 201 285 01 (IP 64)
1
ø4.2
Accessory
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
10000
19
9
Trip time in seconds
11
1000
hole for
mounting screw M2x5
1140-F111-P1M1
10
4
ON
7.8
ø7
1
34.5
27.5
2
OFF
11
ø4.2
100
0.1
1
2
9
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
19
d
0.8
1.0
1.5
2-3
40
a
21.9
22
22.1
22.2
b
11.3+0.3
Installation drawings
d
b
14
a
20
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
11
panel cut-out
25
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
operating area
1140-F...
ON
10.8
8
ø4.2
8
8
mounting area
7
OFF
14
tightening torque max. 1 Nm
3/8-27 UNS-2A
8
1140-G111-P1M1
operating area
8
8
34.5
27.5
0.7
1140-E...
8
8
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
mounting area
mounting hole
operating area
1140-G...
19
8
9
8
ø9.6 -0.1
11
SW 14
8.9 -0.1
8
44
☎
mounting area
8
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... (2 pole)
Description
Miniaturised double pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset teasefree, trip-free, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934).
Threadneck panel mounting. Suitable for line and neutral switching - the
thermal actuator operating on one pole simultaneously opens both poles
under overload conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand-held machines and appliances.
Especially suited to AC duties where the correct orientation of line/
neutral is not known/cannot be guaranteed.
1
Accessories
1140-G.5.
X 201 285 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
1140 double pole threadneck panel mounting
Mounting
G0 threadneck panel mounting without mounting hardware
G1 threadneck panel mounting with hex nut and knurled nut *
G2 threadneck panel mounting for standard fuseholder cut-out *
G4 threadneck panel mounting with metal knurled nut*
Number of poles
5 double pole, 1 pole protected
Actuator style
1 black push button
Terminal design
P7 blade terminals DIN 46244-C
Characteristic curve
M1 medium delay
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
1140 - G1 5 1 - P7 M1 - 16 A
ordering example
Voltage rating
0.05...16 A
Typical life
0.05...3 A 3000 operations at 2 x IN
3.5... 8 A 1000 operations at 2 x IN
10... 16 A
50 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...3 A
3.5... 8 A
10... 16 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.05...16 A
0.05...7 A
8...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40 050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 13 g
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
345
Current
rating (A)
1.8
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.3
0.06
240
2
0.08
142
2.5
0.2
0.1
88
3
0.1
0.2
24
0.3
3.5
0.06
0.3
9.9
4
0.04
0.4
5.9
5
0.03
0.5
3.7
6
0.02
0.6
2.2
7
< 0.02
0.7
1.9
8
< 0.02
0.8
1.4
10
< 0.02
1
0.9
12
< 0.02
1.2
0.6
15
< 0.02
1.5
0.5
16
< 0.02
AC 240 V; DC 48 V (DC 50 V UL/CSA)
Current ratings
6 x IN
8 x IN
120 A
UN
DC 50 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
AC 240 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
UL, CSA
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.05...16 A
Kema (EN 60934)
AC 240 V; DC 48 V
0.05...16 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
45
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1140-... (2 pole)
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1
ON
ø4.2
3
7
0.7
14
tightening moment max. 1 Nm
3/ -27 UNS-2A
8
10.8
OFF
1140-G15...
49.5
4
2
1
blade terminal DIN 46244-C
mounting hole
SW 14
11
ø9.6 -0.1
Typical time/current characteristics
9
10000
8,9 -0.1
19
0.05 - 3 A
3.5 - 16 A
1000
Trip time in seconds
ON
ø4.2
7
100
10
49.5
0.7
14
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
3/8-27 UNS-2A
10.8
OFF
1140-G25...
13.8 +0.15
-0.1
1
mounting holes
11
ø9.6 -0.1
blade terminal DIN 46244-C
9
8,9 -0.1
19
panel thickness >0.8
ø16±0.1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories
Installation drawing
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly, transparent
X 201 285 01 (IP 64)
8
8
operating area
mounting area
46
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1160-...
Description
Thermal circuit breaker, with controlled self-resetting mechanism,
specially suited to installation in inaccessible locations. Under overload
conditions the circuit breaker contacts will open to protect the load
circuit. A low current excitation circuit ensures that the contacts remain
open thereby avoiding the hazards of automatic reset operation. The
circuit breaker is reset by switching off the supply circuit for a short
period.
Typical applications
Automotive and marine extra low voltage wiring systems and
components.
1
1160-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
1160
single pole plug-in type
Design standard
02
standard version 12 V
Current ratings
12, 15, 20, 30 A
Voltage rating
DC 12 V
Current ratings
12...30 A
Typical life
300 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Holding current
< 0.6 A
1160 - 02 - 12A
Reset time at 23°C after
5 s of load with UN
< 35 sec
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Current rating (A)
Voltage drop (mV)
12
< 150
15
< 150
20
< 150
30
< 150
Issue C
☎
Interrupting capacity
(o-o-o)
200 A, L/R = 2.5 ms
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 54
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 6 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
47
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1160-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
25.1
1
2.2
17.5
23.8
1
7.6
2
9.3
2.5
5.2
0.8
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
9.9
9.2
10000
Accessories
Sockets available to special order.
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
10
1
0.1
0.6 0.8 1
6 8 10
2
4
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
48
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-...
Description
Compact single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease
free, trip free, snap action mechanism and separate (colour coded)
manual release. Combining full feature circuit breaker protection and
convenience with low cost of ownership benefits. Fitted with blade
terminals for plug-in mounting.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine
craft.
1
1170-...
Accessories
12-J20
12-P10
12-P10-20
12-P10-30
12-P10-40
12-P10-60
X 210 588 01
X 210 588 02
X 211 157 01
X 211 157 02
Technical data
single mounting socket with screw terminals for DIN rail mounting
single mounting socket with .250 quick connect terminals for
DIN rail mounting
2-way mounting socket
3-way mounting socket
4-way mounting socket
6-way mounting socket
100-way 1.5mm2/AWG 16 cable links with pre-fitted
push-on connectors for type 12-P10 mounting socket
as above, but with 2.5mm2/AWG 14 cable links
Bus bar with terminal
Bus bar without terminal
Type No.
1170
plug-in
Design standard
01 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks (standard)
with retaining clips
02 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks, without retaining clips
21 as design 01 but with higher interrupting capacity
22 as design 02 but with higher interrupting capacity
31 blade terminals for automotive fuse blocks
with retaining clips and ribs for higher pull-out force
Current ratings
5...25 A
DC 28 V (AC to special order)
Current ratings
5...25 A
Typical life
6,000 operations at IN
3,000 operations at 2 x IN ≤ 20 A
1,000 operations at 2 x IN 25 A
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Interrupting capacity Icn
5...15 A 200 A (1170-01/-02/-31)
5...15 A 400 A (1170-21/-22)
(higher capacity to special order)
20...25 A 400 A
Ultimate short-circuit
breaking capacity
Ordering information
1170 - 01 - 15 A
Voltage rating
≥ 1 break operation at 2000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (57-500 Hz)±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 13 g
ordering example
Standard current ratings, typical voltage drop values and
actuator colours (manual release)
Current
rating (A)
Voltage
drop (mV)
Actuator colour
5
< 150
orange-brown (approximating RAL 8023)
6
< 150
mossy-green
7.5
< 150
hazel
(approximating RAL 8011)
8
< 150
honey
(approximating RAL 1005)
10
< 150
red
(approximating RAL 3020)
15
< 150
blue
(approximating RAL 5012)
20
< 150
yellow
(approximating RAL 1018)
25
< 150
pearl
(approximating RAL 1013)*
(approximating RAL 6005)
*= off-white (without dye) with ultradur
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
49
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1
3
ON
ø4
3
7 OFF
1170-01/-21
38
2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
6.4
7.6
1
10000
0.6+0.23
max. 9.8
5.2
14.5
18.8
3.6
4.2
terminal area to
DIN 72581 part 3
1000
Trip time in seconds
20
22
current rating without A
3
ON
ø4
10
3
7 OFF
1170-02/-22
100
38
1
7.6
0.1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
6.4
1
0.6+0.23
5.2
3.6
14.5
max. 9.8
18.8
4.2
terminal area to
DIN 72581 part 3
20
22
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.84 0.88 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
current rating without A
ON
ø4
3
3
7 OFF
1170-31
38
18.8
16.6
4.2
7.6
6.4
0.6
15.2
max. 9.8
5.2
14.5
18
0.6+0.23
3.6
terminal area to
DIN 72581 part 3
5.3
20
22
current rating without A
50
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1170-...
Accessories
Ordering information Mounting socket 12
Socket 12-P10
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
3.5
47
43
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Type No.
12
Mounting socket
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals A 6.3-0.8
J20
screw terminals 6-32 UNC
A10 1 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 / 1 screw terminal 6-32 UNC
Version
...
blank: single socket
20 two-way
30 three-way
40 four-way
60 six-way
58
12 - P10 - 20
1
ordering example
ø3.9
12.7
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
48.4
Accessories for mounting socket 12
Socket 12-J20
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
~70
3.5
43
47
spring washer
58
ø3.9
12.7
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
48.4
Bus bar
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
Socket 12-A10
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
cylinder head screw ISO1207-M4x4
nickel plated
2
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
washer A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
10
3.5
43
47
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
7
12.8
154.8
58
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
ø3.9
12.7
spring washer
48.4
Dimensions for surface mounting
60
7
13
ø4
48.4
Other sockets available to special order
Labels: Weidmüller, D-33102 Paderborn
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
51
1
52
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-F1...
Description
Miniaturised single pole rocker switch/thermal circuit breaker combining
ON/OFF switching and extremely fast overload performance in a single
component (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934). Under overload
conditions an internal neon (filament bulb for low voltages) illuminates to
give a clear signal of the tripped status of the mechanism and thereby the
cause of power interruption, suffix -B. Alternatively the illumination can be
conventionally wired to indicate the ON status of the device, suffix -E.
Returning the rocker switch through the OFF position and back ON will
reset the mechanism and restore the supply. Largely temperature-insensitive. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
1
Motors, transformers, solenoids, PCBs, hand-held machines, appliances, instrumentation.
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
1410
snap-in panel mounting type
Mounting
F snap-in panel mounting
Size of frame
1 to fit mounting cut-out 28 x 12.7 mm
Number of poles
1 single pole, thermally protected
Accessories
0
without accessories
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals 2.8-0.8
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting
Actuator style
W rocker, rounded profile
Actuator colour
14 red translucent
Actuator markings
Q I and 0
Trip/ON illumination (optional)
B illuminated when tripped
E illuminated when ON
Voltage range (optional)
2 20- 28V marked 24V 35mA
3 90-140V marked 115V <1mA
4 185-275V marked 230V <1mA
Current ratings
0.63...10 A
1410 - F 1 1 0 - P1 F1 - W 14
Q E 3-2A
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
0.8
Internal
resistance (Ω)
1.05
1.0
Current
rating (A)
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Typical life
circuit 1-3
AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 UL/CSA)
0.63...10 A
protection circuit 1-2
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Current
rating (A)
0.63
1410-F1..
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
30,000 operations for IN ≤ 6.3 A AC/DC
10,000 operations for IN > 6,3 A AC
3,000 operations for IN > 6,3 A DC
300 operations at 2 x IN
-20 ... +60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15 ...10 A 8 x IN AC, max. 70 A
3.15 ...10 A 10 x IN DC
or to UL 1077 at AC 125/DC 48 V: 200 A
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
20 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
96 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 9 g
Internal
resistance (Ω)
3.15
< 0.1
4
< 0.1
Approvals
1
<1
5
< 0.1
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
1.5
<1
6.3
< 0.1
SEV (EN 60934)
1.8
< 0.8
8
< 0.1
2
< 0.8
10
< 0.1
AC 240 V
DC 28 V
AC 125 V
0.63... 4 A
0.63... 8 A
0.63...10 A
2.5
< 0.12
DC 48 V
0.63... 8 A
Issue C
☎
CSA, UL
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
53
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-F1...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1410-F...-....-....B.
1410-F...-....-....B.
1410-F...-....-....E.
20°
16
45 °
20 °
1
13.5
6
17
32
27.6
5
OFF
1.5
1
LINE
3
ON
3
2
1
LINE
4
2
6.5
1
9
9.5
3
21.2
23.2
N.B.
When the circuit breaker trips electrically
terminal 2 (and 3) remain live (illumination voltage).
5.1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
1
12
7.5
8.8
1
12
23.5
10000
2.1
32.3
1000
Trip time in seconds
10.4
illuminated trip indication
21.2
20°
16
1410-F...-....-....E.
100
10
45°
20°
20°
1
13.5
1
17
6
32
27.6
0.1
5
1.5
OFF
3
ON
6.5
0.01
23.2
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
3
2
21.2
1
9
9.5
Installation drawing
2.8
5.1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C
11.5
12
1
7.5
8.8
12
1
23.5
operating area
2.1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
32.3
10
10.4
illuminated trip indication
21.2
sharp edged
54
32
0.8 … 3
28 +0.2
12.7 +0.3
mounting hole
☎
R
0.
2
+0
.2
10
10
10
10
mounting area
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-L/-G...
Description
Single pole press-to-reset thermal circuit breaker with extremely fast
overload switching performance (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Single
hole threadneck, PCB or integral mounting with a choice of designs.
Miniaturised construction minimises PCB real estate required. Type
1410-L2 and 1410-G1 versions feature changeover contacts suitable
for providing status output signals. Largely temperature-insensitive.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, PCBs, hand-held machines, appliances, instrumentation.
1
1410-L1...
Ordering information
L 1 1
0 - L1
F1 - S 01 - 0.8 A
Voltage rating
Current rating range 1-2
Auxiliary circuit 1-3
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity
(o-o-o)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
ordering example
Shock
Corrosion
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.63
Internal
resistance (Ω)
1.2
1410-G1...
Technical data
Type No.
1410
single pole circuit breaker
Configuration
L PCB mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
Mounting
1 threadneck 3/8-27 UNS-2A (1410-G)
1 PCB 16.3x4.6 grid (1410-L)
2 PCB 10.15x7.62 grid (1410-L)
Number of poles
1 1 pole, thermally protected
Hardware
0
without
1
with hex nut and knurled nut (1410-G only) bulk shipped
Terminal design
L1 solder pins 1.8x0.8 silver-plated (-L1 only)
L2 solder pins 1x0.8 silver-plated (-L2 and -G1 only)
P2 blade terminals A2.8-0.8 silver-plated (-G1 only)
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting
Actuator
S manual re-set
Actuator colour
01 black (for -G1.. and -L1..)
02 white (for -L2..)
Current ratings
0.63 ... 10 A
1410-
1410-L2...
Current
rating (A)
3.15
Internal
resistance (Ω)
< 0.1
0.8
1.0
4
< 0.1
1
0.7
4.5
< 0.1
< 0.1
Humidity
Mass
AC 240 V; DC 28 V (DC 48 V UL/CSA)
0.63...10 A
0.2 x IN max. 1 A, AC 250 V
style -L2 and -G1 only
300 operations at 2 x IN (-L2...)
500 operations at 2 x IN (-L1../-G1..)
-20...+100 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.63...2.5 A 12 x IN
3.15...10 A
8 x IN AC, max. 70
3.15...10 A 10 x IN DC
or to UL 1077 at AC 125/DC 48 V: 200 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
20 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
96 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 5 g
Approvals
1.25
< 0.8
5
1.5
< 0.8
6.3
< 0.1
Authority
Voltage rating
Current ratings
1.8
< 0.8
8
< 0.1
VDE
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.63... 8 A
2
< 0.8
10
< 0.1
UL, CSA
AC 125 V; DC 48 V
0.63... 8 A (-L2/-G1)
2.5
< 0.5
DC 50 V
0.63...10 A (-L1)
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
55
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1410-L/-G...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
1410-L110-L1F1-S01
1410-L11...
12.8
8.6
12.5
1410-L21...
1410-G11...
2
3 2
1
1
5
15
17
20.1
1.8
0.8
4.6 ±0.2
1.8
25
mounting holes
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23°C
16.3 ±0.2
6 ±0.2
1410-L210-L2F1-S02
10000
32.5
9
1.4
28
1000
10
0.8
30
2
1
1
0.8
Trip time in seconds
3.1
0.4
5
3
6.4
10.15
mounting holes
7.6
7.5
3.8
3
2
1
+0.1
10.15- 0.2
6.4 ±0.2
100
10
1
7.6 ±0.1
1410-G111-L2F1-S01
3/8-27UNS-2A
0.1
0.01
1
11.7
3
2
1
0.8
1
0.4
3.1
3
7
11
0.7
ø7
6.4
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
9
10.15
7.6
Installation drawings
15.7
8.8
mounting hole
8.9 - 0.1
28
11
2
1410-L11...
operating area
13
wall made of insulating material
ø9.6 - 0.1
1
SW14
1410-G111-P2F1-S01
3/8-27UNS-2A
3
11
mounting area
1410-G...
3
0.4
7.6 11.7
7
0.7
ø7
2.8
6.4
2
1
operating area
0.8
10.15
wall made of insulating material
9
15.7
8.8
11
~20°
mounting hole
8.9 - 0.1
7.6
28
mounting area
13
SW14
56
☎
ø9.6 - 0.1
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-...
Description
Miniaturised single pole press-to-reset thermal circuit breaker designed for automotive fuse block installation. Extends the benefits of
circuit breaker performance and convenience to applications which are
cost critical.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles and marine
craft.
1
1610-21
Accessories
12-J20
12-P10
12-P10-20
12-P10-30
12-P10-40
12-P10-60
X 210 588 01
X 210 588 02
X 211 157 01
X 211 157 02
Technical data
single mounting socket with screw terminals for
DIN rail mounting
single mounting socket with .250 quick connect
terminals for DIN rail mounting
2-way mounting socket
3-way mounting socket
4-way mounting socket
6-way mounting socket
100-way 1.5mm2/AWG 16 cable links with pre-fitted
push-on connectors for type 12-P10 mounting socket
as above, but with 2.5mm2/AWG 14 cable links
Bus bar with terminal
Bus bar without terminal
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Service short-circuit
breaking capacity
Ambient temperature
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Ultimate short-circuit
breaking capacity
Ordering information
Type No.
1610
single pole automotive circuit breaker
Voltage rating
21
DC 24 V
22
DC 12 V
H1
DC 12 V, with manual release facility
Current ratings
6 8 10 15 20 25 A
1610 - 21 - 8 A
ordering example
Vibration
(with mounting socket)
Shock
(with mounting socket)
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
Current ratings,typical voltage drop values and actuator colours
Current
rating (A)
1610-22
Voltage
drop (mV)
Actuator colour
(manual release)
6
< 200
mossy-green
8
< 200
honey
(approximating RAL 1005)
10
< 200
red
(approximating RAL 3020)
15
< 200
blue
(approximating RAL 5012)
20
< 200
yellow
(approximating RAL 1018)
25
< 200
pearl
(approximating RAL 1013)*
1610-21: DC 24 V
1610-22: DC 12 V
6...25 A
1610-21: 300 operations at ≤ 50 A
1610-22: 500 operations at ≤ 50 A
-30...+60 °C
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
1610-21:
≥ 3 break operations at 150 A, or
≥ 1 break operation at 2000 A
1610-22:
≥ 3 break operations at 200 A, or
≥ 1 break operation at 2000 A
5 g (57-500 Hz),±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
25 g (ll ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 5 g
N.B.
It is good practice to switch off the vehicle's ignition system before resetting the circuit breaker.
Free travel of the actuator must be ensured.
(approximating RAL 6005)
*= off-white (without dye) with ultradur
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
57
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
1
6
0.8 ON
3.8 OFF
1610-21
20.3
2.7
28.8
24
2
Typical time/current characteristic curve
6.4
7.5
1
10000
0.6
5.2
+60°C
+23°C
3.3
14.5
-30°C
3.9
16.6
1000
1610-22
20.3
Please leave
space for
button travel
3.4
6
2.7
Trip time in seconds
18.8
100
4
10
7.5
24
1
0.1
6.4
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
0.6
5.2
3.3
14.5
3.9
16.6
18.8
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
1610-H1
20.3
6
6.4
7.5
29.5
3.6
24
0.8 ON
4 OFF
7.3
5.2
0.6
14.5
3.3
16.6
3.9
18.8
58
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 1610-...
Accessories
Ordering information Mounting socket 12
Socket 12-P10
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
3.5
43
47
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Type No.
12
Mounting socket
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals A 6.3-0.8
J20
screw terminals 6-32 UNC
A10 1 blade terminal A6.3-0.8 / 1 screw terminal 6-32 UNC
Version
...
blank: single socket
20 two-way
30 three-way
40 four-way
60 six-way
58
12 - P10 - 20
1
ordering example
48.4
ø3.9
12.7
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
Accessories for mounting socket 12
Socket 12-J20
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
~70
3.5
43
47
spring washer
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 (black)
58
48.4
ø3.9
12.7
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
Bus bar
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
Socket 12-A10
30.3
25.4
Weidmüller style label
(not supplied)
cylinder head screw ISO1207-M4x4
nickel plated
2
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
washer A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
10
3.5
47
43
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
7
12.8
154.8
58
symmetrical hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
48.4
ø3.9
12.7
spring washer
Dimensions for surface mounting
60
7
13
ø4
48.4
Other sockets available to special order
Labels: Weidmüller, D-33102 Paderborn
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
59
1
60
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-...
Description
Very cost effective design to meet international requirements. No
exposed metal parts which are, or could become, current-carrying
except for terminals.
● Manual reset, trip free mechanism
● Extremely small and lightweight
● UL, CSA, VDE approved
Typical applications
1
Battery chargers, consumer products, power supplies, motors.
1658-...
Accessories
Y 306 671 01
Y 303 200 01
Y 300 190 03
Y 302 294 03
Y 300 192 01
Y 302 295 01
Y 301 059 02
Y 302 732 01
Y 303 051 01
X 200 799 01
X 201 285 01
Technical data
Mounting nut 3/8", 27-thread
Mounting nut 7/16", 28-thread
Knurled nut 3/8", 27-thread
Knurled nut 7/16" - 28-thread
Hex nut 3/8", 27-thread
Hex nut 7/16", 28-thread
Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread, aluminium
Press to Reset Plate for 7/16", 28-thread, aluminium
Black Plastic Knurled Nut for 3/8", 27-thread
Reset Button Seal - long
Reset Button Seal - short
Ordering information
Type No.
1658
single pole thermal circuit breaker
Threadneck design
G21 manual reset type, 3/8"-27 threadneck
G41 manual reset type, 7/16"-32 threadneck
A21 auto reset type, 3/8"-27 threadneck
A41 auto reset type, 7/16"-32 threadneck
A00 auto reset type, without threadneck
Hardware
00
no hardware
01
one hex nut, bulk
02
one hex nut, one hex nut, bulk
03
one hex nut mounted
04
one hex nut, one hex nut, mounted
05
one hex nut, knurled nut, bulk
06
one knurled nut, bulk
07
one knurled nut, mounted
08
two hex nuts, bulk
Terminals
P10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8
P13
blade terminals A6.3-0.8, 90°
S80
straight screw terminals*
S83
90° bent screw terminals*
Current ratings
5 ... 25 A
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077/EN 60934 PC1)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
5...25 A
1000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
200 A
IN
UN
5...15 A
AC 250 V
2000 A
20...25 A
AC 125 V
2000 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 16 g
1658 - G21 - 02 - P10 - 5 A Ordering example
* Screws and lock washers bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Authority
Voltage rating
VDE
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
UL, CSA
AC 250 V
5...15 A
1658-G...
≤ 140
AC 125 V
20..25 A
1658-G...
15
≤ 240
AC 125 V
5...25 A
1658-A...
20
≤ 240
25
≤ 240
Current
rating (A)
5
Voltage
drop (mV)
≤ 150
Current
rating (A)
Voltage
drop (mV))
10
≤ 140
6
≤ 150
12
7
≤ 150
8
≤ 150
9
≤ 150
Issue C
☎
Approvals
Current ratings
5...25 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
61
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
0.7
12.7
ON
27
OFF
6
0.5
1
ø6
2
2
12
1
17.5
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23°C
14
13.6
15.7
10000
32
A00
mounting hole
9.6 -0.1
1000
8.9 -0.1
A21
3/8-27UNS
G21
Trip time in seconds
3/8-27UNS
100
4
10
mounting hole
10.2 ±0.1
10
1
A41
0.1
11.2 ±0.1
1
10
7/16-28
double “D”
G41
2
4
6 8 10
... times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Terminal design
See ordering information for mounting hardware
S83
3
P10
Installation drawing
2
1
2
12
1
8.5
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
operating area
lock washer
P10-S83
3
P13
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
7
1
1
2
1
8.5
2
34
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
angled 90°
S80
5
5
2
4
terminal screw lock washer
6-32 UNC
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
4
2
12
1
mounting area
terminal screw
6-32 UNC
62
☎
lock washer
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 1658-...
Accessories
Mounting nut 3/8", 27-thread
Y 306 671 01
14.3
Mounting nut 7/16", 28-thread
Y 303 200 01
16
2.5
3
0.5
0.5
for 3/8, 27UNS-2B
for 7/16, 28UNEF-2B
Knurled nut 3/8", 27-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 300 190 03
ø13
Knurled nut 7/16", 28-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 302 294 03
ø16
2.5
3.2
7/16-28UNEF-2B
3/8-27UNS-2B
Hex nut 3/8", 27-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 300 192 01
3/8-27UNS-2B
Hex nut 7/16", 28-thread
nickel-plated brass
Y 302 295 01
2.5
7/16-28UNEF-2B
SW14
®
T
E-T
-
T
SE
PR
SS
E
ø9.9
BR E A
R
R
S TO RE
A
0.4
KE
BREA
KE
E-T
-
ø24
0.4
PR
ES
Press to Reset Plate for 7/16",
28-thread, aluminium
Y 302 732 01
SE
ø21.4
®
2.5
SW14
Press to Reset Plate for 3/8",
27-thread, aluminium
Y 301 059 02
A
1
T O RE
ø11.2+0.7
Press to Reset Plate for 3/8", 27-thread
plastic
Y 303 051 01
3/8-27 UNS-2B
BREA
SS
TO RE
R
E
SE
PR
0.4x45°
T
E-T
-
®
KE
A
1.6
3.18
ø18.8±0.2
Reset button seal for 3/8", 27-thread
short
long
X 201 285 01
X 200 799 01
3/8-27 UNS-2B
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Version with 7/16", 28-thread to special order
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
63
1
64
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Description
An extremely versatile range of rocker switch/thermal circuit breakers
(S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) offering the choice of single pole, double
pole with single pole protection, and double pole with protection on
both poles. Designed for snap-in panel mounting with versions available for three different panel cut-out sizes. Neon illumination is optional
(filament bulb for low voltages) and there is a range of colours and
markings for the rocker. Under overload conditions the rocker returns
to the OFF position.
Any one of the following additional function modules can be supplied
factory fitted to the rear of the switch/circuit breaker.
● Under voltage release coil (for double pole versions only).
● Magnetic trip coil for short circuit protection.
● Magnetic trip coil for remote relay trip.
● Auxiliary contacts for status signalling.
● Mechanical slide interlock.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
1
3120-F...
Technical data
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems,
office machines, electro-medical equipment, power supplies,
communications systems.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
Accessories
Y 303 068 01
Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the two
incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not specified)
to provide brush contact protection.
Terminal adapter to convert screw terminals to push on
connections when factory fitted under voltage release module
is specified (two adapters required per unit).
Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel thickness
under 2 mm.
As above for panel thickness under 4 mm.
As above, for -F5 mounting frame.
Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame.
Rear terminal shroud.
Separate water splash cover for use with -F4 and -F5 size
mounting frames.
Y 303 862 01
Y 303 675 01
Y 303 675 02
Y 303 676 01
Y 303 885 31
Y 304 275 01
X 221 619 01
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating
(A)
0.1
Current
rating
(A)
3.5
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
94
0.2
24
0.3
12
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
0.0565
4
0.0435
4.5
0.0435
0.4
5.30
5
0.0325
0.5
4.20
6
0.0215
0.6
2.90
7
0.0165
0.8
1.50
8
0.0165
1
0.9
10
<0.02
1.2
0.80
12
<0.02
1.5
0.45
14
<0.02
2
0.27
16
<0.02
2.5
0.0785
18
< 0.02
3
0.0595
20
< 0.02
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
between poles (2 pole)
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A (up to 30 A to special order)
50,000 operations for IN ≤16 A double pole
30,000 operations for IN ≤16 A single pole,
10,000 operations for IN >16 A
-30...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
10 x IN
250 A 2 pole, or
150 A 1 pole
IN
UN
2 pole
0.1... 2 A
AC 250 V
200 A
2.5... 3 A
AC 250 V
1000 A
3.5... 8 A
AC 250 V
2000 A
9 ... 16 A
AC 250 V
3500 A
18... 20 A
AC 250 V
5000 A
0.1...20 A
DC 50 V
1000 A
operating area IP 40
(IP 54 with water splash protection)
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 33 g (double pole)
approx. 27 g (single pole)
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Semko
AC 240 V, DC 28 V
0.1...20 A
DC 50 V
0.1...20 A double pole
(EN 60934)
DC 50 V
0.1...10 A single pole
BV, LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.1...20 A
UL, CSA
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
65
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Internal connection diagrams
2 pole,
2 pole,
thermally protected on both poles
thermally protected on one pole only
12(i)
5
42-54V marked 48V 35 mA (B,Y,R)
Current ratings
0.1...20 A
21
11
22(i)
12(k)
load
22(k)
12(k)
12(i)
12(k)
21
22(i)
load
2 pole,
unprotected
line
11
line
12(i)
1 pole,
thermally protected
11
22(i)
12(i)
line
load
21
22(i)
load
Typical time/current characteristics
Single or double pole load
0.1...2 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
-30°C
1000
100
10
1
A B C D E F X
X = without marking
Rocker illumination (optional)
B filament/neon AC/DC
G green LED, AC/DC
Y yellow LED, AC/DC
R red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range/
power consumption
0
4 - 7 V marked 6 V 80mA (B,G,Y,R)
1 10 -14V marked 12V 75 mA (B,G,Y,R)
2 20 -28V marked 24V 35 mA (B,G,Y,R)
3 90-140V marked 115V <1 mA (B)
4 185-275V marked 230V <1 mA (B)
line
11
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
2.5...20 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
-30°C
1000
Trip time in seconds
1
Type No.
3120 rocker switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
F snap in frame
Size of frame
panel thickness
3 to fit mounting cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm
1-6.35 mm
4 to fit mounting cut-out 44.5x22 mm
1-2.5 mm
5 to fit mounting cut-out 44.5x 22 mm
2.6-4 mm
6 to fit mounting cut-out 45x33.7 mm
1.2-2.4 mm
Number of poles
0 2 pole, unprotected, switch only
1 1 pole, thermally protected
2 2 pole, thermally protected
5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only (terminals 11, 12k, 12i)
6 1 pole, unprotected, switch only
Mounting frame design
1 collar height 1 mm
3 collar height 9 mm
4 collar height 2 mm with water splash protection (IP 54), not with -F6...
Terminal configuration
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k),
11,. 21), not for under voltage module, not for switch
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws, not for switch
N7 as P7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
not for under voltage module
G7 as H7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
Characteristic curve
T1
thermal, 1.01-1.4 x IN
Q1
switch only
Actuator style
W rocker
Switch colour designation
opaque
translucent
(for illuminated versions)
01 black
12 white
02 white
14 red
04 red
15 orange
19 green
Rocker markings
A
0 AUS OFF
B
I EIN ON
C
E
0 AUS OFF
F
X
I EIN ON
Trip time in seconds
Ordering information
100
10
3120 - F
3 2 1 - N7 T1 - W 14 A B 4 - 5 A
ordering example
3120 - F
.
(switch only)
0 . - N7 Q1 - W ..
.
.
. - 20 A
N.B.
Switch only versions must be specified with -N7 or -G7 terminals.
Terminals 12(k) and 22(k) are not fitted.
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1
1.08 1.14 1.23
66
☎
1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
40
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Dimensions
Mounting style variants
Style F3.1
collar height 1 mm
Style F3.3 collar height 9 mm
OFF position
9
25
54
10
33
35
33
7
16
35
54
35
25
19.5
optional ilumination
10.7
3.5
21
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
10
3.5
10.7
3
21
Style F3.4
collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection
15.5
41
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
1
3
15.5
56
35
27
19.5
10
3.8
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
10
33
Installation drawing
operating area
10.7
3.5
21
3
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Optional illumination
25
16
48
7
10
15.5
Style F 4.1
7
7
7
10
35
33
8
10
mounting area
Cut-out dimensions
10.7
x. R
Optional illumination
25
16
7
48
35
33
Panel cut-out F4/F5
min. 2
x. R
0.
1.2 +0.4 1.6 +0.8 2.4 +1
+2.2
+1.1
45 +0.2
-0.05 45 -0.05 45 -0.05
.R
dimension “A”
ax
10.7
m
44.5 +0.2
3
1.5
10
panel thickness
ma
22 +0.3
1-2.5 with ...F4
2.6-4 with ...F5
Style F 5.1
ax
“A”
.R
0.
3
1.5
33.7 +0.2
- 0.05
21.5+0.2
m
50.5
+0.3
.R
0.
3
2
min. 2
ma
m
x. R
ax
1-6.35
min. 2.5
ma
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Panel cut-out F6
panel thickness
Panel cut-out F3
3
3.5
21
21
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
3.5
3
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Dimension diagram for style F6 is available on request.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
67
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Accessories
Insulated cover
Y 303 068 01
Rear terminal shroud black
Y 304 275 01 (IP64)
2.5
40.5
+0,5
20.5
50
0.9
9
1.75 -0.25
70+5
20
10
Terminal adapter
Y 303 862 01
13.5
3.7
R3
4
.5
4
ø8
Water splash cover, transparent (IP66)
for styles -F4../-F5...
X 221 619 01
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
48
Retaining clip for 3120-F3...
Ref. Y 303 675 01/02
25
58
Y 303 675 01 suitable for
panel thickness < 2 mm
Y 303 675 02 suitable for
panel thickness < 4 mm
ø4.4
35
*
16.5
ø8
3.4
22
28
50.5
Retaining clip for 3120-F5...
Ref. Y 303 676 01
60
73
R
52
0.
35
44.5
0.
1
1
1
28
22.5
1
sharp-edged
R
R3
0.8
2.5
without bends
Blanking piece in -F3 frame
Y 303 885 31
matt finish
25
54
16.5
31
36
21
41
68
33
1
1
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Description
Switch/thermal circuit breaker (S-type TO CBE to EN 60934) with
standard isolator style two button operation. Single button press-toreset version also available. Both types can be supplied in single pole
configuration only, in double pole with single pole protection, and in
double pole with protection on both poles. Designed for snap-in panel
mounting. There is a choice of push button colour combinations and
neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) is optional.
Any one of the following additional function modules can be supplied
factory fitted to the rear of the switch/circuit breaker.
● Under voltage release coil (for double pole versions only).
● Magnetic trip coil for short circuit protection - see page 113.
● Magnetic trip coil for remote relay trip.
● Auxiliary contacts for status signalling.
● Mechanical slide interlock.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
1
3120-F...
Technical data
Motors, transformers, solenoids, extra low voltage wiring systems,
office machines, electro-medical equipment, power supplies, communications systems, industrial controls.
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
Accessories
Y 303 068 01
Y 303 862 01
Y 303 675 01
Y 303 675 02
Y 303 885 31
Y 304 275 01
Y 306 001 01
Y 306 551 01
Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the
two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not
specified) to provide brush contact protection.
Terminal adapter to convert screw terminals to push on
connections when factory fitted under voltage release
module is specified (two adapters required per unit).
Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel
thickness under 2 mm.
As above for panel thickness under 4 mm.
Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame.
Rear terminal shroud.
Water splash cover for use with -F2 size mounting frame.
Retaining clip for -F2 mounting frame.
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
between poles (2 pole)
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
Current
rating
(A)
Internal
resistance per
pole (Ω)
0.1
94
3.5
0.0565
0.2
24
4
0.0435
0.3
12
4.5
0.0435
0.4
5.30
5
0.0325
0.5
4.20
6
0.0215
0.6
2.90
7
0.0165
0.8
1.50
8
0.0165
1
0.9
10
<0.02
1.2
0.80
12
<0.02
1.5
0.45
14
<0.02
2
0.27
16
<0.02
2.5
0.0785
18
< 0.02
3
0.0595
20
< 0.02
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A (up to 30 A to special order)
50,000 operations for IN ≤16 A double pole
30,000 operations for IN ≤16 A single pole,
10,000 operations for IN >16 A
-30...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
>100 M Ω (DC 500 V)
0.1...2 A
2.5...20 A
10 x IN
250 A 2 pole, or
150 A 1 pole
IN
UN
2 pole
0.1... 2 A
AC 250 V
200 A
2.5... 3 A
AC 250 V
1000 A
3.5... 8 A
AC 250 V
2000 A
9 ... 16 A
AC 250 V
3500 A
18... 20 A
AC 250 V
5000 A
0.1...20 A
DC 50 V
1000 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 33 g (double pole)
approx. 27 g (single pole)
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Semko
(EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
DC 50 V
DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
0.1...20 A double pole
0.1...10 A single pole
BV, LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.1...20 A
UL, CSA
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
0.1...20 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
69
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Type No.
3120 push button switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
F snap in frame
Size of frame
2 special frame for fitting splash cover
3 to fit mounting cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm, panel thickness 1-6.35 mm
Number of poles
0 2 pole, unprotected, switch only
1 1 pole, thermally protected
2 2 pole, thermally protected
5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only (terminals 11,12k,12i)
6 1 pole, unprotected, switch only
Mounting frame design
F with 2 push buttons
G with 1 push button (switch-on only)
Terminal configuration
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm (terminals 12(k), 22(k),
11,. 21), not for under voltage module, not for switch
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws, not for switch
N7 as P7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
not for under voltage module
G7 as H7, but including shunt terminals 12(i) and 22 (i)
as blade terminals 2x2.8x0.8 mm
Characteristic curve
T1
thermal, 1.01-1.4 IN
Q1
switch only, only for N7 or G7 terminal
Switch style/colour
D 1 push button (re-set only)
01X black
04X red
12X white translucent
19X green translucent
S 2 push buttons
on/off
GRX green translucent/red
WRX white translucent/red
WBX white translucent/black
Push button illumination (optional)
B filament/neon, AC/DC
L neon, AC
G green LED, AC/DC
Y yellow LED, AC/DC
R red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range
0
6 V 80 mA (B, G, Y, R)
1
12 V 75 mA (B, G, Y, R)
2
24 V 35 mA (B, G, Y, R)
3 115 V <1 mA (L)
4 230 V <1 mA (L)
5
48 V 35 mA (B, Y, R)
Current ratings
0.1...20 A
3120 - F
3120 - F
3 2 F - N7 T1 - S
3 0 F - N7 Q1 - S
GRX
...
L
.
4 - 10 A
. - 20 A
2 pole,
thermally protected
line
11
12(i)
12(k)
load
2 pole,
thermally protected on one pole only
21
11
22(i)
12(i)
22(k)
12(k)
1 pole,
thermally protected
12(i)
12(k)
line
21
22(i)
load
2 pole,
unprotected
line
11
11
22(i)
12(i)
line
load
21
22(i)
load
Typical time/current characteristics
1 or 2 pole load
0.1...2 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
-30°C
1000
100
10
1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
2.5...20 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
-30°C
ordering example
1000
switch only
N.B.
Switch only versions must be specified with -N7 or -G7 terminals.
Terminals 12(k) and 22 (k) are not fitted.
Trip time in seconds
1
Internal connection diagrams
Trip time in seconds
Ordering information
100
10
1
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1
1.08 1.14 1.23
70
☎
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
40
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Dimensions
Installation drawing
3120-F3.F-...-S...
Optional illumination
operating area
OFF position
25
54
14.2
33
10
15.5
15
10
16.2
1
7
8
7
10
10
7
3.5
10.7
3
21
mounting area
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Panel cut-out
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
3120-F3...
3120-F3.G-...-D...
min. 2.5
Optional illumination
ma
1-6.35
OFF position
54
25
14.2
16.2
x. R
2
50.5
.3
+0.3
x.
R0
10
33
21.5
+0.2
15
10
ma
3120-F2...
3.5
3
21
metal min. 2
plastic min. 3
15.5
41
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
60 ±0.15
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
+0.5
ø4.3
water splash cover
(see page 72)
26
+0.2
retaining clip
3120-F2.F-...
50.5
+0.2
10.7
panel
cover
R2
74
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
60±0.1
35.4
4.5
10.2
10
15
10
16.2
33
ø3.2
10
PT-screw
Type K40
ø4mm
10.7
3
3.5
21
15.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
41
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
71
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3120-F...
Accessories
Insulated cover
Y 303 068 01
Rear terminal shroud black
Y 304 275 01 (IP64)
2.5
40.5
+0,5
20.5
50
0.9
9
1.75 -0.25
70+5
20
R3
13.5
4
.5
3.7
10
Terminal adapter
Y 303 862 01
ø8
4
Water splash cover, transparent (IP66)
for style 3120-F2.F-...
X 221 619 01
Consisting of
- retaining clip Y 306 551 01
- cover Y 306 001 01
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Retaining clip for 3120-F3...
Ref. Y 303 675 01/02
58
48
retaining clip
panel
1.4
Blanking piece in -F3 frame
Y 303 885 31
ø8
16.5
Y 303 675 01 suitable for
panel thickness < 2 mm
Y 303 675 02 suitable for
panel thickness < 4 mm
*
2
22
28
25
50.5
ø4.4
ø6.5
cover
matt finish
25
54
16.5
35
31
60
33
36
1
1
73
21
41
72
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Auxiliary Contact Module X3120-S for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
25.5
A module supplied factory fitted to type 3120 to provide electrically
separate changeover contacts which operate as the main contacts
open/close. Ideally suited to status signalling and sequence switching.
Typical applications
10
21
14
1
Monitoring of the switching position of the circuit breaker or any
connected load.
8.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.5-Ms-silver plated
7.5 7.5
2
19.8
Ordering information
Internal connection diagram
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
S auxiliary contact module
Contact configuration
0 change-over contact
Terminal design
1 blade terminals 2.8 x 0.5, silver plated
Contact rating
AC
DC
Voltage rating Current rating Voltage rating Current rating
12 V
0.1...4 A
24 V
0.1...4 A
A 10-250 V 0.1...4 A
60 V
0.1...1 A
110 V
0.1...0.5 A
220 V
0.1...0.25 A
B 5 -250 V 0.05...1 A
5 V-250 V
0.05...1 A
M
module mounted to circuit breaker 3120-..
X3120 - S 0
1
A M
ordering example
Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly)
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
4A
UL, CSA
AC 250 V
4A
line
11
12(i)
12(k)
32
22(i)
load
31
22(k)
Technical data
Voltage rating
Current rating
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
between main and
auxiliary circuit
Insulation resistance
Vibration
Shock
Humidity
Mass
☎
34
Module mounted
Corrosion
Issue C
21
AC 250 V; DC 220 V
4 (1) A
50,000 operations
-30...+60 °C
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
6 g (type X3120-S...A)
8 g (type X3120-S...B)
(57-500 Hz), ±0.46 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
15 g (11 ms), type X3120-S...A
20 g (11 ms), type X3120-S...B
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca
approx. 38 g (complete assembly)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
73
Undervoltage Release Module X3120-U...for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
A module suitable for all double pole versions of type 3120 to trip the
main switch/circuit breaker mechanism in the event of loss of voltage.
When the voltage is restored the rocker switch must be reset to
reconnect the load, thereby avoiding the safety hazards associated
with automatic re-starting of machinery.
Note: Basic unit 3120-...-H7 or -G7 screw terminals necessary.
41 +0.1
- 0.2
33.5
15
°
Machines such as power tools, industrial equipment and domestic
appliances where automatic restart after restoration of power could be
dangerous (EU Machinery Directive)
7.6
Typical applications
1
flat head screw M3.5x5-MS ISO1580
for mains connection
6.6
10.7
21
21
22
23.5
2 terminals
X3120-U02…
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A2.8-0.8
1 terminal
X3120-U01…
Without terminal(s): X3120-U00…
Ordering information
line
21
11
12(i)
12(k)
load
line
21
line
11
22(i)
12(i)
22(k)
12(k)
load
line
21
22(i)
12(i)
22(k)
12(k)
22(i)
load
22(k)
ordering example
Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly)
Authority
Voltage ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 100...240 V; DC 24 V
UL, CSA
AC 100...240 V; DC 24 V
Technical data
Voltage ratings
Release values
Release delay
Latch-in values
Ambient temperature
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
74
line
11
X3120-U02
U<
M
X3120-U01
U<
X3120 - U 00 00
X3120-U00
U<
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
U undervoltage release module
Terminal design
00 standard (without separate connections)
01 1 blade terminal 2.8x0.8
02 2 blade terminals 2.8x0.8
Voltage ratings
00 230/240 V AC 50/60 Hz
01 120 V AC 50/60 Hz
02 100 V AC 50/60 Hz
03 24 V DC
M module mounted to the circuit breaker
Internal connection diagrams
☎
AC 100, 120 V, 230/240 V 50/60 Hz
DC 24 V
20 to 70 % UN
(at a rated voltage of AC 100 V the
device may release at 70 V and
must release at 20 V)
t < 20 ms
> 85 % UN
-30...+60 °C
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95% RH
to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca
approx. 53 g (complete assembly)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Remote Trip Module X3120-M... for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Description
Dimensions
30
A module which adds remote trip capability to all versions of type 3120.
A voltage applied across the coil, by means of an external sensor for
example, will cause disconnection of the main switch/circuit breaker
mechanism.
Typical applications
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
Ordering information
P7 M - 12 V
Authority
Voltage ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V
UL, CSA
AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V
line
21
11
12(i)
12(k)
module
mounted
22(i)
load
FA
22(k)
12(n)
remote trip
12
Technical data
Voltage ratings
Power consumption
Pulse operation
Release delay
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
between main circuit
and trip coil circuit
Insulation resistance
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
☎
14
21
ordering example
Approvals (complete circuit breaker/module assembly)
Issue C
18
10.7
Internal connection diagram
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
M magnetic relay trip module
Style
2 magnetic remote trip coil
Terminal design
P7 blade terminals 2 x 2.8 x 0.8 tin plated
M
module mounted to the circuit breaker
Voltage ratings
AC 12/24/48/60/120/220/230/240 V
DC 12/24 V
X3120 - M 2
1
9
Electrical monitoring of safety sytems, remote trip.
AC 12...240 V; DC 12...24 V
approx. 200 W
20 ms < tON <100 ms/tOFF > 10 sec
t < 20 ms
50,000 operations at UN
-30...+60 °C
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
30 g (ll ms) to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-30, test Ca
approx. 53 g (complete assembly)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
75
Mechanical Slide Interlock Module X3120-V...for circuit breaker 3120-F...
Dimensions
9.8
Suitable for use with all type 3120 versions, this module provides a
mechanical safety interlock which, according to the option specified,
prevents the main switch/circuit breaker mechanism from being reset/
switched on. The actuator is intended for use with interlock systems to
ensure that machinery cannot be operated without covers and safety
guards in place, for instance.
8.2
13
21
5.2
Typical applications
18
Description
14
custom designed part
Mechanical monitoring of safety systems, e.g. for garden shredders
interlock version 01
ø4.1
2
5
1
21
13
8
1.8
21
4
3.2
21
11
2.9
4
9
8
interlock may be moved in either direction min. 8.5 mm
max. 10.5 mm
Ordering information
Type No.
X3120 Module for type 3120
Function
V mechanical slide interlock module
Module operation
1 3120 can only be switched on without the interlock fitted
Interlock design
00 without interlock
01 interlock version 01 (see dimension diagram)
Delivery condition of slide
L interlock supplied separately with the module
M module factory-fitted with the slide in its
centre position
O module supplied without interlock
Operating direction of interlock
0 without interlock, or interlock supplied separately
1 interlock operated from the side near terminals
11, 12k, 12i of the 3120-...
2 interlock operated from the side near terminals
21, 22k, 22i of the 3120-...
Assembly status
L module supplied separately
M module mounted to the circuit breaker
X3120 - V
76
1
00 O 0
M
☎
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Description
Single, two and three pole rocker switch/thermal circuit breakers (Stype TO CBE to EN 60934) of compact design for snap-in panel
mounting. Available either with protection on one/both/all poles or, in
the case of the double pole version, protection on one pole only. Neon
illumination is optional (filament bulb for low voltages) and there is a
choice of rocker colours.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934)
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, household and office machines, hand tools.
Ordering information
Type No.
3130
rocker switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
F snap in frame
Frame
1 standard
3 special single pole version
Number of poles
1 single pole, thermally protected
2 2 pole, thermally protected
3 3 pole, thermally protected
5 2 pole, thermally protected on one pole only
6 3 pole, thermally protected on two poles only
A 1 pole, unprotected
Frame mounting
0
panel thickness 1-2.5 mm (only 3130-F1..-...)
1
panel thickness 1.5-3.2 mm (only 3130-F3.1-...)
Terminal design
P7 blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
H7 for terminals 1.1, 2.1 3.1 terminal screws M 3,5
for terminals 1.2, 2.2, 3.1 blade terminals
N7 blade terminals, with shunt terminal
Characteristic curve
T1 thermal, 1.05-1.4 IN
Q1 switch, only with terminal design -N7
Switch style
W rocker, one-piece, rounded profile
Switch colour designation
opaque
translucent
01 black
12 white
02 white
14 red
04 red
19 green
09 green
Rocker markings
Q "I" and "O" moulded in
Rocker illumination
Multi pole versions
B filament/neon, AC/DC
G green LED, DC
R red LED, DC
Y yellow LED, DC
Single pole version
W 12 Q Y white rocker, yellow LED, AC/DC
W 14 Q R red rocker, red LED, AC/DC
W 19 Q Y green rocker, yellow LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range*
1
6 V (4-7 V) B, G, R, Y
2
12 V (10-14 V) B, G, R, Y
3
24 V (20-28 V) B, G, R, Y
4
48 V (42-54 V) B, R, Y
6 115 V (90-140 V) B (R**, Y**)
7 230 V (185-275 V) B (R**, Y**)
8 415 V (320-450 V) B
Current ratings
0.1...20 A 1 pole
0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole
3130 - F 1 3 0 - P7 T1 - W 12 Q B 7 - 5 A
* N/A for non-illuminated version
** Single pole version only
Issue C
☎
1
3130
1 pole
ordering example
3 pole
Technical data
Voltage rating
Current ratings
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
current path/current path
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; DC 50 V
0.1...20 A 1 pole
0.1...16 A 2 and 3 pole
30,000 operations at IN, 1 and 3 pole
50,000 operations at IN, 2 pole
-30...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.1... 2 A
10 x IN
2.5...20 A
150 A
2.5...16 A
250 A
2.5...12 A
150 A
14 + 16 A
130 A
IN
0.1...12 A
1 + 2 pole AC 250V/3500A
3 pole
3AC 250V/5000A
1 + 2 pole DC 50V/2000A
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
3 pole
14...16 A
AC 250V/3500A
DC 50V/2000A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
1 pole: 25 g (11 ms) 2 + 3 pole: 20 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
approx. 45 g (three pole)
approx. 31 g (double pole)
approx. 17 g (single pole)
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 240/415 VDC 50 V
single pole
multi pole
single pole
multi pole
single pole
DC 28 V
0.1...20 A
0.1...16 A
0.1... 8 A
0.1...16 A
0.1...20 A
UL, CSA
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
3 AC 250 V
0.1...16 A
0.1...12 A
1 and 2 pole
3 pole
Semko
AC 240 V, DC 28 V
3 AC 415 V
0.1...16 A
0.1...12 A
1 and 2 pole
3 pole
DC 50 V
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
77
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating
(A)
3.5
Internal
resistance per pole
(Ω)
0.0565
0.2
24
4
0.0435
0.3
12
5
0.0325
0.4
5.30
6
0.0215
0.5
4.20
7
0.0165
0.8
1.50
8
0.0165
1
0.9
10
<0.02
1.2
0.80
12
<0.02
1.5
0.45
14
<0.02
2
0.27
16
<0.02
2.5
0.0785
18
<0.02
3
0.0595
20
<0.02
Multi-pole types: all poles symmetrically loaded
With single pole overload, thermal
tripping will be at approx. 1.54 x IN with 2 pole devices
and at approx. 1.6 x IN with 3 pole devices.
0.1...2 A
10000
+60°C
+23°C
-30°C
1000
Trip time in seconds
Internal
resistance per pole
(Ω)
94
Internal connection diagrams
100
10
1 pole
3 pole
LINE I.I
LINE I.I
2.I
1
3.I
0.1
1
I.2
load
lamp
2 pole
I.2
2.2
2.2
switch
LINE I.I
2.I
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
2.5...20 A 1 pole
2.5...16 A 2 and 3 pole
10000
LINE I.I
+60°C
+23°C
2.I
-30°C
1000
I.3
I.2
2.2
2.3
Trip time in seconds
1
Current
rating
(A)
0.1
Typical time/current characteristics
100
10
1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For
operation at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine
the circuit breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1
1.08 1.14 1.23
78
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
OFF
terminal for
illumination
conductor size
0.14 mm2,
length 180 mm
33
LINE
I.I
I.2
I.3
LINE
I.I
I.2
10
10
I.3
37.5
32.5
ON
2
2
14.5
9.5
5.85
ON
Dimensions 3130-F130-...
33
OFF
5.85
Dimensions 3130-F110-...
2
20
3
2
20
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
34
2
unit
I
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
34
1
Side view
Side view
switch only
LINE
I.I
LINE
I.I
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO 1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Panel cut-out
-0.4
-0.2
18
panel thickness
1-2.5 mm
.5
< R0
panel thickness
1-2.5 mm
+0.3
+0.2
36
14.6
+0.3
Optional illumination
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
26
21
OFF
ON
2
Dimensions 3130-F310-...
5.85
2
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
I.2
LINE
I.I
I.3
17.8
9.5
terminal for
illumination
conductor size
0.14 mm2,
length 180 mm
LINE
I.I
I.2
10
10
I.3
33
33
5.85
Dimensions 3130-F120-...
ON
2
2
20
unit
I
2
20
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
34
blade terminals DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
34
Side view
Side view
LINE
I.I
R3
+0.2
34 +0.2
optional illumination
OFF
34
37.6 +0.2
36
5
R 0.
±0.1
min. 1.5
±0.1
min. 1.5
R3
41
R3
Panel cut-out
LINE
I.I
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
flat head screw M3.5x5 -MS ISO1580
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
R1
.5
Panel cut-out
Panel cut-out
A
R0.5
±0.1
panel thickness
1-2.5 mm
19.5
29.5
min. 1.5
-0.4
-0.2
min. 1.5
R0.5
<
±0.1
34
39.5
+0.2
Optional illumination
B
Optional illumination
+0.3
B
1.50
35
+0.15
2.35
36
+0.15
3.20
37 +0.15
18
26.1 +0.2
A
+0.2
36
+0.3
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
Edges of working parts: DIN 6784
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
79
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3130
Installation drawing
Accessories
Splash cover, transparent, for 3 pole version
X 221 258 01 (IP 54)
I.3
I.2
36.5
LINE
I.I
50
5
12
32
5
7
7
mounting area
55
20
ø11
ø4.4
8
ø8
1
10
25
41.5
operating area
50
80
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 2-4100-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934). Options include an
additional unprotected circuit tap (-A3) and -KF housing particularly suited
to high humidity and other damp conditions. Designed for threadneck
panel mounting. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, solenoids, hand tools, appliances.
Accessories
X 200 799 02
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for type
2-4100.
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a
slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel
tightening.
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly for type
2-4100. The concertina design is extended when
the button trips to the OFF position.
Water splash cover transparent, with hex nut,
without O ring.
X 200 799 01
X 200 798 01/02
X 210 739 01
X 201 296 03
1
2-4100-...
Technical data
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Ordering information
Type No.
2-4100
threadneck panel mounting
Terminal design
L10
solder terminals
P10
blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm
P50
blade terminals A4.8-0.8 mm
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3
shunt terminal (3 A max. load)
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05 ... 10 A
2-4100 - L10 -
-
- 5A
ordering example
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Shock
Corrosion
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Currrent
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
322
Current
rating (A)
1.8
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.34
0.08
125
2
0.29
0.1
101
2.5
0.18
0.2
25
3
0.14
0.3
11
3.5
0.1
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
2,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.05...2 A
2.5... 6 A
7 ... 10 A
10 x IN
8 x IN
6 x IN
IN
UN
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
5A
AC 250 V
1000 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 15 g
Approvals
0.4
6.3
4
0.08
0.5
4.1
4.5
0.069
0.6
2.8
5
0.053
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
0.7
2.1
6
< 0.05
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
0.8
1.6
7
< 0.05
CSA
AC 250 V
0.05...3,5A
1
0.97
8
< 0.05
UL
AC 250 V
0.05... 5 A
1.2
0.66
10
< 0.05
Semko (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.1...10 A
1.5
0.45
Issue C
-A3 versions are not UL approved
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
81
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 2-4100-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
ø6.4
17.5
ON
1
(3)
42.5
3.5
10
22.5
OFF
tightening torque 1 Nm
3/8-27 UNS-2A
1
1
2
blade terminals DIN46244-A6.3-0.8
D-shaped threadneck
19
current rating in A
10000
mounting hole
11
Trip time in seconds
0
9.6 -0.1
SW 14
1000
0
2
8.9 -0.1
8.8
8
2
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
6.5
3
7.5
(-A3)
Installation drawing
operating area
100
10
1
1
6
6
mounting area
Terminal design
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories
2
1
2
6.5
-P50
5.5
-L10
1
2
2
3
6
0.1
23
4
max. 2.5
1
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
3
3
6
blade terminals
DIN46244-4.8-0.8
-P10-A3
3/8-27 UNS-2B
9
Water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64)
Hex nut with
splash cover, black
X 210 739 01 (IP64)
Water splash cover,
transparent, with hex
nut, without O ring
X 201 296 03 (IP64)
blade terminals
DIN46244-A6.3-0.8
82
max. 7
3/8-27 UNS-2B
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with press-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism. Type 2-5000 is available with optional
manual release (-H), type 2-5700 can be supplied as a push-push
switch/circuit breaker (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934 in press-to-reset
configuration: M-type when fitted with manual release -H; S-type with
push-push operation). Fitted with flange or threadneck for panel
mounting. Options include an additional unprotected circuit tap (-A3)
and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity and other damp
conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
1
Motors, transformers, solenoids, battery chargers, power supplies,
appliances, machinery, extra low voltage systems.
Accessories
2-5700-...
Technical data
For types 2-5000 and 2-5700
Y 303 563 01
Ten-way connecting/bus bar for use with circuit
breakers with screw terminals.
For type 2-5000
Y 300 728 01
Water splash cover for type 2-5000.
Y 301 056 02
Fixing plate for Y 300 728 01.
Y 300 476 01
Rear terminal shroud.
For type 2-5700 with IG1 threadneck
X 200 799 02
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
X 200 799 01
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
X 200 798 01/02 As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted
knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening.
X 210 739 01
Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design
is extended when the button trips to the OFF position.
For type 2-5700 with IG2 threadneck
X 210 663 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
X 201 296 01
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly - without
'O'ring.
X 200 801 03
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly - with 'O'ring.
Separate hardware
Y 300 192 01
3/8" hex nut.
Y 300 284 02
3/8" knurled nut.
Y 300 116 02
12 mm hex nut.
Y 300 065 01
12 mm knurled nut.
X 200 801 08
Water splash cover, transparent, with hex nut,
with O ring
Type No.
2-5000 flange mounting
2-5700 threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
IG1
moulded threadneck 3/8"-27UNS-2A (type 2-5700 only)
IG2
moulded threadneck M12x1 (type 2-5700 only)
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 mm
K10 screw terminals M4x6
Shunt terminal (optional) -P10 only
A3 shunt terminal (up to IN 2.5 A/6 A max. load)
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility (type 2-5000 only)
DD push to release/push to reset (type 2-5700 only)
Special housing (optional)
KF for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.05 ... 25 A
- DD -
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Ordering information
2-5700 - IG1 - P10 -
2-5000-...
- 8A
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.05...2.5 A
8 x IN
3... 5 A
20 x IN
6...12 A
200 A
(higher interrupting capacity available
to special order)
13...25 A
400 A
IN
UN
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
5... 7 A
AC 250 V
1000 A
8...16 A
AC 250 V
2000 A
0.05...16 A
DC 28 V
200 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 29 g
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
83
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
280
3
0.08
100
3.5
0.065
0.1
110
4
0.065
0.2
29
4.5
0.05
0.3
14
5
0.05
0.4
7
6
0.02
0.5
4.9
7
0.02
0.6
3.4
8
< 0.02
0.7
2.5
10
< 0.02
0.8
1.8
12
< 0.02
1
1.2
13
< 0.02
2-5000-P10
ø9.5
15
< 0.02
0.6
16
< 0.02
1.8
0.4
20
< 0.02
2
0.3
22
< 0.02
2.5
0.2
25
< 0.02
44
1
4
3
10.4
A
2
19.8
14.5
31
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
current rating in A
2-5000-P10-A3
18.5
0.85
1.5
5
0.05...2.5 A
1
40
50
Approvals
ø13.5
4
3 2
ø4.5
1.2
12.2
0.1
7
0.05
OFF
Internal
resistance (Ω)
5
Current
rating (A)
18.2
Internal
resistance (Ω)
13
2-5700-P10
0.05...25 A
CSA/ UL
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
SEV, Nemko
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
LRoS
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.1 ...25 A
BV (type 2-5700 only)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.2 ...25 A
ø6.5
10
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
A
46.5
VDE, Semko (EN 60934)
IG1=3/8-27UNS-2A tightening torque max. 1 Nm
IG2=M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
1
4
3 2
19.8
29
D-shaped threadneck
10.4
Current ratings
14.5
IG1=8.8
IG2=11.3
Voltage ratings
16.5 ON
Authority
22.5 OFF
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
5
IG1=ø9.6 -0.1
IG2=ø12.2 -0.1
current rating in A
SW 14
84
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
IG1=8.9 -0.1
IG2=11.5 -0.1
1
Current
rating (A)
Dimensions
ON
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Terminal design
Internal connection diagrams
-P10-A3
0.05...2.5 A
4
3
1
2
4
3
0.05...2.5 A
3...25 A
(with or without shunt terminal)
1
(without shunt terminal)
1
2
(3)
10.4
1
-K10
13
flat head screw M4x6 ISO1580
tightening torque 1.2 Nm
(-A3)
2
2
1
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Installation drawings
2-5000-...
10000
operating area
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 25 A
A
1
4
3 2
mounting area
Trip time in seconds
max. 2.5
1000
100
10
2-5700-...
max. 2.5
1
operating area
0.1
1
1
4
3 2
1
Issue C
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
25
25
A
1
☎
mounting area
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
85
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-5000/2-5700-...
Accessories for types 2-5000 and 2-5700 with screw terminals -K10
Bus bar
Y 303 563 01
176
162
X
18
60°
1.1
10
M4
7
Accessories for type 2-5000-...
Accessories for type 2-5700-...
Water splash cover, transparent
for push button (IP64)
Y 300 728 01
With 3/8" threadneck (-IG1)
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
0.5
2.3
Fixing plate
Y 301 056 02
19.2
1.5
50
31.5
14.5
4.5
40
18
18.5
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64)
40
50
Hex nut with
splash cover black
X 210 739 01 (IP64)
transparent splas cover
X 201 296 03 (IP64)
Rear terminal shroud, transparent (IP64)
Y 300 476 01
12.5
29
3/8-27 UNS-2B
E-T-A
49
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 192 01
Knurled nut
Y 300 284 02
3/8-27UNS-2B
ø13.5
ø12
3/8-27UNS-2B
ø6
SW14
ø11.4
1
2
X
2.5
4
With M12 threadneck (-IG2)
Hex nut with splash cover, black
X 201 296 01 without O ring (IP64)
X 200 801 03 with O ring (IP66)
X 200 801 08 transparent
with O ring (IP66)
Water splash cover,
transparent,
with knurled nut
X 210 663 01 (IP64)
M12x1
M12x1
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 116 02
M12x1
SW14
86
☎
Knurled nut
Y 302 065 01
3.2
2.5
0.5 x 45°
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
M12x1
ø17
Issue C
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 2-5200-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breaker with push-to-reset, tease-free, tripfree, snap action mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60934; M-type
when fitted with optional manual release feature). Designed for plug-in
mounting with E-T-A sockets 10 and 16. The optional -KF housing is
particularly suited to high humidity and other damp conditions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems and components.
Accessories
10R-K10
10R-P10
10R-A10
Y 301 166 02
Y 301 166 01
16
X 200 409 01
Y 301 477 01
1
Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each
accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With screw terminals.
As above but with push-on terminals.
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on terminals.
Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets.
Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets.
Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting.
Adapter for mounting socket type 16 to asymmetric rail
(G-profile).
Blanking plug with insulated pins, for sockets 10, 20, 40, 60.
Ordering information
Type No.
2-5200 plug-in
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Special version
051034 Voltage rating AC 250 V
Current ratings
0.05 ... 16 A
2-5200 - H
-
- 051034 - 5 A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
2-5200-...
Technical data
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Mass
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
0.05...2.5 A
8 x IN
3...5 A
20 x IN
6...16 A (25 A) 400 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
8 g (57 to 500 Hz/ ±0.61 mm, 10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 35 g
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
0.05
280
2.5
0.08
100
3
0.1
110
3.5
0.065
0.2
29
4
0.065
0.3
14
4.5
0.05
0.4
7
5
0.05
0.5
4.9
6
0.02
0.6
3.4
7
0.02
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
0.7
2.5
8
< 0.02
LRoS
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
0.8
1.8
10
< 0.02
Semko
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
1
1.2
12
< 0.02
1.2
0.84
13
< 0.02
1.5
0.6
15
< 0.02
1.8
0.4
16
< 0.02
2
0.25
Issue C
☎
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Humidity
DC 28 V (AC 250: suffix 051034)
0.05...16 A (up to 25 A to special order)
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
0.2
0.1
Approvals
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
87
Thermal Automotive Circuit Breaker 2-5200-...
Dimensions
Accessories
Sockets
10R-K10
ø13.5
4
ø9.5
12
22
21
68
12
11
22
7
15
8
45
75
2
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
9.6
1
6
ø4.4
Bus bar for sockets 10...:
Y 301 166 02 (2-way)
10R-A10
19
14.5
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
7.9
12.5
15
21
11
22.9
50
Y 301 166 01 (4-way)
7
wire cross sectional areas
2
2 x max. 2.5 mm stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
Internal connection diagram
t = 0.8
22
12
59
10
5
current rating in A
31
8.5
4.2
8
2.9
7,5
1
21
11
50
12
5.6
30
9.5
48.5
10 ON
15.5 OFF
1
10R-P10
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
13
12
1
15
15
15
52.9
Socket 16
1
70
52
39.5
32
2
1.5
38.5
15
Adapter for EN rail
50035-G32 (specified
as a separate item)
X 200 409 01
for socket 16 available
on request
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
10000
Blanking plug
Y 301 477 01
for sockets 10R-P10/K10
Terminal for mounting rack
X 200 800 01
for sockets 10R, 10F
on EN rail 50 035-G32
0.05 - 2.5 A
3 - 25 A
42
27.5
14
M5 x 12
100
19
50
12
9.5
Trip time in seconds
9.5
30
1.5
1000
ø4
14.5
27
10
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 (brown)
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 (red)
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 (blue)
1
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
0.1
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
88
☎
ø2.5
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
~70
2
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
~70
1
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 (brown)
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/2-6400-...
Description
Single pole thermal circuit breakers with push-to-reset, tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism (R type TO CBE to EN 60934; M-type
when fitted with manual release features/type 2-6200 only). Featuring
auxiliary contacts (1 x N/C; 1 x N/O) as standard. Options include
manual release (type 2-6200 only), an additional unprotected circuit tap
(-A3), a centre reset position in which all contacts are open (-ZR: type
2-6200-H only), and -KF housing particularly suited to high humidity
and other damp conditions. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
1
Motors, transformers, solenoids, controls for oil and gas boilers.
For type 2-6400 with IG1 threadneck
X 200 799 02
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
X 200 799 01
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for
extra retention.
X 200 798 01/02 as X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a
slotted knurled ring for wrench front of panel
tightening.
X 210 739 01
Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design
is extended when the button trips to the OFF position.
For type 2-6400 with IG 2 threadneck
X 210 663 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
X 201 296 01
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly without 'O'ring.
Separate hardware
Y 300 192 01
3/8" hex nut.
Y 300 284 02
3/8" knurled nut.
Y 300 116 02
12 mm hex nut.
Y 300 065 01
12 mm knurled nut.
Ordering information
Type No.
2-6200
flange mounting, with auxiliary contacts
2-6400
threadneck panel mounting, with auxiliary contacts*
Mounting (type 2-6400 only)
IG1 moulded threadneck 3/8-27UNS-2A
IG2 moulded threadneck M 12 x 1
Terminal design - main circuit
L10 solder terminals
P10 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 shunt terminal same as main terminal (up to 7 A/
5 A max. load; up to 16 A/10 A max. load)
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility (type 2-6200 only)
Intermediate position (optional)
ZR intermediate position (type 2-6200-H only)
Auxiliary contacts (standard)
Si N/O and N/C contacts, solder terminals
Special housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high
humidity condition
Current ratings
0.05 ... 16 A
- P10 -
2-6400...
Technical data
Accessories
2-6200 -
2-6200-...
-
-
- Si -
Voltage rating
Current rating range
Auxiliary circuit
Typical life
Ambient temperature
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main circuit
to aux. circuit
aux. circuit 4-5 to 6-7
Insulation resistance
Interrupting capacity Icn
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
Shock
Corrosion
Humidity
Mass
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
-20...+60 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
10 x IN
IN
UN
0.05...4.5 A AC 250 V
200 A
5...7 A
AC 250 V
1000 A
8...15 A
AC 250 V
2000 A
16 A
AC 250 V
3500 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
10 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
40 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
approx. 25 g
- 8 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
89
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-...
2-6200-...
31
12.5
18.5
ON
OFF
ø8.5
16.5
39
5
11
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.30
0.20
0.12
0.10
0.07
0.056
0.046
0.035
0.03
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
7
Current
rating (A)
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
16
7
Internal
resistance (Ω)
257
138
90
32.2
14.6
8.4
5.15
3.82
2.80
2.15
1.42
0.96
0.51
0.40
-P10
0.05 - 7A
Approvals
11.5
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
50
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
CSA/ UL
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
Semko (EN 60934)
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.1 ... 16 A
Demko
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
current rating in A
21
5
ø3.5
Authority
40
5
2-6400-...
10.5
16.5
ON
ø6.4
8.8
11.3
=IG1
=IG2
22.5
(moulded
threadneck)
OFF
IG1=3/8-27UNS-2A tightening torque max. 1 Nm
IG2=M12x1 tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
11
7
46
14.5
11.5
-P10
0.05 - 7A
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
31
=IG1
=IG2
mounting hole
16.5
ø9.6 -0.1
ø12.2 -0.1
current rating in A
=IG1
=IG2
8.9 -0.1
SW14
11.5 -0.1
5
Installation drawing
2-6200-...
18
operating area
39
38
1
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.08
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
1
1.2
1.5
1.8
Dimensions
3
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
1.5
4
90
☎
mounting area
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
4
Issue C
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-...
Terminal design
Internal connection diagrams
-P10 0,05...7 A
0.05...7 A
8...16 A
see dimension diagram
1
-P10 8...16 A
5
7
4
6
1
(2)
(3)
2
3
(-A3)
(-A3)
5
7
4
6
2-6200-...-ZR
1
-P10-A3 0,05...16 A
0
(Z)
1
1
(3)
5
7
4
6
0
(Z)
1
1
(3)
5
7
4
6
0
(Z)
1
1
(3)
intermediate position
OFF position
7
4
6
2
2
2
5
ON position
-L10 0,05...7 A
5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
7
10000
-L10 8...16 A
Trip time in seconds
1000
-L10-A3 0,05...16 A
100
10
1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
20
40
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Installation drawing
2-6400-...
42.5
43.5
22.5
operating area
1.5
4
Issue C
☎
mounting area
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
91
Thermal Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 2-6200/6400-...
Accessories for type 2-6400-...
With 3/8" threadneck (-IG1)
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
and knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Water splash cover, transparent
with special knurled nut
X 200 798 01 (IP64)
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut (IP64)
Hex nut with
splash cover black
X 210 739 01 (IP64)
3/8-27 UNS-2B
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 192 01
Knurled nut
Y 300 284 02
3/8-27UNS-2B
ø13.5
3/8-27UNS-2B
SW14
ø11.4
1
2.5
4
With M12 threadneck (-IG2)
Hex nut with splash cover black
X 201 296 01 without O ring (IP64)
X 200 801 03 with O ring (IP66)
X 200 801 08 transparent
with O ring (IP66)
Water splash cover
transparent
with knurled nut
X 210 663 01 (IP64)
M12x1
M12x1
Separate hardware
Hex nut
Y 300 116 02
Knurled nut
Y 302 065 01
M12x1
SW14
92
3.2
2.5
0.5 x 45°
☎
M12x1
ø17
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Single and multi pole
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers (CBEs)
with and without auxiliary contacts
Overview
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V,
DC 65 V
Current ratings 0.05...32 A
2
A latching type bimetal is combined with a magnetic coil
to provide the joint benefits of delayed operation for low
level over-current protection and fast magnetic action on
higher value short circuits.
E-T-A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers for track mounting
can be fitted to different standard rail designs, either
direct in the case of combi-foot models, or with an E-T-A
adapter.
E-T-A has perfected thermal-magnetic technology to
provide a choice of mounting options, covering an extensive range of current ratings all with high precision
performance. These models are well suited to
telecommunications, process control and other industrial
applications where sophisticated equipment needs correct
- and dependable - protection. The narrow profile of E-T-A
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers enables high density
packaging solutions.
All models are available in special configurations with
separate thermal and thermal-magnetic circuits, providing
capability for overload protection together with an independent control circuit, which may be operated in response
to an external sensor input.
Additional features to ensure perfect fit of device to
application include options such as auxiliary contacts for
status signalling and the choice of push button or toggle
manual control. There are also single, two and multi-pole
models in a range of types and variants. Plug-in versions
provide a convenient means of positive circuit interruption
by simply removing the circuit breaker - ideal for safety
critical systems during maintenance and shutdown.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
93
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
201 / 201-WA
2210-S2..-...
E2210 assembly
single pole
Description
rail mounting
201
standard type
201-WA low resistance option
socket or panel mounting,
toggle actuator,
single or multi pole,
with auxiliary contact option
type 2210-S on Euro Card for
19" rack mounting
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V
3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V
Current ratings
201:
0.05...16 A
201-WA: 0.05...10 A
0.1...25 A
0.1...16 A
Aux. contact rating
without auxiliary contacts
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1A
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1A
Typical life / contact rating
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
201:
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
201-WA: 0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
2.5...10 A 400 A
0.1... 5 A
6 ...25 A
0.1... 5 A 400 A
6 ...16 A 800 A
Approvals
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, LRoS
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko,
BV, LRoS
Available options
see pages 101 - 103
see pages 105 - 108
2
400 A
800 A
see pages 109 - 112
Dimensions
0
I
53
68
11
OFF
10.5
1 single pole circuit breaker
7.5
100
I
0
10
Overview
Type No.
40.8
80
174
Internal connection diagrams
1
94
☎
(Z) LINE
0 I 1 11
23
12
24
I
I>
2
2(k)
OFF position
(Z) LINE
0 I
1 11
23
12
24
I>
2(k)
ON position
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
(Z) line
1
0 I
11
23
12
24
I
2(k)
OFF position
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Rack 19BGT2
2210-S2.. for distribution rails
Distribution rail X2210-S0606J
19" racks with sockets
type 63-P10-Si
(5 or 10)
rack for max. 5 sockets
type 63-P10-Si
Prewired and auxiliary contact
options
toggle actuator, single pole,
with auxiliary contact,
for distribution rail or
mounting socket
distribution rail for installation in
telecommunications control
cabinets, fitted with retaining
clip, extraction tool and cover
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Max. 16 A for each position
Line feed: max. 63 A
Max. supply for each socket: 20 A
Max. load per position: 16 A
0.4...25 A
complete unit: max. 80 A
max. 25 A for each position
Max. 1 A for each position
Line feed: max. 32 A
Max. supply for each socket: 10 A
Max. 1 A for each position
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1A
max. 1 A for each position
10,000 operations at 1xIN
2210-S2..-...-410033:
AC 250 V 1000 A
DC 65 V 2000 A
or 2210-S2..-...-410005:
AC 250 V 2000 A
DC 65 V 3500 A
VDE, CSA, UL, Demko, Semko
see pages 115 - 116
see pages 117 - 122
0
12
see pages 113 - 114
see pages 123 - 124
I
196
37.7
46
12 2k
2.5
84 x 5.08 = 426.72
482.6
482.6
(158.3)
11
10
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
50
75
101.6
465
8
54.3
68
465
188
40.8
Sig
LINE
1 11
I>
99
185
482.6
(N)
45
(U)
2
465
12
I>
2(k)
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
95
Overview
19" Rack
2
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Distribution rail X2210-K...
2210-T2...-...
2215-...
3 pole
2215-L1..
Description
fully insulated distribution rail for
plug-in mounted circuit breakers,
for telecommunications and
control systems
rail mounting,
toggle actuator,
single or multipole,
with auxiliary contact option
threadneck or PCB mounting,
toggle actuator,
single pole,
with auxiliary contact option
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
3 AC 433 V; AC 250 V; DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
Current ratings
complete unit: max. 80 A
max. 25 A per position
0.1...32 A
0.05...10 A
Aux. contact rating
max. 1 A per position
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
1A
AC 250 V / DC 28 V
1A
Typical life / contact rating
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1... 5 A
6 ...32 A
300 A
Approvals
VDE, CSA, UL, BV, LRoS
VDE, CSA, UL, Semko,
see pages 131 - 134
see pages 135 - 137
2
Available options
see pages 125 - 129
400 A
800 A
Dimensions
I
I
78.5
Si
2
LINE
Si
1
ø8.8
12
11
14
1
15
15
26.5
46
2
+
-
0
52
0
15
11.5 multipole
10
45
ø12
ø4.8
43.5
40
29
U
31
Sig
+
23
-
Internal connection diagrams
N
max. A
45
Overview
Type No.
0
I
line (Si)
1 11
25.6
0
I
line (Si)
1
11
12
(Si)
I
☎
I
line
1
12
(Si)
11
12 14
I
Si-break contact
2
2
OFF position
ON position
96
0
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
I
2
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2215-F1..
3120-....-..M1-
3200
rocker version
type 2215-L on Euro Card for
19" rack mounting
flange mounting,
toggle actuator,
double pole,
with auxiliary contact option
switch/circuit breaker
with rocker or
push button operation
plug-in type with standard manual release facility
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
AC 250 V; DC 48 V
AC 250 V; DC 50 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
0.05...10 A
0.1...16 A
0.05...25 A
AC 250 V / DC 28 V
1A
AC 250 V / DC 28 V
1A
without auxiliary contacts
without auxiliary contacts
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
30,000 operations at 1 x IN 1pole
50,000 operations at 1 x IN 2pole
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
300 A
600 A
0.1...2 A 100 x IN
2.5...16 A 250 A 2 pole or
150 A 1 pole
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...25 A 400 A
VDE, CSA, UL
VDE, CSA, LRoS
see pages 145 - 148
see pages 149 - 152
see pages 141 - 143
see pages 139 - 140
48.5
10
30
100
I
0
52.6
I
0
LINE
I
0
11
14
1
1
9
19
18
29
174
0
I
line 1
11
0
I
line
1 3
12 14
50
41
21
11
line
21
line 1
12 14 22 24
I>
2
OFF position
I
I
12(i)
22(i)
I
12
2
I>
2 4
Issue C
11
2
9.6
12
9
2
ø9.5
15.5
0
35
14
I
OFF
54
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
97
Overview
Circuit breaker E2215
2
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
3300-... / 3400-...
3500-... / 4000-...
3600 / 3900-P10-Si
Description
threadneck panel mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
3300 fast acting
3400 standard delay
flange mounting
3500 standard type
with aux. contact option
4000 low resistance type
with standard aux. contacts
and intermediate position
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
AC 250 V; DC 65 V
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
3500: 0.05...16 A
4000: 0.05...10 A
3600: 0.05...16 A
3900: 0.05...10 A
Aux. contact rating
AC 250 V / DC 65 V
1A
AC 250 V / DC 65 V
1A
AC 250 V / DC 65 V
1A
Typical life / contact rating
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
5,000 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
3500:
3600:
2
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
2.5...10 A 400 A
4000:
socket mounting, single pole
3600 standard type with
auxiliary contact option
3900 low resistance type
with standard aux. contacts
and intermediate position
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
2.5...10 A 400 A
3900:
Approvals
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko,
Nemko, LRoS
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko,
Nemko, LRoS
VDE, Demko, CSA, UL, Semko,
Nemko, LRoS
Available options
see pages 153 - 156
see pages 157 - 160
see pages 161 - 164
ø6.5
10
11
ø11.5
51
46.5
50.3
ø8.5
11 OFF
13 OFF
ø6.4
22.5
OFF
Dimensions
11
Overview
Type No.
42
40.8
42
Internal connection diagrams
line 1
I
2
98
☎
5
7
3 4
6
3 from IN=8 A
line 1
I
5
7
3 4
6
line 1
3 from IN=8 A
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
I
5
7
3 4
6
3 from IN=8 A
2
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
E-T-A Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart
●
●
●
●
●
●
3200
❍
❍
16
433
65
32
250
65
25
250
48
10
250
50
16
●
250
28
25
●
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Choice of
characteristic curves
65
❍
❍
Illumination
multi pole
single pole
Water splash cover
Manual trip facility
Auxiliary contacts
shunt terminal
●
●
●
●
3120
●
250
●
❍
❍
●
●
●
●
●
❍
3300
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
250
65
16
3400
●
●
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
250
65
16
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
●
250
65
16
3500
●
3600
●
●
●
❍
●
●
250
65
16
3900
●
●
●
●
●
●
250
65
10
❍
●
●
●
250
65
10
4000
●
●
●
Overview
●
distribution rail
●
●
MAX IN (A)
2210 for
●
DC (V)
●
Max. ratings
Number of poles
AC (V)
2210
screw terminals
solder terminals
plug-in pins
blade terminals
Printed Circuit Board
Main terminal design
●
201
2215
rail
socket
flange
Mounting method
threadneck
Type No.
2
● = standard
❍ = optional
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
99
Overview
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
2
100
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Featuring a narrow profile housing, recessed terminals,
standard EN rail mounting, and precision CBE performance.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934)
Typical applications
Process control systems, instrumentation.
Accessories
X 200 409 01
X 210 589 01
201-WA-...
low-resistance type
Technical data
Mounting adapter for asymmetric rail (G-profile).
50-way 2.5 mm2 cable links with prefitted connection
lugs, black
As above but with 1.5 mm2 cable links, brown
Bus bar
Bus bar
Supply terminal for bus bar
X 210 589 02
X 221 497 00
X 221 498 00
X 221 496 00
201-...
standard type
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
(DC 80 V UL/CSA)
Current rating range
201: 0.05 ... 16 A
201-WA: 0.05...10 A
Typical life
5,000 operations at 2xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Ordering information
Type No.
201
201-WA
single pole, rail mounted version
low-resistance version
Option
2705
fitted with adapter X 200 409 01
Current ratings
0.05...16 A (type 201)
0.05...10 A (type 201-WA)
201-WA -
- 10 A
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
201
201-WA
0.05...0.8 A
1...2 A
2.5...16 A
0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
2.5...10 A
400 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
UN
AC 250 V
DC 80 V
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 60 g
Internal resistance (Ω)
201
201-WA
0.05
447
211
3
0.19
0.054
0.1
131
48
4
0.090
0.035
0.2
40
12.4
5
0.061
0.025
0.3
19.3
5.7
6
0.041
< 0.02
0.4
10.4
3.1
7
0.034
< 0.02
0.5
7.1
2.0
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.6
4.3
1.32
10
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.8
2.5
0.76
12
< 0.02
1
1.67
0.49
14
< 0.02
Authority
Voltage ratings
1.5
0.61
0.21
15
< 0.02
VDE, Demko,
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
2
0.38
0.101
16
< 0.02
CSA, UL
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
0.05...16 A
2.5
0.24
0.078
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.3...16 A
☎
1000 A
1000 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 20
Current
rating (A)
Issue C
Internal resistance (Ω)
201
201-WA
IN
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
Vibration
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
2
Approvals
Current ratings
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
101
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
ON
conductor cross
section max.
0.5 - 10 mm2
rigid conductor
0.5 - 6 mm2
flexible conductor
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
I>
43
53
11
line 1
11.5
5
OFF
45
ø8.5
12-14
6.5
4.8
7.5
2
80
12.5
symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5
slot for fitting labels from
Wieland
Type 9003 Weidmüller
Type BS.1/2
SchT
PES
Phoenix
dekafix
Type DST6
T./WT
4K-DST5
2
current rating in A
2
Phillips screw, size 2 to EN ISO 4757
Installation drawing for protection class II (IEC 730-1)
operating area
(double insulation)
cable entry
cable entry
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
mounting area
Typical time/current characteristics
Type 201 0.05...7 A
AC
AC
Type 201-WA 0.05...10 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
1
2
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20 % on DC supplies.
☎
DC
10
0.1
0.001
102
Type 201 8...16 A
1
2
4 6 8 10 20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Magnetic tripping currents are decreased
by 20 % on AC supplies.
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 201/-WA
Accessories
20
Adapter for EN rail 50035-G32 specified as a separate item
X 200 409 01
Adapter X 200 409 01
G profile
EN 50035-G32
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5 mm2 (black)
X 210 589 02/1.5 mm2 (brown)
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
~70
2
Bus bar
X 221 498 01
16 x 12.5 = 200
12.5
2.5
29
1.3
14
IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40°C) CE
E-T-A® GERMANY
207
3.5
Supply terminal for bus bar
X 221 496 01
5.2
11
1.3
17
M4
2.5
4.6
9
conductor size max. 10 mm2
12
15
16
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
103
2
104
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Description
One, two and three pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free,
snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN
60934/IEC 934). Designed for panel or plug-in mounting. Available with
auxiliary contacts (1 x N/O, 1 x N/C) for status signalling and fitted with an
unprotected shunt tap terminal as standard. Two and three pole models
are internally linked to ensure that both/all poles trip in the event of an
overload on one pole, even if the actuator is held in the ON position. A
choice of characteristic curves further extends the range of applications
possibilities for these CBEs. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
Process control equipment, robotics, machine tool control, communications
systems, instrumentation. Special versions, e.g. for aggressive
environmental conditions and low voltages (5 V) on request.
Technical data
Ordering information
Type No.
2210 single or multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Mounting
S socket or panel mounting
Actuator design
2 toggle
Number of poles
1 1 pole protected
2 2 pole protected
3 3 pole protected
4 4 pole protected
5 2 pole, protected on one pole only
Panel mounting
0 without hardware
1 with M3 thread
2 with 6/32 thread
Terminal design (main contacts)
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
M1 standard delay: therm. 1.05-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC;7.8-15.6xIN DC
T1
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN; magn. 10-20xIN AC
T2
thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN
M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm.1.4-1.8xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC
Intermediate position
H without intermediate position (standard)
Z with intermediate position
Auxiliary contacts
0 without auxiliary contacts
1 with auxiliary contacts in all poles
2 with auxiliary contacts in pole 1
(only multi pole devices)
3 with auxiliary contacts in poles 1 and 3
(≥3 pole devices)
Auxiliary contact function
1 one each N/C and N/O (standard)
2 one N/O contact (23/24)
3 one N/C contact (11/12)
4 one N/O contact, closed in the
intermediate and ON position
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1 same as main terminals
Current ratings
0.1...25 A
2210 - S 2 1 0 - P1 F1 - Z 1 1 1 - 10 A
Remote trip coil available to special order.
Issue C
2210-S2...
☎
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; 3 AC 433 V (50-60 Hz); DC 65 V
(higher voltages to special order)
Current rating range
0.1...25 A for curves M1, T1, T2
0.1...16 A for curves F1, M3
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2,5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 11-12/23-24
pole/pole
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...5 A 400 A; 6...25 A 800 A
Curve T2 : 0.1...25 A 15xIN
Curve M3: 0.1... 2 A AC 200 A
Interrupting capacity
IN
(UL 10771)
UN
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
0.1...8 A
AC 250 V
1000 A
2000 A
3AC 250V
2000 A
10...16 A
AC 125 V
2000 A
2000 A
3AC 250V
2000 A
20A
AC 250 V
3500 A
3500 A
3AC 216V
3500 A
0.1...20 A
DC 65 V
2000 A
2000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
Curve F1:
3 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, M3, T1, T2:
5 g (57-500 Hz),±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
Curve F1: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1,M3, T1, T2:
25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
20 g (11 ms), direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 50 g per pole
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
105
2
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
for AC
81
M3
standard
delay
for AC + DC
42
T2
thermal
for AC + DC
77
24.2
11.7
10.4
5.6
10.2
23
0.4
9.2
6.6
6.0
2.9
5.7
0.5
6.8
4.1
3.9
1.75
3.7
0.6
4.2
3
2.7
1.42
2.6
0.8
2.8
1.65
1.53
0.75
1.39
1
1.6
1.10
0.98
0.5
0.9
1.5
0.78
0.47
0.42
0.22
0.36
2
0.42
0.28
0.24
0.136
0.19
2.5
0.26
0.183
0.17
0.083
0.141
3
0.18
0.124
0.12
0.057
0.091
4
0.12
0.077
0.073
0.041
0.051
5
0.092
0.063
0.055
0.032
0.040
0.039
≤␣ 0.02
0.021
≤␣ 0.02
10
0.022
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
12
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
16
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
12.5
1 11 23
11.5
24 12 2k
6.8
12.5 12.5
polarizing tooth
6x6.8 = 40.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
0.027
≤␣ 0.02
20
-
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
≤␣ 0.02
25
-
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
≤ 0.02
50
mounting thread M3 or 6/32
max. screw length 5.8 mm
tightening torque 0.5 Nm
32
unit III
unit II
unit I
Approvals
12
≤ 0.02
25
5.5
0.045
43
Ø11
≤ 0.02
37.5
3.5
0
0.054
0.025
19
0
6
8
1
26.1
11.6
ON
OFF
68
39.3
17.5
18
10
0.2
0.3
30.5
Z
25° 25°
multi pole devices
16
Authority
Voltage ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Current ratings
3 AC 433 V
0.1...25 A
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...25 A
Demko, Semko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...16 A
LRoS, BV
3 AC 415 V,
Cut-out dimensions 2210-S2...
32
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...20 A
16
3-pole
2-pole
1-pole
Toggle positions
1.5
12.5 12.5
ON position
ø4
intermediate position
36.6
OFF position
ø11.5
90°
s
UL, CSA
24
recess with panel thickness
s > 1.5 mm
ø11.5
Installation drawing 2210-S2..
Shock directions
operating area
(double insulation)
3
5
6
4
1
current rating
1 11 23
20
2
5
2
T1
delayed
0
Current Internal resistance (Ω)
rating F1
M1
(A)
fast acting
standard
delay
for DC
for AC + DC
0.1
162
92
Dimensions 2210-S...
10.5
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
24 12 2k
mounting area
(standard insulation)
106
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories for 2210-S...
with auxiliary contact function 1 (one each N/O and N/C)
(...-H111-...) without intermediate position
(...-Z111-...) with intermediate position
2-way
mounting socket
23-P10-Si
I
line
1
line
1
(Z)
11
23
0
I
line
1
(Z)
11
0
23
I
11
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
23
7.4
4.4
4.4
I>
I>
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
intermediate position
(Z)
I
line
1
23
0
(Z)
I
I>
line
1
24
2(k)
ON position
12.5
25
0
(Z)
I
line
1
2
6
polarized recess
23
24
I>
2(k)
OFF position
50
75
12.5
30
23
24
I>
retaining
clip
24
with auxiliary contact function 4
0
6.25
50
57.4
12
24
12.5
64
12
50
57.4
24
64
12
22.2
21
10
7.4
3.5 6 x 6.8 = 40.8
6.8
(Z)
0
6-way mounting socket
63-P10-Si (retaining clip Y 302 974 01
available on request)
Single mounting sockets
with adapter
17-P10-Si
17-P10-Si-20025
(retaining clip Y 302 974 02 available on request)
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
I>
2(k)
intermediate position
2
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
retaining clip
2(k)
ON position
Bus bar for type 17 socket (for max. 100 A continuous load)
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
cylinder head screw
M4x4 ISO1207
nickel plated
washer
A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
2
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
(max.cross section 35 mm2)
80
45.s
41.3
5
1.4
33.3
Accessories for mounting sockets
6.5
25.8 8.5
depth 10 mm
10
12.5
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
polarization recess
Single mounting sockets
with adapter
17-P70-Si
17-P70-Si-20025
(retaining clip Y 302 974 02 available on request)
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
female
connector
blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2
C profile (2xA2.8-0.8)
retaining clip
M4 Cu rail, tin-plated
6.5
Insulated sleeving for bus bar
Y 303 824 01
80
45.8
41.3
12.5
9
5.4
5
fusible link
(1.1 mm thick
constriction)
154.8
1.4
12.8
33.3
7
25.8 8.5
10
depth 10 mm
10
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
125
adapter X20040901
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
17
polarization recess
Toggle guard for 1 pole units
X 221 617 01
24
1
2.5
R9
R15
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 blue
12
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
38
9.5
R5
12
~70
ø3.5
32
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
107
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S..
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10 0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-M1 0,1...6 A
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
1
2
-T1 8...25 A
AC
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
AC
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
2
-M3 6...16 A
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
0.001
1
2
-T2 0,1...6 A
AC*
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
AC/DC
10000
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
Trip time in seconds
10000
1
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
2
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
☎
AC/DC
1
0.1
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
10
0.1
0.001
2
-T2 8...25 A
10000
10
AC*
1
0.1
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
10
0.1
0.001
2
-M3 0,1...5 A
10000
10
AC*
10
0.1
-T1 0,1...6 A
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
1000
1
Trip time in seconds
-M1 8...25 A
10000
0.001
108
AC*
10000
Trip time in seconds
2
DC
10000
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
-F1 0,1...16 A
Multi pole devices: all poles symmetrically loaded. With single pole overload,
thermal tripping will be at max. 1.7 x IN with curves F1, M1 and T2, and at max.
2.2 x IN with curve M3.
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
1
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
Description
Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker mounted on Euro Card for 19" rack
mounting, with one Euro Card accommodating one or two single pole,
double pole or three pole circuit breakers. Convenient toggle actuation
enables series 2210 additionally to be used as an ON/OFF switch. A red
LED is located in the front frame of the Euro Card, indicating the
switching status of the circuit breaker (via the auxiliary circuit).
E2210-...
Typical applications
Technical data
Process control, measuring and control systems, telecommunications.
Circuit breaker
2
Main circuit:
voltage rating
3 AC 433V; AC 250 V (50/60 Hz);
DC 65 V
current rating range
0.1...16 A
Standard current ratings
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 A
1
1.5 2
2.5 3
4
5 A
6
8
10 12 16 A
Auxiliary circuit:
voltage rating
AC 240 V; DC 65 V
current rating
1A
Other data
see type 2210-S2..
Front plate
Dimensions
(1 TE = 5.08 mm, 1 HE = 44.45 mm)
Width: one single pole circuit breaker
one double pole circuit breaker
4 TE
6 TE
one three pole circuit breaker
9 TE
two single pole circuit breakers
4 TE
two double pole circuit breakers
10 TE
two three pole circuit breakers
12 TE
Height:
Material:
3 HE
aluminium, anodized
LED
Voltage rating
Issue C
☎
DC 24 V / DC 60 V
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
109
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
One single pole circuit breaker
Ordering information
Type No.
E2210
Dimensions
d b z
*)
(Z
1
I
11
23
12
24
I>
2(k)
OFF position
0
(Z)
I
1
11
23
12
24
0
(Z)
1
I
I>
load
2(k)
intermediate position
11
23
12
24
I>
2(k)
ON position
Two single pole circuit breakers
Dimensions
unit I (G I)
multi-pin connector
LED
R1
LED
I
0
3HE
100
I
0
X
R2
unit II (G II)
174
4TE
view X
d b z
Terminal selection
GI
G II
z(6/8)
+
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
12
24
23
11
12
24
23
11
R1
22
2(k)
z(14/16) R2
+
24
26
G II
28
1
30
1
32
Internal connection diagrams for units G I and G II
(Z
I
1
11
23
12
24
2(k)
OFF position
LED G II
2(k)
GI
0
LED G I
z(10/12)
-
20
I>
☎
32
line
0
Clearly add the desired specifications.
110
28
30
Internal connection diagram
0.1/0.2 A
**) With mounting styles 6, 7 and 8: both circuit breakers must have the same
characteristics.
***) It is possible to fit circuit breakers of mixed current ratings on the Euro Card.
LED
(14/16) R1
+
24
26
GI
1
(10/12)
-
20
22
2(k)
same as main terminals **)
Current ratings
0.1 ... 16 A
***)
only with 2x1 pole/2x2 pole/2x3 pole
2
4
6
8
10
12
LED
14
16
12
24
23
11
GI
E2210 - 6 1 1 - S 2 1 1 - 02 - H 1 1 1 - 0.1 A
XX
3HE
4TE
view X
Terminal selection
intermediate and ON position
Auxiliary contact-terminal design
1
X
174
magn.6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC
different curves for multi pole versions to order*)
Intermediate position
**)
H without intermediate position (standard)
Z with intermediate position
Auxiliary contacts
**)
1 with auxiliary contacts
(only with 1x1 pole, 2x1 pole)
5 with auxiliary contact only in the
last unit of multipole versions
Auxiliary contact function **)
1 1 N/C, 1 N/O (standard)
2 1 N/O (23/24)
3 1 N/C (11/12)
4 1 N/O contact, closed in the
100
I
0
therm.1.4-1.8xIN AC;
XX
E-T-A
LED
E-T-A
2
multi-pin connector
R1
E-T-A
Mounting style
1 1 x single pole, central mounting (standard)
2 1 x single pole, top mounting
3 1 x single pole, bottom mounting
4 1 x double pole, central mounting (standard)
5 1 x three pole, central mounting (standard)
6 2 x single pole, symmetrical mounting (standard)
7 2 x double pole, symmetrical mounting (standard)
8 2 x three pole, symmetrical mounting (standard)
Front plate
1 aluminium (standard)
2 moulded
LED
1
red, DC 24 V (standard)
2
red, DC 60 V
3
green, DC 24 V
4
green, DC 60 V
Circuit breaker
Mounting
S panel mounting
Actuator design
2 short toggle
Number of poles
1 1 pole protected
2 2 pole protected
3 3 pole protected
5 2 pole, protected on one pole only
Panel mounting
1
with M3 thread
Terminal design (main contacts) =
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
**)
01
F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
02
M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC; 7.8-15.6xIN DC
03
T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 10-20xIN AC
04
T2thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN
05
M3 standard delay, low resistance:
(Z)
0 I
1
11
23
12
24
I>
2(k)
intermediate position
0
line
(Z)
I
load
1
11
23
12
24
I>
2(k)
ON position
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
One double pole circuit breaker
One three pole circuit breaker
Dimensions
Dimensions
multi-pin connector
multi-pin connector
R1
R1
LED
X
3 HE
I
0
100
X
E-T-A
0
3HE
I
100
E-T-A
LED
G IC
G IB
G IA
G IB
G IA
174
174
6TE
Terminal selection
d b z
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
12
24
23
11
G IB
(14/16) R1
+
G IB
LED
G IB
G IC
G IB LED
20
2(k)
G IB
26
28
1
G IA
32
Internal connection
diagram
Internal connection diagram
0
(Z)
G IA
line
1
I
G IB
line
1 11
II
II
II
23
0
II
G IC LED (14/16) R1
+
2
28
32
G IB
line
1
I
II
1
G IC
line
1 11 23
II
II
I>
I>
2(k)
2(k)
load
load
I>
I>
I>
2(k)
load
2(k)
load
2(k)
load
Two double pole circuit breakers
Two three pole circuit breakers
Dimensions
Dimensions
multi-pin connector
G IB
R1
E-T-A
E-T-A
0
II
LED
I
G IIB
R2
multi-pin connector
G IC
G IB
G IA
100
X
E-T-A
100
0
LED
I
R1
I
G IA
3HE
I
0
unit I (G I)
LED
E-T-A
unit I (G I)
II
12 24
12 24
LED
0
unit II (G II)
unit II (G II)
174
10TE
view X
30.6
space between guide rails
174
6
G IIA
1
10
2(k)
G IIB
1
14
18
22
26
30
4
12
24
23
11
12
12
24
GII 23
16
11
20
22
24
24
2(k)
z(6/8)
+
G I+G II
G II LED
2(k)
Internal connection diagram
for units 1 (G I) and 2 (G II)
0
(Z
1
2(k)
32
1
I
II
6
G IC
1
2(k)
z(10/12)
-
G IIA
z(14/16) R2
+
G IB
1
2(k)
1
2(k)
LED G II
G IIC
1
G IB
G IA/G
line
1
LED G I
G IA
30
32
R1
G I LED
28
26
28
space between guide rails
d bz
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
8 GI
10TE
view X
40.6
Terminal selection
d bz
2(k)
10
14
18
22
26
30
4
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
20
12
24
23
11
12
12
24
GII 23
16
11
8 GI
20
22
24
II
II
II
G I+G II
G II LED
2(k)
28
1
2(k)
32
1
26
28
0
(Z)
I
Issue C
☎
I>
2(k)
load
LED G I
z(10/12)
z(14/16) R2
+
LED G II
G IB
30
Internal connection diagram
for units 1 (G I) and 2 (G II)
R1
G IA
24
32
G IB/G
line
1 11
23
z(6/8)
+
G I LED
G IA/G IIA G IB/G IIB G IC/G IIC
line
line
line
1
1
1 11 23
II
II
II
II
II
12 24
12 24
I>
2(k)
load
X
G IIC
G IIB
G IIA
R2
G IIA
Terminal selection
LED
G IC
24
G IA
line
(z)
(10/12)
-
G IC
20
22
2(k)
1 26
2(k)
1 30
2(k)
1
G IB
1
30
12
24
23
11
G IC
24
G IA
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
(10/12)
-
22
2(k)
d b z
3HE
Terminal selection
9 TE
view X
view X
I>
2(k)
load
I>
2(k)
load
I>
2(k)
load
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
111
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2210-...
Dimensions of sockets for Euro Cards
0Z041Z000004
84.9
10.1
0Z041Z000004
24/7 pole mixed socket to DIN 41612 - form M.
Connection: 7 pole for 6.3x0.8 mm connectors
and 24 pole midi-wire wrap posts (1 x 1 mm).
12.4
2.9
The following sockets may be used with single pole circuit
breakers:
20
10
Description
ø1
0Z041Z000007
24/7 pole mixed socket to DIN 41612 - form M.
Connection: 7 pole for 6.3x0.8 mm connectors
and 24 pole for 2.8x0.8 mm connectors.
blade terminals
A6.3x0.8
DIN46244
8.17 6x5.08=30.48
7x5.08=35.56
7.62
5.08
14.8
ø2.8
5.08
6.5
0Z041Z000005
A 15 pole socket to DIN 41612, form H, for 6.3 x 0.8 mm
connectors is required in addition to the socket mentioned above, if two
double pole or two three pole circuit breakers are fitted on one Euro
Card.
22
Sockets for Euro Cards
90
2
95
0Z041Z000007
8
20
10
10
84.9
A6.3x0.8
A2.8x0.8
95
5.08
14.8
12.4
6.5
ø2.8
90
5.08
7.62
7x5.08=35.56
5.62
6x5.08=30.48
5.62
0Z041Z000005
12.4
20
10.1
2.9
84.9
blade terminals
A6.3x0.8
DIN46244
14x5.08=71.12
5.08
6.5
14.8
ø2.8
8.17
90
95
112
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
19" Rack
Description
19" rack fitted with E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si to accommodate thermalmagnetic circuit breakers with each terminal block accepting up to 6
circuit breakers. Three rack sizes are available.
Typical applications
Technical data
Circuit breakers that may be accommodated on 19" racks fitted with
E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si:
type 2210
type 3600
type 3900
see pages 105 - 108
see pages 161 - 164
see pages 161 - 164
Ordering information
X 201 097 01
X 211 530 01
X 201 096 01
Issue C
Type No.
X 201 096 01
X 201 097 01
X 211 530 01
Height (1 HE = 44.45 mm)
4 HE
4 HE
2 HE
Material:
The 19" rack and the mounting
flanges are made of 2 mm thick
steel sheet.
Colour:
RAL 7032, grey
2
Connection
for 10 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si
for 5 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si
for 9 E-T-A terminal blocks 63-P10-Si
plus 1 fuse holder
☎
by means of one or two 4 pole female multi-pin connectors for max
4 mm2 cables, which may be connected either on the right or left side
of the rack.
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
113
19" Rack
Accessories
Dimensions
X 201 097 01
19" rack with 10 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si
type 63 e.g. type 3600-P-Si
or 3900-P-Si
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2, black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2, red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2, blue
e.g. type 2210
(465)
~70
37.7
14
482.6
177
7
101.6
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
93
56
40
431
2
2
X 201 096 01
19" rack with 9 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si plus one fuse holder
type 63
e.g. type 3600-P-Si
or 3900-P-Si
e.g. type 2210
fuse holder
37.7
14
482.6
177
7
101.6
(465)
56
2
93
40
431
X 211 530 01
19" rack with 5 E-T-A sockets 63-P10-Si
e.g. 6 x type 3600-P-Si
or 3900-P-Si
e.g. 6 x type 2210
type 63
88.5
2
465
482.6
56
2
93
40
431
114
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
19BGT2 19" Rack
Description
The compact 19" rack features aluminium profiled cross members with
an anodized front plate. The panel cutout accommodates up to 30
positions numbered 1 through 30. Blanks cover unused positions, with
6, 12, 24 or 30 being ”open“.
The rack can be fitted with plug-in type circuit breakers 3600/3900,
2210 or E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller (SSRPC) E-1048600. Please specify the correct option according to the ordering
information shown, as different depths must be allowed for.
Four bus bars (X1...X4) with 10 positions each (6.3 mm blade terminals)
provide easy terminal connection.
Prewired options available ex factory are:
● Parallel connected feed (2.5 mm2) with separate supply for each
socket via bus bars X1 and X2.
Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey. Outputs are not
connected.
● Parallel connected auxiliary contacts (N/C) grouped per socket,
0.75 mm2, via bus bars X3 (supply) and X4 (signalisation).
Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey.
Technical data
19" rack
● Series connected auxiliary contacts (N/O) of all positions with
0.75 mm2, via bus bars X3 (feed) and X4 (signalisation).
Choice of wiring colours: black, red, blue, grey.
● Custom designed connection according to specification.
Other fittings, e.g. back-up fuse, separate circuits, custom designed
markings etc., are available to special order.
Ordering information
Type No.
19BGT 19"-rack
Height
2
2 HE = 88.90 mm
Circuit breaker types (prepared)
2210
for circuit breaker type 2210
3600
for circuit breaker type 3600
1048
for SSRPC E-1048-600
Number of positions
06 6 poles
12 12 poles
18 18 poles
24 24 poles
30 30 poles
Feed prewired
A0 without
A2 feed prewired (2.5 mm2)
Wire colour
SW
black
RT
red
BL
blue
GR
grey
Auxiliary contacts prewired (0.75 mm2)
B0 without
B1 aux. contacts connected in series
(not for E-1048-600)
B2 aux. contacts connected in parallel
Wire colour
SW black
RT red
BL blue
GR grey
19BGT 2 - 2210 - 24 A2 SW -
Issue C
B1
☎
RT
length: 84 TE
total length: 426.72 mm
height: 2 HE
total height: 88.90 mm
depth: 184 mm
material: aluminium, anodized
Front cutout for
30 positions, numbered
1 through 30
1 socket = 6 positions (No. 1 - 6)
2 sockets = 12 positions (No. 1 - 12)
3 sockets = 18 positions (No. 1 - 18)
4 sockets = 24 positions (No. 1 - 24)
5 sockets = 30 positions (No. 1 - 30)
blanks cover unused sockets.
Mounting socket
polarised E-T-A mounting socket
type 63-P10-Si (6 positions)
rear blade terminals 6.3 mm
max. load: 16 A continuous
Bus bars
Feed (X1, X2)
10-way for 6.3 mm blade terminals
max. current rating: 63 A
2
Bus bars
10-way for 6.3 mm blade terminals
Auxiliary contacts (X3, X4) max. current rating: 32 A
Feed
HO7VK cables 2.5 mm2
with fully insulated 6.3 mm blade terminals
to VBG 4
one cable per socket
max. current rating: 20 A
Auxiliary contact wiring
HO7VK cables 0.75 mm2
with fully insulated 6.3 mm blade terminals
to VBG 4
max. current rating: 20 A
Wire colour option
black, red, blue, or grey
Voltage rating
AC 250 V/DC 65 V
Housing ground/earth
on the inner side via 6.3 mm blade terminals
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
115
19BGT2 19" Rack
Dimensions
Terminals
Feed (2210, 3600/3900)
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
X3 - aux. contact
supply feed
X4 - signalisation
aux. contacts
auxiliary contact supply
signalisation
feed in
e.g. 6 x type 2210
1
e.g. 6 x type 3600-P-Si type 63-P10-Si
or 3900-P-Si
2
3
Socket
4
5
6
7
8
9
S1
10
11
12
13
S2
14
S3 … S5
465
X1 - feed
88
75
Feed with auxiliary contacts connected in parallel
(2210, 3600/3900)
X3 - aux. contact
supply feed
X2 - feed
X4 - signalisation
aux. contacts
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
84 x 5.08 = 426.72
482.6
2
2
185
3
2
1
Socket
6
5
4
7
8
9
S1
10
11
12
S2
13
14
S3 … S5
Feed with auxiliary contacts connected in series
(2210, 3600/3900)
X1 - feed
X2 - feed
X3 - aux. contact
supply feed
X4 - signalisation
aux. contacts
Example: Version for 18 positions
75
88
465
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
2
3
Socket
4
5
6
7
8
9
S1
10
12
11
S2
14
13
S3 … S5
84 x 5.08 = 426.72
Feed (E-1048-600)
482.6
X1 - feed
X3 - error output
supply
X2 - feed
X4 - fault indication
output
Accessories
Feed terminal
X 221 503 01
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S1
9
10
11
12
S2
13
14
S3 … S5
30
Socket
Feed with fault outputs connected in parallel
(E-1048-600)
50
bus bar X1, X2
6.3 mm connectors
conductor size
6 … 25 mm2
X1 - feed
load
X2 - feed
control
X3 - error output
supply
X4 - fault indication
output
52
Blanks (can be separated)
Y 306 485 01
1
Socket
2
3
4
5
6
7
S1
8
9
10
11
S2
12
13
14
S3 … S5
71
Internal connection diagrams
2210
150
1.5 mm2, grey H07V-K
line
1 11 23
line
1 5
I>
to bypass the auxiliary contacts of sockets not used
☎
2(k)
3 4
green
E-1048-600
1
+UB
7
6.3 mm pin, tinned copper
12 24
116
3600/3900
6
control circuit
IN+
2
IN- 5
7
F+
fault indication
3
circuit
F-
Control and
Protection
Electronics
Q
6
I>
2 3 from IN = 8 A
4
load
Plug-in jumper
X 221 544 01
-UB
red
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free, snap action
mechanism and toggle actuation. Two-chamber construction with
cascade contact arrangement to provide high voltage DC capability
and high switching performance. Designed for plug-in mounting in
distribution rails X 2210-S0606J, X 2210-K... or terminal blocks 23P10-Si-202005 and 63-P10-Si-202005.
Typical applications
Communications systems, power supplies, process control equipment.
2210-S291-P9M2-410033-... A
Accessories
23-P10-Si-202005
Technical data
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
one single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
63-P10-Si-202005
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
3 single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
X 2210-S0606J
Terminal rail
X 2210-KA303 E
X 2210-K0404 E
X 2210-K0505 E
X 2210-K0606 E
X 2210-K0707 E
X 2210-K0808 E
X 2210-K0909 E
3-way terminal blocks
4-way terminal blocks
5-way terminal blocks
6-way terminal blocks
7-way terminal blocks
8-way terminal blocks
9-way terminal blocks
X 211 018 01
Tool to aid withdrawal of circuit breakers from
terminal blocks.
Voltage rating
1...25 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V resistive load
Typical life
> 10,000 operations at 1 x IN
> 20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-30°C...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Internal resistance (Ω)
1
1.10
2
0.25
3
0.13
4
0.07
6
0.04
8
0.02
10
0.02
16
< 0.02
25*
< 0.02
2
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 250 V 1000 A cosϕ = 0.8
DC 65 V 2000 A L/R = 4 ms
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ± 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz);
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
20 g (11 ms) direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 80 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current rating (A)
AC 250V; DC 65V
Current rating range
*80% IN continuous load
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
1...25 A
Demko/Semko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
1...16 A
CSA/UL
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
1...25 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
117
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-...A
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
3.6
LINE
1
LINE
1
11
11
unit 1
0
I
12
25° 25°
0
12
25
I
12
I>
I>
18
ON
1
unit 2
OFF
2(k)
OFF position
2(k)
ON position
68
19
43
3.5
12.5
11.5
1
12 2k
3
10
1 11
2
Shock directions
2.1
5
12.5
6.8
6
4
1
40.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
50
mounting thread M3
max. screw length 5.8 mm
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
32
2
unit II
12.5
9
8A
unit I
16
Installation drawing
1 11
20
5
operating area
(double insulation)
12 2k
mounting area
(standard insulation)
118
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with trip-free, snap action
mechanism and toggle actuation. Two-chamber construction with
cascade contact arrangement to provide high voltage DC capability
and high switching performance. Designed for plug-in mounting in
distribution rails X 2210-S0606J, X2210-K... or terminal blocks 23-P10Si-202005 and 63-P10-Si-202005.
Typical applications
Communications systems, power supplies, process control equipment.
2210-S291-P9M2-410005-... A
Technical data
Accessories
23-P10-Si-202005
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
one single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
63-P10-Si-202005
Lug mounted socket which accommodates
3 single pole two-chamber type 2210 circuit
breakers. With push-on terminals.
X 2210-S0606J
Terminal rail
X 2210-KA303 E
X 2210-K0404 E
X 2210-K0505 E
X 2210-K0606 E
X 2210-K0707 E
X 2210-K0808 E
X 2210-K0909 E
3-way terminal blocks
4-way terminal blocks
5-way terminal blocks
6-way terminal blocks
7-way terminal blocks
8-way terminal blocks
9-way terminal blocks
X 211 018 01
Tool to aid withdrawal of circuit breakers from
terminal blocks.
Voltage rating
AC 250V; DC 65V
Current rating range
0.4...25 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V
Typical life
> 10,000 operations at 1 x IN
> 20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-30°C...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 250 V
0.4...1 A
1.6...25 A
DC 65 V
0.4...4 A
6...25 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ± 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz);
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
20 g (11 ms) direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 80 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.4
6.87
0.65
1
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
6
0.09
2.96
8
0.03
1.84
10
0.03
0.02
1.6
0.75
12
2
0.50
16
< 0.02
2.5
0.35
20*
< 0.02
3
0.25
25*
< 0.02
4
0.15
*80% IN continuous load
2
cosϕ = 0.8
self-limiting
2000 A
L/R = 4 ms
self-limiting
3500 A
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.4...25A
Demko/Semko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.4...16 A
CSA/UL
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.4...25 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
119
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-...A
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
3.6
LINE
1
LINE
1
11
11
unit 1
0
I
12
I
12
I>
I>
25
25° 25°
0
12
18
1
unit 2
OFF
ON
I>
I>
2(k)
2(k)
OFF position
ON position
68
19
43
3.5
12.5
11.5
12 2k
3
1
10
1 11
2
Shock directions
2.1
5
6
4
12.5
6.8
1
40.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
50
2
mounting thread M3
max. screw length 5.8 mm
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
32
unit II
12.5
9
8A
unit I
16
Installation drawing
Selective back-up fuses
operating area
(double insulation)
Voltage
rating
1 11
20
5
DC 60 V
AC 250 V
Prospective
shortcircuit
Selective to
NH fuse rating
Current rating of
2210-S291-P2M2-410005
3500 A
2000 A
12 2k
mounting area
(standard insulation)
35 A
≤ 6A
50 A
≤ 12 A
63 A
≤ 20 A
80 A
≤ 25 A
100 A
≤ 25 A
35 A
≤ 3A
50 A
≤ 8A
63 A
≤ 20 A
80 A
≤ 25 A
100 A
≤ 25 A
NH fuse according to VDE 0636, part 21 (IEC 269)
NH fuse = low voltage power fuse
120
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410...-...A
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors shown to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
0.4...6 A
AC
Ambient temp. °C
0.4...6 A
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
10000
100
100
Trip time in seconds
1000
10
1
0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50
0.1
+60
1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
DC
10000
1000
Trip time in seconds
-30 -20 -10
Multiplication factor 0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
10
1
0.1
2
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
8...25 A
1
AC
8...25 A
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
10000
DC
100
Trip time in seconds
100
Trip time in seconds
1000
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
1
Issue C
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
10
0.1
0.001
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
10000
1000
10
2
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
☎
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
121
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-S291-P9M2-410...-...A
Accessories
Mounting sockets
23-P10-Si-202005
retaining clip Y 302 974 01
to special order
polarized blade termminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
7.4
21
10
terminal
40.8
50
11
57.4
250V
1
E-T-A Typ 23 Gr. C
1
64
2
6.8
4.4
12
2(k)
12.5
6.8
3.5
coding plug
2
6
25
2
30
63-P10-Si-202005
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
21
10
7.4
3
2
1
1
11
50
E-T-A Typ 63 Gr. C
64
6.8
4
40.8
5
6.25
250V
6
12.5
57.4
4.4
12
50
6.8
12.5
3.5
2(k)
2
6
75
30
terminal
coding plug
Distribution rail X2210-S06... see pages 123 - 124
Distribution rail X2210-K...
122
☎
see pages 125 - 129
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-S06...
Description
E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation,
data and control systems. They have been designed to industry
standard requirements and are suitable for mounting in ETSI control
cabinets. These distribution rails are supplied with mounting bracket,
cover, 6 blanks and withdrawal tool.
Live parts in terminal areas are protected against brush contact (VDE
106, part 100).
Typical applications
Telecommunications systems using ETSI racks; process control,
measuring and control systems.
Ordering information
Type No.
X2210
Module for circuit breaker type 2210-...
Version
S distribution rail
Identification number
06 6 positions
Terminal block (fitted)
00 without
01 1 x
02 2 x
03 3 x
04 4 x
05 5 x
06 6 x
Accessories (fitted)
G without
H with mounting bracket
J with mounting bracket, cover and 6 blanks
K with mounting bracket, cover and 5 blanks
L with mounting bracket, cover and 4 blanks
M with mounting bracket, cover and 3 blanks
N with mounting bracket, cover and 2 blanks
P with mounting bracket, cover and 1 blank
Q with mounting bracket and cover, without blanks
R without mounting bracket, with cover and 6 blanks
X2210 - S 06 06 J
ordering example
X2210-S06... with circuit breaker 2210-S291...
Technical data
Circuit breakers to be fitted
2210-S291-P9M2-410005
2210-S291-P9M2-410033
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Load
max. 25 A per position
max. 80 A for complete unit
Signalisation (N/C contact)
AC 240 V / DC 65 V
max. 1 A per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Flame resistance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Terminal design
input
output
☎
Pollution
degree
2
clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2
clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
Typical volume resistances in main circuit
input terminal B + (N)
to output terminal + (N)
< 1.5x10-3 Ω
input terminal B - (U)
to female contact 2 (k)
< 1.5x10-3 Ω
input terminal B-Sig
to female contact 12
< 2x10-3 Ω
output terminal - (U)
to female contact 1
< 1.5x10-3 Ω
output terminal - ⊥
to female contact 11
< 2x10-3 Ω
Mass X2210-S0606J
Issue C
2
660 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
123
Distribution rail X2210-S06...
Dimensions
Installation example
voltage input
mounting bracket
withdrawal tool
blank
e.g. 2210-S291-P9M2-410005-…A
terminal block
legend strip
196
(N)
(U)
load input
-
cover
2
188
50
2 -1
Phillips screw M5
DIN 7985 (captive)
3
8.5
17
16.4
7
6.5
Phillips screw M2.5
DIN 41494 T1.5 (captive)
30.5
63.5
(U)
25 mm2 conductor size
cable to be stripped over
15 mm
01
02
(N)
Sig
distribution
rail
29
2.6
13.5
(158.3)
46
54.3
2.5
45
Sig
8
+
03
99
2.5 mm2 conductor size
04
Phillips screw
M4 DIN 7985
terminal block
circuit breaker
05
withdrawal tool X 211 018 01
06
legend strip
124
☎
blank
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-K...
Description
E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation,
data and control systems. A compact version is available for 3 to 9
loads. Mounting brackets and cover are not included.
Live parts in terminals areas are protected against brush contact (VDE
106 part 100).
Typical applications
Telecommunications systems (surveillance systems); process control.
X2210-K...
Ordering information
Type No.
X2210
Module for circuit breaker type 2210-...
Version
K compact distribution rail
Identification number
A3 for 3 circuit breakers
04 for 4 circuit breakers
05 for 5 circuit breakers
06 for 6 circuit breakers
07 for 7 circuit breakers
08 for 8 circuit breakers
09 for 9 circuit breakers
Terminal block (intermediate element) (fitted)
00 without
01 1 x
02 2 x
03 3 x
04 4 x
05 5 x
06 6 x
07 7 x
08 8 x
09 9 x
E short version
X2210 - K 04 04 E
ordering example for 4 positions
Technical data
Circuit breakers to be fitted
2210-S291-P9M2-410005
2210-S291-P9M2-410033
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Load
max. 25 A per position
max. 80 A for complete unit
Signalisation (N/C contact)
AC 240 V/DC 65 V
max. 1 A per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Flame resistance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Terminal design
input (terminal A/B):
output (terminal block
+ or N, ⊥ or U)
☎
Pollution
degree
2
clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2
single and stranded conductor
clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
single and stranded conductor
Typical volume resistances in main circuit
input terminal A/B +(N)
to output terminal + (N)
< 1,5 x 10-3 Ω
input terminal A/B - (U)
to female contact 2 (k)
< 1,5 x 10-3 Ω
input terminal A/B - Sig
to female contact 12
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
output terminal - (U)
to female contact 1
< 1,5 x 10-3 Ω
output terminal to female contact 11
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
Mass X2210-K0404 E
Issue C
2
approx. 280 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
125
Distribution rail X2210-K...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
Distribution rail
X2210-KA303 E
X2210-K0404 E
X2210-K0505 E
X2210-K0606 E
X2210-K0707 E
X2210-K0808 E
X2210-K0909 E
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
B
99.6
125.2
150.7
176.3
201.9
227.5
253.1
A
116
141.5
167.5
193
218.5
244
270
distribution rail
+
Si
circuit breaker
0 I
I>
2.5 … 25 mm2 conductor size
stripped over 15 mm
16.4
0.5 … 2.5 mm2 conductor size
stripped over 11 mm
I>
7
terminal block
+
13.5
29
31
26.5
30.2
44
ø4.8
e.g. 2210-S291-P9M2-410033-…A
2
load
ø8.8
2
-
+
I>
9
U
46
2.4
63.5
126
☎
I>
N
45
flat head screw ISO
7045-M4 to secure
and withdraw
terminal block
terminal block
+
-
load
17
insulation co-ordination
to IEC 664 and 664A: 2.5kV/2
+
terminal
block
ø9.5
0.5 … 2.5 mm2
conductor size
stripped over
11 mm
M6
15
contact point
25.4
36
2
ø12
10
Sig
23
25.6
B -0.8
max. A
circuit breaker
0 I
1.2
29
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-K01.../K02.../K03...
Description
E-T-A rails distribute electrical power in telecommunications, automation,
data and control systems. They have been designed to the BW7R
design requirement of the telecommunications industry. Mounting
brackets and cover are not included.
Live parts in terminal areas are protected against brush contact (VDE
106 part 100).
Typical applications
Telecommunications systems of the BW7R design; process control,
measuring and control systems
Ordering information
Type No.
X2210
Module for circuit breaker type 2210-...
Version
K distribution rail
Identification number
01 standard
02 distribution rail for remote supply
03 distribution rail, separate rails (2x8 outputs)
Terminal block (intermediate element) (fitted)
00 without
01 1 x
02 2 x
03 3 x
04 4 x
05 5 x
06 6 x
07 7 x
08 8 x
09 9 x
10 10 x
11 11 x
12 12 x
13 13 x
14 14 x
15 15 x
16 16 x
Accessories (fitted)
B insulating sleeving 2, cover 1
C insulating sleeving 2, cover 0
D insulating sleeving 0, cover 1
F insulating sleeving 1, cover 2, for remote supply
X2210 - K 01 04 B
ordering example
X2210-K01.../K02.../K03...
Technical data
Circuit breakers to be fitted
2210-S291-P9M2-410005
2210-S291-P9M2-410033
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Load
max. 25 A per position
max. 80 A for complete unit
Signalisation (N/C contact)
AC 240 V/DC 65 V
max. 1 A per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 asnd 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Flame resistance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Terminal design
input (terminal A/B):
output (terminal block
+ or N, ⊥ or U)
☎
Pollution
degree
2
clamp-type terminal 2.5 to 25 mm2
single and stranded conductor
clamp-type terminal 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
single and stranded conductor
Typical volume resistances in main circuit
input terminal A/B +(N)
to output terminal + (N)
< 1,5 x 10-3 Ω
input terminal A/B - (U)
to female contact 2 (k)
< 1,5 x 10-3 Ω
input terminal A/B - Sig
to female contact 12
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
output terminal - (U)
to female contact 1
< 1,5 x 10-3 Ω
output terminal to female contact 11
< 2 x 10-3 Ω
Mass X2210-K0116 B
Issue C
2
approx. 1140 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
127
Distribution rail X2210-K01.../K02.../K03...
Connection
Installation
protection against
electric shock *
(insulating sleeving)
connection pin (Cu 6 mm dia.)
auxiliary contact of the
CBEs (bridged between
distribution rails on request)
load circuits
common auxiliary
contact rail
supply
captive screw ***
Sig
(N)
(U)
current input cable
slide (to eject the
connection pin)
terminal block
(may be withdrawn to
connect the load circuit)
circuit breakers
cover
rack
2
Sig
(N)
(U)
plug-in CBE **
captive screw ***
25 mm2 terminals
(to connect the next
distribution rail)
Connection pins and insulating sleeves may be removed when the distribution rail is
directly connected by cable.
** Inserted in cover.
*** Also ground connection between distribution rail and 7R rack.
Separate ground connection not required.
*
Internal connection diagram
(U)
–
circuit breaker
Sig
terminal block
(N)
+
captive screw
blank
0
I
I>
The distribution rail is secured to the mounting bracket by means
of the captive screws. A moulded cover is provided.
Two aluminium brackets carry the distribution rail and the moulded
cover, at the same time leaving room for the cables. Several units
can similarly be mounted together.
–
+
The supply cable which should be protected to a max. of 100 A is
connected via a terminal block to the plus, minus and signal
cables. Further distribution rails may be connected with power on
by means of the insulated slide pins.
load
The distribution rail will accommodate up to 16 circuit breakers or
similar components.
0
I
An intermediate block is fitted for each position to facilitate
installation of the load circuits in service. All 16 plug-in blocks can
be inserted or removed by the Phillips screw.
I>
Load circuits can be safely installed without interrupting the
supply. Finger-safe distribution rail components can also be
inserted with power on.
–
+
Plug-in connections ensure ease of intallation.
terminal
block
load
128
The cover and blanks provide front of rail protection.
–
(U)
☎
Sig
+
(N)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Distribution rail X2210-K...
Description
Application
E-T-A distribution rails ensure ease of expansion and retrofit without
the need to disconnect the system. Safe operation with power on is
ensured by the fully insulated plug-in design, enabling industry demands
for trouble-free operation to be satisfied. Major benefits of this wellproven system include high reliability and user convenience.
E-T-A distribution rails meet the needs of many power supply systems
including the 7R design of the German telecommunications market.
● Telecommunications
Terminal rails of the Bw7R type 2 design can be connected to power
supplies providing AC 230 V (max. 275 V) or DC 60 V (max. 75 V).
A back-up fuse with a max. rating of 100 A should be connected.
Power distribution is by means of 16 outputs which are protected by
E-T-A circuit breakers.
Expansion is possible as required.
Even where space is at a premium E-T-A circuit breakers type 2210S291-P9M2-410005-.., for both AC and DC use, will protect all
downstream electrical equipment from overcurrent and short-circuits
as well as providing protection against electrical shock hazards.
The Bw7R type 2 configuration can be equipped with one standard unit
and one modified version for remote supply devices. Additional versions
of the standard type are suitable both for telecommunications and
process control and automation.
Power supply units of telecommunication equipment are typically
connected downstream.
- X2210-K0116 B is designed to power system units
- X2210-K0212 F is designed for remote feeds
Both terminal rails can be mounted in Bw7R racks, one unit requiring
a space of 500 mm.
● Process control, automation and telecommunications
Initially designed for Bw7R (vertical mounting), the terminal rails are
also suitable for 19" control cabinets and other designs.
Features
Distribution rails
● Fully insulated design
● Distribution rail X2210-K0316 E
Absolutely safe in operation even when retrofitted, as live parts
cannot be touched.
● Ease of mounting
Fastening of the assembly is by means of two bolts only.
● Ease of electrical installation
The connection of only plus, minus and signal cable is required to
operate the distribution rail for 16 outs. No further wiring is necessary.
● Cost-effective expansion
Distribution rails can readily be installed in multiples. Safe electrical
connection of several rails, even during systems operation, is by use
of coupling pins.
Positions 8 and 9 of this type are physically isolated so that two
independent distribution rails with 8 outputs each are available in one
housing.
The signal contact rail is not isolated.
Feed-in from both sides.
Two separate power supplies which can carry different potentials
(e.g. DC 65 V; AC 230 V) are accommodated on 500 mm spacings.
● Terminal strip X2210-K0404 E to X2210-K0404 E
A compact version of the distribution rail is available for applications
requiring small distribution rails with up to 9 outputs only but
providing the same benefits as the standard version.
Feed from one side allows the supply of 4 to 9 outputs. The compact
distribution rail can be used where space is at a premium because its
length may be varied.
● No costly system downtime
Live components need not be disconnected when the system is
expanded.
● Safe connection of the supply line
Plug-in intermediate elements provide safe connection of the supply
line independent of its position, thereby minimising installation
difficulties.
● Ease of access
Distribution rails can be mounted from the front. The load lines which
are preconnected to the adapter plug can be easily inserted in the
cable space obviating the need for costly threading.
● Compact design
● Group signalisation
The circuit breakers suitable for the distribution rails comprise an
auxiliary contact closing when the main contact opens.
All auxiliary contacts are placed above the distribution rail, parallel
between ground and the group signalisation rail.
● Single signalisation
Single signalisation can be provided by means of a modified
intermediate element. The ground connection generally required in
telecommunication systems is obviated.
”Signal potential“ is applied to the terminal of the intermediate
element as soon as the circuit breaker trips. The system manufacturer
should however provide separate signal lines (max. 16) which should
be connected to the ground terminal of the intermediate element.
Optimum utilisation of the space available as circuit breakers,
distribution rail and accessories have been designed in close
cooperation with users and system designers.
● Electrical safety
The system is suitable for voltages up to AC 275 V or DC 75 V (max.
100 A back-up fuse; 25 mm2 connecting cable).
Insulation co-ordination in conformance with IECF 664 and 664A.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
129
2
2
130
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Description
One, two and three pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tripfree, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to
EN 60934/IEC 934). Featuring a combi-foot design for both symmetric
and asymmetric rail mounting. Available with auxiliary contact (1 x N/
O or 1 x N/C) for status signalling. Two and three pole models are
internally linked to ensure that both/all poles trip in the event of an
overload on one pole, even if the actuator is held in the ON position. This
CBE can be supplied in current ratings to 32 A with a choice of
characteristic curves. All screw terminals are recessed for safety.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
2210-T2..
Process control equipment, robotics, machine tool control,
communications systems, instrumentation.
Ordering information
Issue C
☎
3 pole
Technical data
Type No.
2210 single and multi pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Mounting
T rail mounting
Actuator design
2 toggle
Number of poles
1 single pole protected
2 2 pole protected
3 3 pole protected
4 4 pole protected
5 2 pole, protected on one pole only
Accessories
0 without accessories
Terminal design (main contacts)
K0 screw terminals
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn.2-4xIN DC (DC only)
M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC, 7.8-15.6xIN DC
T1
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4 IN; magn. 10-20xIN AC
T2
thermal only, 1.01-1.4xIN
M3 standard delay, low resistance: therm. 1.4-1.8xIN;
magn. 6-12xIN AC, 7.8-15.6 x IN DC
Auxiliary contact design
H without intermediate position
Auxiliary contacts
0 without auxiliary contacts
1 with auxiliary contacts
2 auxiliary contacts on pole 1 only
(multi pole devices)
3 auxiliary contacts on pole 1 and 3
(≥3 pole devices)
Auxiliary contact function
2 N/O contact
3 N/C contact
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1
screw terminals
Current ratings
0.1 ... 32 A
2210 - T 2 1 0 - K0 M1 - H 1 2 1 - 10 A
single pole
Voltage rating
AC 250 V; 3 AC 433 V (50/60 Hz); DC 65 V
AC 277/480 V UL/CSA
Current rating range
0.1...32 A
(32 A resistive load only)
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 240 V / DC 65 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C (T 60)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
pole/pole
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...5 A 400 A; 6...32 A 800 A;
Curve T2 : 0.1...32 A 15xIN
Curve M3: 0.1... 2 A 200 A AC
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.1...16 A
1 + 2 pole AC 277 V /5000 A
3 pole
3 AC 480 V /5000 A
1 + 2 pole DC 65 V /2000 A
20...32 A
AC 277 V /2000 A
3 AC 480 V /2000 A
DC 65 V / 2000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 20
Vibration
Curve F1:
3 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, M3, T1, T2:
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
Curve F1: 25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1, M3, T1, T2:
25 g (11 ms), directions 1,2,3,4,5
20 g (11 ms), direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 60 g per pole
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
131
2
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
low resistance
T2
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix
Weidmüller
Wieland
standard delay thermal
for AC + DC
42
11.7
for AC + DC
77
23
9.2
6.6
6.0
2.9
5.7
0.5
6.8
4.1
3.9
1.75
3.7
0.6
4.2
3
2.7
1.42
2.6
0.8
2.8
1.65
1.53
0.75
1.39
1
1.6
1.10
0.98
0.5
0.9
1.5
0.78
0.47
0.42
0.22
0.36
2
0.42
0.28
0.24
0.136
0.19
2.5
0.26
0.183
0.17
0.083
0.141
3
0.18
0.124
0.12
0.057
0.091
4
0.12
0.077
0.073
0.041
0.051
5
0.092
0.063
0.055
0.032
0.040
6
0.054
0.045
0.039
0.021
0.027
8
0.025
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
10
0.022
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
12
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
16
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤␣ 0.02
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
20
-
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
≤␣ 0.02
25
-
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
≤ 0.02
32
-
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
-
≤ 0.02
11.5
88.5
0.4
18
10.2
78.5
5.6
9-12
Si
2
Si
1
12-14
15
10.4
25
44
11.6
37.5
30.5
ON
7.5
17.5
20
OFF
12
0.3
45
12.5 12.5
43.5
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
40
main contact terminal
max. 6 mm2
(rigid conductor)
tightening torque
0.5 Nm
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
EN 50022-35x15/1.5
Si-terminal
max. 1.5 mm2 (rigid conductor)
tightening torque 0.5 Nm
5.5
Approvals
12.5
unit III
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...32 A
LRoS, BV
3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1...32 A
UL, CSA
3 AC 480 V, AC 277 V, DC 65 V
0.1...32 A
unit II
unit I
11.5
2
M3
5.5
Current Internal resistance (Ω)
rating F1
M1
T1
(A)
fast acting
standard delay delayed
for DC
for AC + DC for AC
0.1
162
92
81
0.2
39.3
26.1
24.2
Dimensions
multi pole devices
Internal connection diagrams
Installation drawing
...-H131-...
OFF position
line (Si)
0 I
1
11
NC contact
12
(Si)
12
(Si)
I
...-H121-...
0
I
I
2
line
1
(Si)
13
NO contact
0
I
2
line
1
14
(Si)
132
operating area
(double insulation)
ON position
line (Si)
0 I
1
11
Si
1
Si
2
14
(Si)
I
I
2
2
☎
(Si)
13
mounting area
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10 0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
DC
-M1 0,1...6 A
-M1 8...32 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
-T1 0,1...6 A
AC
1
2
-T1 8...32 A
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
AC
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
-M3 6...16 A
AC*
0.001
1
2
-T2 0,1...6 A
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
AC/DC
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Issue C
0.001
0.001
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
☎
AC/DC
1
0.1
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
10
0.1
0.001
2
-T2 8...32 A
10000
10
AC*
1
0.1
1
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
10
0.1
0.001
2
-M3 0,1...5 A
10000
10
2
0.001
0.001
2
AC*
10
0.1
1
Trip time in seconds
AC*
10000
0.001
Trip time in seconds
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
10000
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
-F1 0,1...16 A
Multi pole devices: all poles symmetrically loaded.
1
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
133
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2210-T2..
Accessories
Shock directions
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
5
6
1
ø2.5
2
~70
3
4
Bus bar for 2 pole units
X 221 497 01
9 x 25 = 225
25
L1
L2
L1
L2
1.3
2.5
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40°C) CE
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
L1
L2
E-T-A® GERMANY
29
12.5
12.5
14
2
250
6.5
Bus bar for 1 pole units
X 221 498 01
16 x 12.5 = 200
12.5
2.5
29
1.3
14
IEC 664 500 V/70 A (40°C) CE
E-T-A® GERMANY
207
3.5
Supply terminal for bus bar
X 221 496 01
5.2
11
1.3
17
M4
2.5
4.6
9
conductor size max. 10 mm2
12
15
16
134
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G...
Description
Miniaturised single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tripfree, snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Two designs provide the option of either printed circuit
board or threadneck panel mounting. A separate shunt tap terminal and
auxiliary contacts are available. Fast acting, medium or long delay
characteristics can be specified for both models.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 935).
Typical applications
Control equipment, communications systems, instrumentation.
2215-L1..
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
2215
single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Mounting
G1 threadneck panel mounting
L1 PCB mounting
Number of poles
1 1 pole protected
Mounting hardware
0 without accessories
1 2 hex nuts 1/4"-40 UNS-2A, serrated washer,
location pin (-G1 only)
Terminal design (main contacts)
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 without shunt terminal
B1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8, with shunt terminal
L1 solder pins, without shunt terminal
M1 solder pins, with shunt terminal
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting: 1.01-1.4xIN ;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
M1
standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 5-10xIN DC;
magn. 3.5-8xIN AC
T1
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn.10-16xIN AC
Auxiliary contacts
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (change over)
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1
blade terminals 6.3x0.8 -G1
2
solder pins
-L1
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
2215 - G1
1 1 - P1
F1 - S1 1 - 0.5 A
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 48 V
(higher DC voltages to special order)
Current rating range
0.05...10 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
300 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
200 A
Vibration
Curve F1:
6 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.46 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, T1:
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
Curves F1, M1, T1:
30 g (11 ms), directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
Curve F1: 10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1, T1: 15 g (11 ms), direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 25 g
ordering example
440
1.5
0.54
0.1
108
2
0.33
0.2
29.9
2.5
0.20
0.3
14.2
3
0.14
0.4
7.9
4
0.084
0.5
5.0
5
0.057
0.6
3.5
6
0.8
1.8
8
≤ 0.02
1
1.19
10
≤ 0.02
☎
UN
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
DC 50 V
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
0.05
Issue C
IN
0.05 A
0.1...6 A
8...10 A
0.05...10 A
2
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
ratings (A)
2215-G1..
0.043
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
135
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G...
Dimensions 2215-L1...
25°
0
ø1.5
25.6
12
•
11
14
6
8.6
4
1
4
11.5
11
12 11 14
19
LINE
2
1
1x0.8
2.5
2
11
A3
LINE
10.6
5
35
49
52
16
1.7
14
I
operating area
(double insulation)
4
spacer
14
25°
Installation drawing
3
29
mounting area
(standard insulation)
2
Dimensions 2215-G1...
Internal connection diagram
0
10° 10°
I
line
1
11
tightening torque max. 1 Nm
0
ø3
I
(3)
12
threadneck
1/4"-40 UNS-2A
8
hex nut
14
19
serrated washer
I
lock washer
53.5
52.5
2
LINE
11
12
11
14
1
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
9
2
Shock directions
5
2.5
•
6
3
6
11.5
29
4
front panel cut-out
ø6.4
1
+0.1
6.1
2
ø2.4 +0.1
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
UL
AC 250 V, DC 50 V
0.05...10 A
CSA
AC 250 V, DC 48 V
0.05...10 A
Semko
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.1 ...10 A
136
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-L.../G...
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10 0
+10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-F1 0.05...6 A
DC
-F1 8...10 A
N.B.
*Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
DC
-M1 0.05...6 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
10
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
1
2
-M1 8...10 A
AC*
0.001
1
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
2
-T1 0.05...6 A
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC*
1
1000
1000
100
100
100
1
Trip time in seconds
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC*
1
0.1
1
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
10
0.1
0.001
2
-T1 8...10 A
10000
10
2
1
0.1
0.001
AC*
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
137
2
138
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2215 for 19" Rack Mounting
Description
Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker mounted on Euro Card for 19" rack
mounting, with one Euro Card accommodating up to three circuit
breakers. Convenient toggle actuation enables series 2210 additionally
to be used as an ON/OFF switch. A red LED is located in the front frame
of the Euro Card, indicating the switching status of the circuit breaker
(via the auxiliary circuit).
Typical applications
Process control, measuring and control systems,
telecommunications.
E2215-...
Ordering information for circuit breakers only
Type No.
E2215
Technical data
Circuit Breaker
Mounting
1 3 x 1 pole, mounted symmetrically (standard)
2 2 x 1 pole, mounted centrally above and below
3 2 x 1 pole, mounted above and below
4 2 x 1 pone, mounted below and centrally
5 1 x 1 pole, mounted above
6 1 x 1 pole, mounted centrally
7 1 x 1 pole, mounted below
Handle
1 aluminium handle (standard)
LED
1
red LED, DC 24 V (standard)
Circuit breaker
Actuator design
L2 moulded toggle
Number of poles
1 single pole protected
Accessories
0
without
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals A6.3-9,8 (standard)
Characteristic curve
01 F1 fast acting: therm. 1.01x1.4 IN;
magn. 2-4xIN DC (DC only)
02 M1 standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN DC
03 T1 delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 6-13xIN AC
Auxiliary contacts
S1 with auxiliary contacts (change over)
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1 same as main terminals
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
E2215 - 3 1
1 - L2 1
2
Main circuit:
voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 48 V
current rating range
0.05...10 A
standard current ratings
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 A
1
1.5 2
2.5 3
4
5 A
6
8 10 A
Auxiliary circuit:
voltage rating
AC 250 V/DC 28 V
current rating
1A
Other data
see type 2215
Front plate
Dimensions:
width
height
Material
4 TE (1 TE = 5.08 mm)
3 HE (1 HE = 44.45 mm)
aluminium, anodized
LED
Max. voltage rating
DC 24 V
0 - 02 - S1 1 - 0.1 A ordering example
Select the circuit breakers to above ordering information. For further
information please refer to pages 135 - 137.
It is possible to fit circuit breakers of mixed current ratings on the Euro
Card.
Please add "Circuit breakers to be mounted on Euro Card" to the circuit
breaker designation when ordering so that the applicable suffix number
for the special version (E2215-L2..) can be determined .
19" racks may also be fitted with one or two circuit breakers by the
customer, using industry standard components such as base plates,
front plates with handle, sockets. Connection by means of blade
terminals 6.3x0.8 mm.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
139
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker E2215 for 19" Rack Mounting
Dimensions
multi-pin connector
unit II (GII)
unit I (GI)
ON
OFF
LED
I
R1
3 HE
X
100
ON
OFF
R2
ON
OFF
R3
unit III (GIII)
174
4 TE
Terminal selection
Wiring diagram for
LED-display
view X
2
d b z
GI
12
11
14
GII
12
11
14
GIII
12
11
14
GI
GII
GIII
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
d4
b4 +
R1
d10
b10 +
R2
d16
b16 +
R3
LED
20
2
1
2
1
2
1
22
z4 z10 z16
24
26
28
30
32
Connection of the Euro Card to DIN 41612 with socket type H7/F24-F413.173
Connection of the 19" rack to DIN 41494.
Internal connection diagrams
applicable to all circuit breakers, G I to G III
0
I
line 1
11
12 14
I>
2
OFF position
140
☎
0
I
line 1
11
12 14
I>
2
ON position
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1...
Description
Miniaturised two pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free,
snap action mechanism and toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN
60934). Fitted with panel mounting flange and push-on termination,
also suitable for mounting on Euro Cards. Available with auxiliary
contacts and a choice of fast, medium or long delay characteristics.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control equipment, communications systems, instrumentation.
2215-F1...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
2215
double pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
Mounting
F1 flange mounting, with M3 mounting thread
Number of poles
2 2 pole protected
5 2 pole, protected on one pole only
Accessories
0 without
Terminal design (main contacts)
P1 blade terminals 6.3 x 0.8 mm, without shunt terminal
Characteristic curve
F1
fast acting: 1.01-1.4xIN ; magn. 2-4xIN DC
(DC only)
M1
standard delay: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 5-10xIN DC; magn. 3.5-8xIN AC
T1
delayed: therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 8-16xIN DC; magn. 6-13xIN AC
Auxiliary contacts
S0 without auxiliary contacts
S1 with auxiliary contacts (change over)
S2 with auxiliary contact on pole 1 only
Auxiliary contact - terminal design
1
blade terminals 6.3x0.8
Current ratings
0.05...10 A
2215 -
F1
2
0 - P1
F1 - S1 1 - 0.5 A
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 48 V
(higher DC voltage to special order)
Current rating range
0.05...10 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 28 V resistive load
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main/aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
600 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
Curve F1:
6 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.46 mm (10-57 Hz)
Curves M1, T1:
8 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
Curves F1, M1, T1:
30 g (11 ms), directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Curve F1:
10 g (11 ms), direction 6
Curves M1, T1:
15 g (11 ms) direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 50 g
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
ratings (A)
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
0.05
440
0.1
108
Current
ratings (A)
1.5
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
0.54
2
0.33
0.2
29.9
2.5
0.20
0,3
14.2
3
0.14
0.4
7.9
4
0.084
0.5
5.0
5
0.057
0.6
3.5
6
0.8
1.8
8
≤ 0.02
1
1.19
10
≤ 0.02
Issue C
☎
2
0.043
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
141
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1...
Internal connection diagram
Dimensions 2215-F1...
42
0
line
1 3
I
34
25°
25°
21
15.5
0
12 14 22 24
13.5
I
11
I
I
2
4
52.6
M3
Shock directions
LINE
12
11
14
1
9
2
2.5
6
•
2
5
11.5
0.5
29
6
3
22.5
4
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
1
front panel cut-out
17
ø3.4
2
13
34
Installation drawing
2
12
11 14
1
4
11
LINE
19
35
16
14
operating area
(double insulation)
3
mounting area
(standard insulation)
142
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 2215-F1...
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C -30 -20 -10 0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.79 0.83 0.88 0.93 1 1.04 1.11 1.19 1.29
-F1 0.05...6 A
DC
-F1 8...10 A
N.B.
*Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 30% on DC supplies.
DC
-M1 0.05...6 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
-M1 8...10 A
AC*
2
-T1 0.05...6 A
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC*
1
1000
1000
100
100
100
1
Trip time in seconds
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC*
1
0.1
1
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
10
0.1
0.001
2
-T1 8...10 A
10000
10
2
0.001
1
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC*
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
143
2
144
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Description
Single or two pole rocker switch/thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (Stype TM CBE to EN 60934). The addition of a magnetic tripping module
to the type 3120 range described in catalogue section 1 extends the
choices available to include single pole with thermal-magnetic
protection; double pole switching with thermal-magnetic protection on
one pole, thermal protection on the other; double pole switching with
thermal-magnetic protection on one pole only. All are offered with
rocker switch or push button control - two buttons for ON/OFF or one
button press-to-reset only, in designs to suit one of three different panel
cut-out sizes. Neon illumination (filament bulb for low voltages) is
optional. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
3120-...-M...
Motors, machine tools, office equipment, appliances.
Accessories
Y 303 068 01
Technical data
Insulated cover, snap-fitted to the exposed areas of the
two incoming terminals (when terminal screws are not
specified) to provide brush contact protection.
Retaining clip for -F3 mounting frame for panel
thicknesses under 2 mm.
As above for panel thicknesses under 4 mm.
Blanking piece in -F3 size mounting frame.
Separate water splash cover for use with -F4 and -F5
size mounting frames.
Y 303 675 01
Y 303 675 02
Y 303 885 31
X 210 832 01
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
ratings
(A)
0.1
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
therm-.magn.
therm.
165
94
Current
ratings
(A)
2.5
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 50 V
Current ratings
0.1...16 A
Typical life
50,000 operations at 1xIN double pole
30,000 operations at 1xIN single pole
2
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
therm-.magn.
therm.
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
current path/
current path
0.20
0.0785
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...2 A 100 x IN
2.5...16 A 250 A 2 pole
150 A 1 pole
Internal resistance
per pole (Ω)
0.2
42.5
24
3
0.14
0.0595
0.3
20.2
12
3.5
0.114
0.0565
0.4
9.7
5.40
4
0.092
0.0435
0.5
7.17
4.30
5
0.06
0.0325
0.6
4.9
3
6
0.043
0.0215
0.8
2.65
1.50
7
0.030
0.0215
1
1.49
0.9
8
0.029
0.02
1.2
1.25
0.7
10
0.021
0.02
1.5
0.74
0.45
14
<0.02
<0.02
2
0.49
0.29
16
<0.02
<0.02
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
AC 240 V, DC 28 V
0.1...16 A
DC 50 V
0.1...16 A double pole
DC 50 V
0.1...10 A single pole
CSA, UL
AC 250 V
0.1...14 A
Issue C
☎
AC 1500 V
IN
0.1...4 A
5... 10 A
12...14 A
UN
AC 250 V
AC 250 V
AC 125 V
200 A
2000 A
1000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
(with water splash protection IP 54)
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
30 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 53 g (2 pole)
approx. 50 g (1 pole)
Approvals
Authority
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
145
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Ordering information
Type
3120
2
Ordering information
rocker switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
F snap-in frame
Size of frame
panel thickness
3 to fit in cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm 1 - 6.35 mm
4 to fit in cut-out 44.5x22 mm
1 - 2.5 mm
5 to fit in cut-out 44.5x22 mm
2.6 - 4
mm
6 to fit in cut-out 45x33.7 mm
1.2 - 2.4 mm
Number of poles
1 1 pole, thermal-magnetic protection
2 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
thermally protected on the other pole
5 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
unprotected on the other pole
Mounting frame design
1 collar height 1 mm
3 collar height 9 mm (with safety frame)
4 collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection (IP 54)
(not with -F6 frame)
Terminal configuration
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 mm
(terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11, 21)
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws M3.5,
blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
N7 as P7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
G7 as H7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
Characteristic curve
M1 standard delay, therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 4-9xIN AC
Switch style
W rocker
Switch colour designation
OPAQUE
TRANSLUCENT
(for illuminated versions)
01 black
02 white
04 red
12 white
14 red
15 orange
19 green
Rocker markings
A
0 AUS OFF
B
I EIN ON
C
D
0 AUS OFF
E
I EIN ON
F
A B C D E F X
X
X = without marking
Rocker illumination (optional)
B with illumination AC/DC
G green LED, AC/DC
Y yellow LED, AC/DC
R red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range/
power consumption
4-7 V/6 V/80 mA (B,G,Y,R)
0
1
10-14 V/12 V/75mA (B,G,Y,R)
2
20-28 V/24 V/35mA (B,G,Y,R)
3
90-140 V/115 V/<1 mA (B)
4 185-275 V/230 V/<1 mA (B)
5
Type
3120
push button switch/circuit breaker
Mounting
F snap-in frame
Size of frame
2 special frame for fitting splash cover
3 to fit in cut-out 50.5x21.5 mm panel thickness 1 - 6.35 mm
Number of poles
1 1 pole, thermal-magnetic protection
2 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
thermally protected on the other pole
5 2 pole, thermal-magnetic protection on one pole,
unprotected on the other pole
Mounting frame design
F frame with two push buttons
G frame with one push button
Terminal configuration
P7 blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8 mm
(terminals 12(k), 22(k), 11, 21)
H7 12(k), 22(k): blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
11, 21: terminal screws M3.5,
blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
N7 as P7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
G7 as H7, but shunt terminals (12(i) and 22(i))
are blade terminals 2x2.8-0.8
Characteristic curve
M1 standard delay, therm. 1.01-1.4xIN;
magn. 4-9xIN AC
Switch style/colour
D 1 push button (reset only)
01X black
04X red
12X white translucent
19X green translucent
S 2 push buttons ON/OFF
GRX green translucent/red
WRX white translucent/red
WBX white translucent/black
Push button illumination (optional)
B filament bulb (AC/DC)
L neon (AC)
G green LED, AC/DC
Y yellow LED, AC/DC
R red LED, AC/DC
Illumination voltage range/
power consumption
4-7 V/6 V/80 mA (B,G,Y,R)
0
1
10-14 V/12 V/75mA (B,G,Y,R)
2
20-28 V/24 V/35mA (B,G,Y,R)
3
90-140 V/115 V/<1 mA (L)
4 185-275 V/230 V/<1 mA (L)
5
42-54 V/48 V/35 mA (Y,R)
Current ratings
0.1...16 A
3120 - F
3 2 F - N7 M1 - S
GRX
L
4 - 10 A
ordering example
42-54 V/48 V/35 mA (B,Y,R)
Current ratings
0.1...16 A
3120 - F
3 2 1 - N7 M1 - W 12 A B 4 - 10 A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not
required.
146
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Dimensions
Mounting frame variants
Mounting style -F3.1, with rocker
Collar height 1 mm
Mounting style -F3.3, with rocker
collar height 9 mm
optional illumination
OFF position
25
16
54
35
25
19.5
33
30
3.5
Flat-head screw
M3.5x5 ISO 1580
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
flat-head screw
M3.5x5 ISO 1580
tightening torque
max.0.8 Nm
3.5
30
10
10
33
35
35
7
9
54
15.5
9
9
15.5
blade terminal
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
18
blade terminals
DIN 46244-C-Ms-S
18
14
21
41
2
14
21
41
Mounting style -F3.4, with rocker
collar height 2 mm, with water splash protection
Installation drawing
56
35
10
Required safety distances for rocker and push button
3.8
27
19.5
10
15.5
operating area
Mounting style -F3.F-..-S..,
with 2 push buttons
optional illumination
OFF position
54
25
14.2
16.2
8
7
7
10
15
mounting area
10
7
Cut-out dimensions
Cut-out for mounting style -F3
with rocker and push button
x.
min. 2.5
panel thickness
ma
Cut-out for mounting style -F6
with rocker
R2
50.5 +0.3
0.3
.R
x
ma
-0.4
-0.2
min. 2
ma
x. R
1.5
“A”
.,3
R0
x.
ma
44.5 +0.2
optional illumination
OFF position
54
25
15
16.2
14.2
10
21.5
-0.2
min. 2
ma
x. R
1.5
.3
x.
ma
+0.3
1-2.5 for ...F4
2.6-4 for ...F5
Cut-out for mounting style -F4/-F5
with rocker
-0.4
panel thickness 1.2 +0.4
1.6 +0.8
2.4 +10
0
0
+1.1 45 +2.2
dimension “A” 45 +0,2
45
-0.05
-0.05
-0.05
R0
For mounting styles -F2.., -F4.., -F5.., -F6..
please see pages 67 and 71
22
Issue C
Mounting style -F3.G-...-D...,
with 1 push button
33.7 +0.2
- 0.05
+0.2
1-6.35
-0.4
-0.2
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
147
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 3120-...-M1-..
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories
therm.-magn. protection on one pole
thermally protected on the other pole
Insulated cover
Y 303 068 01
therm.-magn. protection on one pole
unprotected on the other pole
line
11
2.5
line
21
21
0.9
9
11
22(k)
22(i)
Retaining clip for 3120-F5...
Y 303 676 01
Retaining clip for 3120-F3...
Y 303 675 01/02
12(k)
I>
20
I>
58
50.5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
44.5
sharp-edged
R
*
1
1
22
AC
28
1
R3
Single or double pole load
0.1...2 A
100
0.8
Blanking piece in -F3... size mounting frame
Y 303 885 31
matt finish
10
25
54
16.5
31
1
1
Trip time in seconds
without bends
Y303 675 01 suitable
for panel thickness < 2 mm
Y303 675 02 suitable
for panel thickness < 4 mm
1000
2.5
10000
33
36
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
2.5...16 A
21
41
AC
10000
N.B.
Magnetic tripping
currents are increased
by 25% on DC supplies.
1000
Separate water splash cover for use with
-F4../-F5.. size mounting frames
X 221 619 01
48
25
100
10
ø8
1
16.5
Trip time in seconds
0.1
3.4
ø4.4
0.01
35
2
52
R
12
35
0.
12
28
12(k)
12(i)
22.5
22(i)
0.
1
12(i)
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-30 -20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.8 0.84 0.88 0.92 1
1.08 1.14 1.23
148
☎
60
73
Separate water splash cover for style -F2 see page 72
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
press-to-reset, snap action mechanism and additional manual release
(M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with
E-T-A sockets 10 and 16. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical applications
Control equipment, extra-low voltage wiring systems and components.
3200-...
Technical data
Accessories
10R-K10
10R-P10
10R-A10
Y 301 166 02
Y 301 166 01
16
Y 301 477 01
Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each
accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With screw
terminals.
As above but with push-on terminals.
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on
terminals.
Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10
sockets.
Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10
sockets.
Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting.
Blanking plug with insulated pins, for sockets
10, 20, 40, 60.
50-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection
lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted push-on
connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 28 V
2
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
Typical life
4000 operations at 2xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V double insulation
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...0.8 A
1...2 A
2.5...25 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz)±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Type No.
3200 plug-in
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
3200 - 5 A
Mass
approx. 50 g
X 210 589 01
X 210 589 02
X 210 588 01
X 210 588 02
Ordering information
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistances
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
self-limiting
200 A
400 A
Approvals
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
0.05
534
4
0.141
CSA
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...15 A
0.1
149
5
0.107
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.3 ...25 A
0.2
56
6
0.060
0.3
24.2
7
0.049
0.4
13.6
8
< 0.02
0.5
8.1
10
< 0.02
0.6
5.25
12
< 0.02
0.8
3.55
14
< 0.02
1
2.02
15
< 0.02
1.5
0.90
16
< 0.02
2
0.51
18
< 0.02
2.5
0.36
20
< 0.02
3
0.23
25
< 0.02
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
149
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
ON
10
ø13
48.5
15.5
OFF
line 1
ø9.5
I >
2
2
9.6
1
19
current rating in A
11
2
14
43
19
50
2
Installation drawing
1
43
34.5
operating area
(double insulation)
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
2
6
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Typical time/current characteristics
0.05...7 A
AC
AC
18...25 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
1
2
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
☎
AC
10
0.1
0.001
150
8...16 A
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breaker 3200
Accessories
Sockets (continuous load up to 16 A)
10R-K10
10R-P10
1
Blanking plug
Y 301 477 01
for sockets 10R-P10/K10/A10
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
13
12
1
42
27.5
14
1.5
9.5
22
21
30
12
68
12
21
11
22
6
9.5
11
50
12
5.6
30
Terminal for mounting rack
(DIN/EN 50035-G32)
X 200 800 01
for sockets 10R, 10F
7
8
45
75
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
M5 x 12
19
50
12
15
9.5
7,5
ø4
14.5
27
10R-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2
for sockets 20, 40, 60, 10R-K10/-A10 and 16
22
21
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
Bus bars for sockets 10...:
Y 301 166 02, two-way
12.5
8.5
4.2
Y 301 166 01, four-way
15
ø2.5
2.9
7.9
2
~70
12
11
59
8
15
t = 0.8
15
15
52.9
22.9
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2, black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2, red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2, blue
for sockets 10R-P10, 10R-A10
Socket 16
39.5
32
38.5
15
1.5
Adapter
for socket 16
X 200 409 01
for track mounting to
EN 50035-G32 (G profile)
on request
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
~70
70
52
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
151
2
152
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free,
press-to-reset, snap action mechanism (R-type TM CBE to EN 60934;
M-type with manual release -H). Available with fast acting and standard
magnetic tripping characteristics - types 3300 and 3400 - both with
threadneck panel mounting. Options include auxiliary contacts, a
separate shunt tap terminal (-A3), and pull-to-trip manual release (-H).
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control systems, instrumentation, medical equipment, machine
tools, robotics.
Accessories
X 210 663 01
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly for version
with press-to-reset only (-IG2).
Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly for
version with press-to-reset only (-IG2).
X 200 801 08
Ordering information
Type No.
3300 fast acting
3400 standard delay
Mounting
IG2
moulded threadneck M12x1, protection class II, (bulk-shipped)
not with -H;leave blank for metal threadneck (required for -H)
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
K20
screw terminals M3.5x5.5 with clamp
(not for -Si and -A3)
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 same as main terminals,
up to IN=7 A max. load 5 A
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility (pull)
for M12x1 metal threadneck only *)
Auxiliary contacts (optional)
Si
with silver-plated solder terminals
(N/O and N/C)
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
3400 - IG2 - P10 -
-
3400 -
- H - Si - 10 A
-
P10 -
- Si - 10 A
ordering example, without
manual release and
with moulded threadneck
ordering example,
with manual release and
metal threadneck
Internal resistance (Ω
3300
3400
Current
ratings (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
3300
3400
0.05
477
447
3
0.18
0.19
0.1
131
131
4
0.109
0.090
0.2
41
40
5
0.066
0.061
0.3
19.6
19.3
6
0.046
0.041
0.4
10.4
10.4
7
0.032
0.034
0.5
7.2
7.1
8
0.020
≤0.02
0.6
4.8
4.3
10
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.8
2.5
2.5
12
≤0.02
≤0.02
1
1.93
1.67
13
≤0.02
≤0.02
1.5
0.81
0.61
14
≤0.02
≤0.02
2
0.44
0.38
15
≤0.02
≤0.02
2.5
0.27
0.24
16
≤0.02
≤0.02
Issue C
☎
standard delay
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
2
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V
Typical life
5000 operations at 2xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main circuit/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 4-5/6-7
Test voltage
AC 3000 V double insulation
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...0.8 A self-limiting
1...2 A
200 A
2.5...16 A 400 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
UN
AC 250 V
DC 80 V
1000 A
1000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
3300: approx. 55 g
3400: approx. 50 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
ratings (A)
3400
fast acting
Technical data
*) metal threadneck version for -H is not approved.
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
3300
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
153
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
-IG2-P10
line 1
3
10
ON
16
line 1
M12x1
tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
11
50.3 (-IG2)
52.3 (-H)
OFF
22.5
ø6.4
42
6
3 from IN=8 A
I>
I>
2
with shunt terminal (-A3)
2 and auxiliary contacts (-Si)
14.5
-P10-A3
5
11.5 -0.1
11.4
SW14
4
Einbauloch
29
2
7
Terminal design
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
current rating in A
5
ø12.2 -0.1
1
3
2
ø6.4
ON
OFF
-H
10.5
-P10-Si
46
2
7
1
18.5
24.5
M12x1
-K20
5
mounting holes
1.5
2
9
1
ø12.5 +0.2
9.5±0.2
M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
ø3 +0.2
Installation drawing
Approvals
3
max. 2.5
operating area
(double insulation)
41
26
(max. 2 mm
when fitted
with water
splash cover)
1
3
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Demko,
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.3 ...16 A
CSA, UL
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
0.05...16 A
Nemko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...15 A (3300)
AC 250 V
0.05...16 A (3400)
Semko
AC 250 V
2 A and 2.5 A
Metal threadneck version for -H is not approved
3
mounting area
154
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3300/3400
Typical time/current characteristics
Type 3300 0.05...7 A
AC
Type 3400 0.05...7 A
+60 °C
10000
AC
+60 °C
10000
+23 °C
+23 °C
1000
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
100
10
1
-30 °C
1000
-30 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
2
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Type 3300 8...16 A
1
2
Type 3400 8...16 A
AC
+60 °C
10000
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC
+60 °C
10000
+23 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
100
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Accessories
For push buttons with M12 moulded threadneck (-IG2)
Hex nut with splash cover, black
X 201 296 01 (IP 64)
X 200 801 08 (IP 66)with O-ring
M12x1
Issue C
-30 °C
1000
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Water splash cover, transparent with knurled nut
X 210 663 01 (IP 64)
M12x1
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
155
2
156
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Featuring a flange for panel mounting, and optional auxiliary
contacts and unprotected shunt tap terminal. Type 4000 offers lower
internal resistance values and is fitted as standard with auxiliary
contacts and an intermediate reset position in which all contacts are
isolated. Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control systems, instrumentation, medical equipment, machine
tools, robotics, communications systems.
3500
standard type
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
3500 standard version
4000 low resistance version
Mounting (optional)
F11
flange with additional M3 insertion nuts
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8, tinned
K20
screw terminals M 3.5x5.5 with clamp
(not with -Si or type 4000)
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3 same as main terminals
(up to IN = 7 A, max. load 5 A)
Auxiliary contacts (optional with type 3500)
Si
auxiliary contacts, silver plated
terminals one each N/O and N/C
ZR-Si auxiliary contacts with intermediate
position (standard with type 4000)
Current ratings
0.05...16 A (type 3500)
0.05...10 A (type 4000)
3500 -
-
P10 - A3 -
Si
- 10 A
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
Current rating range
3500: 0.05...16 A
4000: 0.05...10 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V
Typical life
5,000 operations at 2xIN
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 4-5/6-7
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3500
0.05...0.8 A
1...2 A
2.5...16 A
4000
0.05...0.2 A
0.3...2 A
2.5...10 A
self-limiting
200 A
400 A
IN
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
UN
AC 250 V
DC 80 V
1000 A
1000 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
type 3500
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
ratings (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
3500
4000
0.05
447
211
3
0.19
0.054
0.1
131
48
4
0.090
0.035
0.2
40
12.4
5
0.061
0.025
0.3
19.3
5.4
6
0.041
≤0.02
0.4
10.4
3.1
7
0.034
≤0.02
0.5
7.1
2.0
8
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.6
4.3
1.32
10
≤0.02
≤0.02
0.8
2.5
0.76
12
≤0.02
1
1.67
0.49
14
≤0.02
1.5
0.61
0.21
15
≤0.02
2
0.38
0.101
16
≤0.02
2.5
0.24
0.078
☎
Current
ratings (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
3500
4000
2
Ambient temperature
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Issue C
4000
low-resistance type
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 40 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
157
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
with shunt terminal (-A3)
and auxiliary contacts (-Si)
ø8.5
4
line 1
line 1
46.5
6.3
2.5
4.5
3
11
11.5
4
6
I>
I>
2
2
3 from IN=8 A
line 1
5
7
4
6
line 1
5
7
4
6
line 1
5
7
4
6
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
50
3
29
2
7
Switching position with intermediate position and
auxiliary contacts (-ZR-Si)
42
current rating in A
5
4.5
11
OFF
ON
15.5
9.5
Version -P10
M3 insertion nuts
(-F11)
20
I>
5
2
OFF position
ø3.5
58
3 from IN=8 A
Installation drawing
3
I>
3 from IN=8 A
2
intermediate position
3
I>
3 from IN=8 A
2
ON position
Terminal design
-P10-A3
operating area
(double insulation)
max. 2.5
7
7
-P10-Si
-P10-A3-Si
8
1
-K20
mounting area
1.5
9
5
M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
3500:
VDE, Demko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
CSA, UL
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
0.05...16 A
Nemko, Semko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...10 A
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.3 ...16 A
4000:
VDE, Demko, Semko AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...10 A
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.3 ...10 A
CSA, Nemko
AC 250 V
0.05...10 A
158
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500/4000
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
3500 0.05...7 A
AC*
3500 8...16 A
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
** Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies.
AC*
4000 0.05...10 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
Issue C
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
☎
DC**
2
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
159
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3500
Special version 3500-...-2100
Special version 3500-...-2350
Single pole thermal-magnetic overcurrent circuit breaker with slow
magnetic trip curve, suitable for high inrush currents (up to 12xIN).
Suffix -2100 is also available for types 3400 and 3600.
Enquire for further details.
Typical applications
Typical applications
Industrial control systems, telecommunications, etc.
Industrial control systems
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Internal
resistance (Ω)
292
165
41.7
19.7
12.1
7.9
5.5
2.6
1.88
0.77
0.42
0.24
Current
rating (A)
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
15
16
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.18
0.11
0.067
0.052
0.035
0.031
0.022
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1
1.5
2
Internal
resistance (Ω)
583
167
49.9
23.1
12.8
8.7
3.45
2.3
0.89
0.48
Current
rating (A)
2.5
3
4
5
6
10
12
15
16
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.42
0.21
0.13
0.11
0.056
0.022
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
Typical time/current characteristics
AC
AC
10000
10000
1000
1000
100
100
+80 °C
Trip time in seconds
+23 °C
Trip time in seconds
2
Current
rating (A)
0.06
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
1.5
2
2.5
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker suitable for high ambient
temperatures. The special rating of the circuit breaker allows
resetting at no load in ambient temperatures up to +80°C.
Suffix -2350 is also available for types 3400 and 3600.
Enquire for further details.
10
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
160
10
☎
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free,
snap action mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to
EN 60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 17-P10Si, 23-P10-Si, 63-P10-Si; or panel mounting using E-T-A clips. Featuring
an unprotected shunt tap terminal and optional auxiliary contacts.
Type 3900 offers lower internal resistance values and is fitted as
standard with auxiliary contacts and an intermediate reset position in
which all contacts are isolated.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Process control systems, instrumentation, communications
systems.
3600
standard type
Accessories
23-P10-Si
63-P10-Si
17-P10-Si
17-P10-Si-20025
Y 301 398 02
X 210 588 01
X 210 588 02
Y 300 504 02
3900
low-resistance type
Technical data
Lug mounted socket. With push-on terminals.
Lug mounted socket. With push-on terminals.
EN rail mounted socket.
Socket supplied with adapter fitted or asymmetric
rail mounting (G-profile).
Withdrawal tool - spring metal clip to aid
withdrawal of the circuit breaker from its
mounting socket.
100-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted pushon connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
One pair of clips to facilitate panel mounting of
types 3600 and 3900.
Ordering information
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 65 V
Current rating range
3600: 0.05...16 A; 3900: 0.05...10 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 250 V/DC 65 V
Typical life
5000 operations at 2xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main/aux. circuit
aux. circuit 4-5/6-7
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 840 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3600
0.05...0.8 A
1...2 A
2.5...16 A
3900
0.05...0.2 A self-limiting
0.3...2 A
200 A
2.5...10 A
400 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
type 3600
IN
0.05...16 A
0.05...16 A
UN
AC 250 V
DC 80 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Type No.
3600 standard version
3900 low-resistance version
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Auxiliary contacts (optional with type 3600)
Si
with blade terminals 6.3-08,one each NO/NC, (type
3900 with intermediate position as standard)
Si60
special auxiliary contact
closed in the intermediate and ON position
ZR-Si auxiliary contacts with intermediate position (type 3600)
Si3/R special auxiliary contacts, 2 NC contacts with reset
button (not approved)
Current ratings
0.05...16 A (type 3600)
0.05...10 A (type 3900)
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
3600 - P10 -
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 45 g
Si
- 10 A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1
1.5
2
2.5
Issue C
Internal resistance (Ω)
3600
3900
447
211
131
48
40
12.4
19.3
5.7
10.4
3.1
7.1
2.0
4.3
1.32
2.5
0.76
1.67
0.49
0.61
0.21
0.38
0.101
0.24
0.078
☎
Current
rating (A)
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
15
16
Internal resistance (Ω)
3600
3900
0.19
0.054
0.090
0.035
0.061
0.025
0.041
≤0.02
0.034
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
≤0.02
2
1000 A
1000 A
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Demko, Nemko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.05...16 A
Semko
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1 ...10 A
CSA/UL
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
0.05...16 A
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.3 ...16 A
3600:
3900:
VDE, Demko, Semko
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...10 A
Nemko
AC 250 V
0.05...10 A
LRoS
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.3 ...10 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
161
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Dimensions
ON
with shunt terminal (standard)
and auxiliary contacts
ø11.5
ø6.5
ø8.5
line 1
line 1
ø4
5
7
4
6
2
OFF
11
5
-P10-Si
Internal connection diagrams
3
3
51
I>
I>
3 from IN = 8 A
2
19
2
6
3
7
Switching position with auxiliary contacts and reset button (-Si3/R)
5 2
10
1 4
OFF position
line 1
5
6.8
43
2
8.5
2
3
20
11.5
13
7
intermediate position
line 1
5
7
ON position
line 1
5
7
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
6 x 6.8 = 40.8
current rating in A
3 from IN = 8 A
4
I>
50
6
3
I>
3 from IN = 8 A
2
-Si3/R
4
6
3 from IN = 8 A
2
3
I>
4
6
3 from IN = 8 A
2
Switching position with special auxiliary contact (-Si60)
ON
OFF position
line 1
7
ø6.5
ø8.5
ø4
intermediate position
line 1
7
ON position
line 1
7
2
OFF
11
5
ø11.5
3
6
51
I>
3
I>
3 from IN = 8 A
2
3
6
3 from IN = 8 A
2
I>
6
3 from IN = 8 A
19
2
6
3
7
5 2
10
1 4
Switching position with intermediate position
and auxiliary contacts (-ZR-Si)
6.8
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
6 x 6.8 = 40.8
current rating in A
line 1
7
4
6
line 1
5
7
4
6
line 1
5
7
4
6
43
13
20
2
11.5
3
8,5
5
I>
3
I>
3 from IN=8 A
3 from IN=8 A
3
I>
3 from IN=8 A
50
Intermediate position: Holding down reset button and actuating
manual release simultaneously.
Installation drawing
2
OFF position
2
intermediate position
2
ON position
Terminal design -P10-A3
1
3
2
2
38
20
operating area
(double insulation)
mounting area
162
☎
12.5
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Typical time/current characteristics
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
3600 0.05...7 A
AC*
3600 8...16 A
N.B.
* Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
** Magnetic tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC supplies.
AC*
3900 0.05...10 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
DC**
10
1
2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Accessories
19" Rack
accommodating up to 60 E-T-A thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
type 3600-P10-Si or 3900-P10-Si.
For technical data see pages 113-114.
19" Rack 19BGT2 2HE
for 18, 24 or 30 circuits.
For technical data see pages 115 - 116.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
163
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3600/3900
Accessories
Sockets
17-P10-Si
(continuous load up to 16 A)
Bus bar for socket 17 (for max. 100 A continuous load)
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
17-P10-Si- 20025
mounted with adapter
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
(max.cross section 35 mm2)
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
cylinder head screw
M4x4 ISO1207
nickel plated
2
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
retaining clip
female
connector
25.8 8.5
depth 10 mm
10
10
45.s
5
80
6.5
41.3
1.4
33.3
M4 Cu rail, tin-plated
12.5
12.8
7
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901
fusible link
(1.1 mm thick
constriction)
154.8
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
polarization recess
Insulated sleeving for busbar
Y 303 824 01
Retaining clip Y 300 581 11
Please enquire for dimension diagram.
9
5.4
17
125
Sockets
17-P70-Si
17-P70-Si- 20025
mounted with adapter
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01 /1,5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02 /2,5mm2, black
X 210 588 03 /2,5mm2, red
X 210 588 04 /2,5mm2, blue
blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2
C profile (2xA2.8-0.8)
retaining clip
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
80
6.5
45.8
41.3
5
1.4
33.3
25.8 8.5
depth 10 mm
10
~70
2
washer
A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
12.5
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
Extraction tool
Y 301 398 02
polarization recess
46
Sockets
23-P10-Si
56
63-P10-Si
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
22.2
21
10
7.4
6.25
50
75
12.5
retaining
clip
2 mounting clips
Y 300 504 02
Installation drawing with
mounting clips Y 300 504 02
2
1
7.5
1.9
50
57.4
64
50
57.4
64
12.5
25
12.5
3.5 6 x 6.8 = 40.8
6.8
4.4
4.4
0.5
2
7.4
2
6
8.5
12.5
30
60.4
polarized recess
7.3
8
50
Retaining clip Y 300 581 03
Please enquire for dimension diagram.
M4
16.5
164
☎
20
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Single and multi pole magnetic and
hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers (CBEs)
The E-T-A range of magnetic CBEs includes the miniature
Printo-magnetic series (808 and 809) with extremely fast
operating characteristics for printed circuit board
applications, and series 8330, 8340 and 8350 for higher
current duties.
Types 808 and 809 cover ratings from as low as 0.006 A
up to 5 A with low internal resistance values. Their unique
method of magnetic operation not only provides rapid
response times, but is also suited to impulse disconnection
for control applications.
All models within the 8330, 8340 and 8350 range offer a
choice of fast acting magnetic operation or hydraulically
delayed switching characteristics which may be selected
to suit a range of application requirements such as those
of the telecommunications and process control industries,
where precise and dependable protection of sophisticated
systems cannot be compromised. The 8330 is available in
single and two pole models, multipole options are also
available for types 8340 and 8350. Single, two and three
pole models are available with various internal circuit
configurations to provide status signal and relay trip
functions.
Type 8340-G provides the option of either single round
hole panel mounting or plug-in mounting utilising an
E-T-A series 18 base. On/off control is by means of a
push/pull button with visual indication of the off/tripped
position. Types 8340-F and 8340-T, with industry standard
dimensions and toggle actuation, are panel mounted with
two fixing bolts (8340-F) or rail mounted with combi-foot
(8340-T).
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved.Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
165
Overview
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 415 V
AC 250 V, DC 80 V
Current ratings
0.006...100 A
3
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
8330-...
Description
PCB mounting
808: fast-acting type
809: delayed type
Max. voltage rating
DC 24 V
Current ratings
Aux. contact rating
8340-G2...
Toggle/baton or rocker circuit
breaker, flange or threadneck
mounting, with auxiliary contact
option
(please inquire for other voltages)
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 50 V
808: 0.01 ...5 A
809: 0.006...3 A
0.1...25 A
Push/pull circuit breaker,
threadneck panel mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
0.02...30 A
1A
5A
-
Typical life
6,000 operations at 5A for switching
circuit and
2.65 or 4.4 IN ffor excitation circuit
Interrupting capacity Icn
100 A
1000 A max. (to UL 1077)
10,000 operations with 1 x IN
see pages 169 - 170
Available options
10,000 operations with IN 1 pole
1,000 operations with IN 2 and 3pole
AC: 1200 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 1000 A
DC: 500 A
CSA, UL
Approvals
CSA, UL,
VDE, CSA, UL,
BV, LRoS
see pages 171 - 174
see pages 175 - 178
18.2 OFF
Dimensions
ø4
M12x1
10.5
34
ON
OFF
57.5
24.8
2.5 OFF
1 11 23 2(i) 24 12 2(k)
10
3
808 / 809-...
30
Overview
Type No.
20
35
50
Internal connection diagrams
LINE 1
4
5
6
7
NC NO
3
-
166
☎
+
2
23
2(i) 12
24
I>
I>
2
11
LINE 1
C
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
2(k)
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
X8340-S02 /-S04
8340-T...
8350-...
Toggle circuit breaker,
flange mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
Modular distribution rail for
circuit breaker type 8340-F...
Toggle circuit breaker,
rail mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
Toggle circuit breaker,
flange mounting,
with auxiliary contact option
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
AC 230 V; DC 65 V
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
3 AC 415 V;
AC 240 V (50/60 Hz); DC 80 V
0.02...30 A
0.02...80 A
0.02...30 A
0.1... 60 A multi pole
0.1...100 A single pole
6A
AC: 6 A
DC: 1 A
1A
1A
10,000 operations with 1 x IN
single and multi pole
10,000 operations with IN
single and multi pole
6,000 operations with IN
AC: 1200 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 1200 A
DC: 2000 A
AC: 5000 A (Inc)
DC: 5000 A (Inc)
VDE, CSA, UL,
BV, LRoS, QPL
VDE, CSA, UL,
VDE, CSA, UL,
see pages 187 - 190
see pages 191 - 194
see pages 183 - 186
see pages 179 - 182
3
X8340-S02
45
0
40
18.4
17.5
41.7
I
19.7
40
ON
OFF
70.6
1
LINE
49.2
2
LOAD
Sig
17.5
9.6
11
57.2
43.7
74
63.1
41.2
2
1
Sig
47.3
(L)(N)+
14 12
50.8
63.5
89
X8340-S04
load terminals
LINE 1
1 pole
LINE 1
81.8 +0.3
- 0.1
11
12
14
I>
99+0.3
- 0.1
2
Issue C
terminal for group siganlisation
☎
Si
Si
Si
Si
LINE 1
I>
I>
2
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Overview
8340-F...
NC NO
C
167
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers
Selector Chart
Ratings
DC (V)
MAX IN (A)
●
●
24
3
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
●
Flange
●
8340-F
8340-G
❍
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
●
●
●
8340-T
8350
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
AC (V)
❍
Illumination
●
Rocker
●
Push-pull
●
Toggle
809
Multi pole
5
Single pole
Manual trip facility
24
Stud terminals
●
Screw terminals
●
Solder terminals
❍
Blade terminals
●
Rail
●
Socket
●
Threadneck
Auxiliary contacts
Choice of
characteristic curves
Actuator
808
8330
Overview
Number
of poles
Main terminal design
Water splash cover
Mounting method
Printed Circuit Board
Type No.
●
240
50
25
●
415
80
30
●
415
80
30
●
●
415
80
30
●
●
415
80 100
●
● = standard
❍ = optional
3
168
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 808/809-...
Description
Single pole miniaturised magnetic circuit breaker with unique highspeed operating mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation.
Fitted with electrically separate excitation and switching circuits, and
one pair of auxiliary contacts which close when the main circuit is open.
Also suitable for impulse operation. Designed for printed circuit board
mounting. Low temperature sensitivity.
Typical applications
Printed circuit boards and components, safety and control systems.
808/809
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
808
fast-acting
809
delayed
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility
Current ratings
0.01 ...5 A type 808
0.006...3 A type 809
808 -
H
- 1A
ordering example
Voltage rating
DC 24 V (other voltages to special order)
Current ratings
Type 808
0.01...5 A
Type 809
0.006...3 A
Max. continuous load
excitation circuit (2-3)
2.65 x IN
4.4 x IN
Max. continuous load
switching circuit 6-7
auxiliary circuit 4-5
5A
5A
Typical life
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Internal resistance (Ω)
808
809
0.006
-
0.01
625
0.012
-
-30...+70 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
2
-
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
excitation to
switching circuit
excitation to
auxiliary circuit
AC 1680 V
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
100 A
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
808
809
625
0.7
0.143
0.050
-
0.8
0.096
0.040
170
0.9
0.085
0.02
170
77
1
0.073
0.031
Insulation resistance
0.03
77
29.2
1.2
0.050
≤ 0.02
0.04
47
18.5
1.5
0.031
≤ 0.02
Interrupting capacity
(o-o-o)
0.05
29.2
1.8
-
≤ 0.02
0.06
-
5.6
2
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.08
10.3
-
2.5
≤ 0.02
-
0.1
5.6
3.4
3
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.2
1.65
0.89
3.25
≤ 0.02
-
0.3
0.89
0.28
4
≤ 0.02
-
0.4
0.39
0.143
4,5
≤ 0.02
-
0.5
0.28
0.096
5
≤ 0.02
-
0.6
0.198
0.073
10.3
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
UL
AC 120 V, DC 60 V
0.01...5 A
AC 120 V, DC 60 V
0.006...3 A
(type 809)
AC 115 V, DC 60 V
0.01...5 A
(type 808)
AC 115 V, DC 28 V
0.006...3 A
(type 809)
CSA
Issue C
☎
6000 operations
at 5 A for switching circuit,
at 2.65 or 4.4 x IN for excitation circuit
Ambient temperature
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
808/809-H-...
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
3
Test voltage
AC 840 V
1000 A AC 120 V
200 A DC 60 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
3 g (57-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-57 Hz),
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 10 g
(type 808)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
169
Magnetic Overcurrent Circuit Breakers 808/809-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
808/809
2-3: excitation circuit
6-7: switching circuit
4-5: auxiliary circuit
2.5 ON
2.5 OFF
ø4
2
5
6
7
5
2
3
5
-
+
14
26
30
4
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
0.5
20
10
Type 808
ø0.7
15.5
15
10000
808-H/809-H
6
2.5 ON
7.5 OFF
3
ø4
2
Trip time in milliseconds
1000
100
10
5
14
26
30
5
1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
20
40
20
40
... times rated current
0.5
20
10
Type 809
15.5
ø0.7
10000
6
Trip time in milliseconds
15
1000
100
10
1
0.1
1
2
4
6 8 10
... times rated current
Note:
(Magnetic) tripping currents are decreased by 20% on AC
supplies
170
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Description
Single and double pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic circuit breaker
with trip-free mechanism and toggle or rocker actuation. A choice of
fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S
type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934/IEC 934) ensures suitability for a wide
range of applications. Low temperature sensitivity at rated load. Industry
standard dimensions and threadneck or snap in panel mounting.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Power supplies, process control, switchgear and controlgear
8330
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current rating (A)
0.1
Internal resistance (Ω) per pole
Technical data
Voltage rating
101
AC 240 V 50/60 Hz
DC 50 V
1
0.99
Current rating range
0.1...25 A
2
0.25
Auxiliary circuit
AC 125 V 3A; DC 30 V 2 A
3
0.1
Typical life
10,000 operations at IN
5
0.041
Ambient temperature
-40...+75°C
10
0.011
15
0.0057
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
20
0.0039
25
0.0028
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage
degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in the operating area
Approvals
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole
main to auxiliary circuit
switching to trip circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
UL/CSA
AC 240 V; DC 50 V
0.1...25 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
VDE
AC 240/ V; DC 50 V
0.1...25 A
1,000 A at AC 240 V
500 A at DC 50 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40;
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
single pole:
10 g (57-500 Hz) ± 0.76 mm (10-57)
double pole:
7 g (57-500 Hz) ± 0.54 mm (10-57)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
50 g (6 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 30 g per pole
(depending on version)
Issue C
☎
under test
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
171
3
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
black
red
without
without
R
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
W
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24.8
33.5
blade terminal A6.3-0.8 to DIN 46244
17.3
35
33
Actuator configuration C
panel cut-out
A
threadneck mounting, baton
9
26.5
thickness
1.5 - 3 mm
A
M12
ø12.5
1/2"-32 ø12.7
ø3 +0.2
Installation drawing
ON
OFF
☎
C
X
X
X
green
I-O
white
I-O
black
I-O
red
I-O
orange I - O
green ON-OFF
white
ON-OFF
black
ON-OFF
red
ON-OFF
orange ON-OFF
Illumination voltage
voltage range
actuator
1 AC 100-125 V
W
2 AC 220-250 V
W
3 DC 8- 16 V
W
4 DC 16- 24 V
W
5 DC 24- 32 V
W
6 DC 32- 48 V
W
X without illumination B, C, R, W
Auxiliary contacts
A no auxiliary contacts
B one change over per pole
H one change over per unit (multipole version only)
Internal circuit
A switch
B series trip
D relay trip (remote trip)
Remote trip
00 no remote trip
03 12V; 04: 24V; 21: 120V; 22: 240V
Frequency
4
AC 50/60 Hz
9
DC
Current rating
0.1...25 A
8330 - G L 1 0 - P B BS - 3 X A B 00 4 - 5 A
172
B
X
X
X
15.9
13.9
2
2
without
13.9
29
Marking
2 pole
M12x1 or 1/2"-32
ON
Colour
white
1 pole
threadneck mounting, paddle
ON
2
3
7
B
C
D
H
J
M
N
P
T
U
Actuator configuration B
OFF
Type No.
8330
circuit breaker
Mounting
F flange mounting, black
G threadneck mounting, black (standard)
H threadneck mounting, light-grey
Q flange mounting, light-grey
Size
Mounting:
F G H Q
G panel thickness 1 -2.5 mm
X
X
L M12
12 mm high (flattened on one side)
X X
M 1/2"-32 12 mm high (flattened on one side)
X X
Number of poles
1 single pole
2 double pole
Panel hardware (bulk)
Mounting:
F G H Q
0
without hardware
X X X X
9
rocker guard
X
X
B
2 hex nuts, 1 legend plate
X X
D
2 hex nuts, 1 washer with locating pin, 1 legend plate
X X
F
1 hex nut, 1 knurled nut, 1 legend plate
X X
H 1 hex nut, 1 knurled nut, 1 washer with locating pin, 1 legend plate X X
S
1 legend plate, with splash cover
X X
Terminal design
P blade terminals A6.3-0.8
Actuator configuration
B paddle, 1 paddle/unit for accessories 0,B,D,F,H
C baton, 1 baton/unit for accessories 0,B,D,F,H,S
R rocker, 1 rocker/unit for accessories 0,9
W illuminated rocker, 1 rocker/unit, for accessories 0,9
Characteristic curve
00
switch only
AS
long delay
BS
medium delay
CS
short delay
OP
instantaneous trip
Actuator colour and marking details
OFF
3
Dimensions – threadneck mounted version
44.5
Ordering information
1
terminal area
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Internal connection diagrams
Dimensions flange mounted version
Actuator configuration R, W
A Switch only with
auxiliary contacts
optional with rocker guard
B Series trip, single pole
with auxiliary contacts
LINE 1 NC NO
1pole
LINE 1 NC NO
2
6.3
7.8
2pole
I>
C
2
C
42
53
ON
OFF
2
D Relay trip
with illumination
LINE 1
LINE 1
U > voltage coil
6.3
6.3
15.9
19.5
blade terminal A6.3-0.8 DIN 46244
I>
35.4
39.6
39.6
2
LOAD
2
LOAD
Shock directions – Mounting attitudes
1
4
2
3
panel cut-out
3
A
35±0.1
A
A
6
36±0.1
17.6
+0.2
33.5
Panel thickness
1.0 - 2.0
2.0 - 2.6
5
+0.2
Terminal configurations
Auxiliary contacts
18
11.5
Relay trip
solder terminal
blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
9.9
15
With illuminated rocker
9.9
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
173
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8330-...
Typical time/current characteristics
Accessories
AC 50/60 Hz, DC, ambient temperature +23 °C / +73.4 °F
Curve AS - long delay
Threadneck design L:
Hex nut M 12x1
Y 300 116 02
10000
Threadneck design M:
1/2"-32
Y 300 486 20
18.3
16.1
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
10
M12x1
14
1
0.1
UN 1/2-32
3
Knurled nut M 12x1
Y 302 065 01
0.01
3.15
15.88
1/2"-32
Y 301 999 01
11.25 2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
ø15.1
0
ø15.87
0.001
12
Curve BS - medium delay
M12x1
10000
UN 1/2-32
3
3.18
Washer with locating pin
Y 306 401 01
7
2.8
0.8
8.6
8.6
7.9
ø1
2.
2
0.01
0.8
2.8
2.3
0.001
12
Curve CS - short delay
Legend plate
Y 306 402 01
I
+0
28
ø1
100
OFF
10
O
OFF
12
1
I
ON
2 +0
.1
1000
Y 306 425 01
5.2
ON
10000
2.3
+0.1
11
5.6
10
28
9
.1
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
7
4
2.
3
ø1
11.25 2
+0.1
0
Trip time in seconds
5.6 +0.1
+0
.1
5.2 +0.1
+0
.1
1
ø17.3-0.2
0.1
3
Y 306 424 01
ø17.3 -0.2
10
7.9
100
ø1
Trip time in seconds
1000
O
12
thickness 0.8
thickness 0.8
ø17
ø17
0.1
Splash cover M 12x1
X 221 427 01
0.01
0.001
1/2"-32
X 221 434 01
splashcover
11.25 2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
21.4
12
O
ø6.5
Curve OP - instantaneous trip
10000
1000
Trip time in seconds
15.9
0
OF
100
10
1
Ordering code
0.1
Y 300 116 02
0.01
Threadneck design -L (M12)
B
D
F
H
2
2
1
1
1
1
S
Y 300 486 20
0.001
0
11.25 2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Y 302 065 01
Threadneck design -M (1/2"-32)
B
D
F
H
2
2
1
1
1
1
Y 301 999 01
1
1
Y 306 401 01
Y 306 402 01
All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4
174
☎
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y 306 425 01
X 221 427 01
1
1
Y 306 424 01
Series 8330 will not trip at a halfsine wave of 10 ms and an
amplitude of ≤ 8 x IN.
S
1
X 221 434 01
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
1
1
1
1
1
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Description
Single, two and three pole magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation.
A choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching
characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability
for a wide range of applications. Convenient threadneck panel or plugin mounting, and with a white push button indicator band showing
clearly the tripped/off position. Available with auxiliary contacts (1 x
N/O, 1 x N/C) for status signalling and fitted with an unprotected shunt
tap terminal as standard. Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC
934).
Typical application
8340-G2...
Control equipment, communications systems, power semiconductors.
Ordering information
Issue C
☎
2 pole
3 pole
Technical data
Type No.
8340
Magnetic push/pull circuit breaker
Mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
2 M 12x1
Number of poles (main current paths)
0 single pole, switch only
1 single pole, protected
2 two pole, protected
3 three pole, protected
5 two pole, protected on one pole only
Panel hardware
0 without panel hardware
1 with hex nut M 12x1 and washer 12/15
Terminal design
N blade terminals, with shunt circuit
G screw terminals with metric thread (recommended for
IN > 20 A). Shunt circuit, blade terminal
X separate switching and trip circuit, blade terminals
Terminal Size
1 terminals N and X:
blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm.
terminal G: screw terminals M4
with flat head screw M4x6
Characteristic curve
F4 instantaneous trip: magn. 1.5-2.2 x IN DC (IN ≤ 20A)
magn. 1.2-1.7 x IN AC 50/60 Hz (IN ≤ 25 A)
E1 short delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.4 x IN, DC
E2 short delay: magn.-hydr.1.01-1.4 x IN, AC 50/60Hz
H1 medium delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.4 x IN, DC
H2 medium delay: magn.-hydr.1.01-1.4 x IN, AC 50/60Hz
R1 long delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.5 x IN, DC
R2 long delay: magn.-hydr. 1.01-1.5 x IN, AC 50/60Hz
Actuator colour
A black with white trip indicator band
Actuator marking
0 without marking
4 rated current
Auxiliary contacts
H0 without auxiliary contacts
H1 with auxiliary contacts
H2 with auxiliary contacts
on pole 1 only (2 and 3 pole types)
H3 with auxiliary contacts
on poles 1 and 3 (3 pole type)
Auxiliary contact function
1 one each N/O and N/C
2 1 pair N/O (23/24)
3 1 pair N/C (11/12)
Auxiliary contact terminal design
1 blade terminals A6.3-0.8 mm
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
8340 - G 2 1 1 - N 1 F4 - A 4
1 pole
H1 1 1 - 8 A
ordering example
Voltage rating
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 80V
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V; 0.5 A, DC 80 V
Typical life
1 pole: 10,000 operations at 1xIN
2 and 3 pole: 1000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-40...+85 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dieelectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole (2 + 3 pole)
main to auxiliary circuit
aux. circuit 11-12/23-24
switching to trip circuit (-X)
3
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1000 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
1200 A at AC; 2000 A at DC
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
IN
1 pole
1 pole
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
with button down:
10 g (57-2000 Hz), ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz)
at 0.9 x IN
Other mounting planes:
10 g (57-2000 Hz) bei IN
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
100 g (11 ms) at 1xIN, directions 1,2,3,4,5
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN, direction 6
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 70 g per pole
0.025..30 A
AC 250 V/3500 A
DC 65 V/2000 A
Standard purely magnetic type: 8340-G211-N1F4-A4H111-...A
Standard hydraulic-magnetic type: 8340-G211-N1E1-A4H0-...A
Approvals
Authority
VDE (EN 60934)
UL, CSA
LRoS, BV
Voltage ratings
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V
3 AC 250 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
0.02...30 A
0.1...30 A
175
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
23
22.4
5
2.44
9.9
9.7
0.5
0.79
3.16
3.1
0.75
0.39
1.55
1.51
1
0.25
0.79
0.77
1.5
0.10
0.37
0.36
2
0.059
0.20
0.24
2.5
0.044
0.146
0.138
3
0.028
0.10
0.099
4
< 0.02
0.059
0.057
5
< 0.02
0.040
0.038
6
< 0.02
0.026
0.026
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
10
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
12
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
15
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
16
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
20
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
25
< 0.02*
< 0.02
< 0.02
30
< 0.02*
< 0.02
< 0.02
6.8
4.6
6x6.8
45
blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
SW14
current rating in A
location pin for 3mm hole dia.
5
mounting hole
0.8
ø3 +0.2
9.5
50
Terminal design -G
1.5
*duty cycle 50 % ON period, 30 min
pane tickness
max. 3 mm
10
Accessories
terminal with flat head screw
M4x6 ISO 1580
tightening torque max.1.2 Nm
6.
6x6.8
45
55.2
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Installation drawings
Terminal design -N
operating area
(double insulation)
8
EN rail mounted socket may be used in multiples of two or
three for two and three pole circuit breakers.
18-P10-Si-20025 Socket supplied with adapter fitted for asymmetric rail
mounting (G-profile).
X 211 158 01
Six-way connecting/bus bar link with clamp terminal.
X 211 158 02
Six-way connecting/bus bar link, as above but without
clamp terminal.
Y 303 824 11
Insulated sleeving for connecting bus X 211 158 ..
Y 300 579 11
Retaining clip for socket 18-P10-Si.
X 210 588 01
100-way 1.5mm2 brown cable links with pre-fitted push-on
connectors.
X 210 588 02
As above but with 2.5mm2 black cable links.
X 210 588 03
As above but with 2.5mm2 red cable links.
X 210 588 04
As above but with 2.5mm2 blue cable links.
Y 300 116 02
Hex nut M 12x1
Y 300 118 03
Spring washer
X 200 801 01
Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly.
X 200 802 01
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the
push button actuator.
X 200 803 01
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual
operation.
4.6
18-P10-Si
mounting
area
2
1
1
29
Shock directions / Mounting attitudes
5
4
2
3.5
terminal area
Terminal design -G
24
3
mounting area
5
10
6
5
29
3
0.2
0.3
black
white
ø12.5 +0.2
38
3
39
±0.2
9.9
0.15
ø8.4
9.5
84
OFF
144
94
1.5
148
ON
35.8
23
ø10.6
18.2
0.08
0.1
tightening torque max. 4Nm
M12x1
12.5
365
2.7
376
6.5
94
57.5
0.05
Terminal design -N
1.5
Internal resistance (Ω) per pole
curve -F4
curves -E1/H1/R1 curves -E2/H2/R2
376
1498
1814
10
Current
rating (A)
0.02
Dimensions (1 pole)
19
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
terminal area
176
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Dimensions (2 pole)
Dimensions (3 pole)
57
38
Typical time/current characteristics
Curve -F4, magnetic
(IN >20 A, 50 % ON period, 30 min) at 23 °C
10000
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Short delay curves E1 for DC and E2 for AC 50/60 Hz,
hydraulic-magnetic
10000
unit 1
unit 2
Cut-out dimensions:
unit 2
min. 40
unit 3
2 pole
panel thickness
max. 3 mm
min. 60
Trip time in seconds
1000
unit 1
100
10
1
0.1
3
0.01
3 pole
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Medium delay curves H1 for DC and H2 for AC 50/60 Hz
hydraulic-magnetic
10000
Internal connection diagrams
LINE 1
11
23
2(i) 12
24
multipole
11
23
2(i) 12
24
LINE 1
unit 1
I>
2(k)
I>
2(k)
1
1 pole, protected
hydraulic-magnetically
LINE 1
11
11
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
23
0.001
0
1
2
3
4
unit 2
23
2(i) 12
1
9
10
11
12
10000
2(k)
24
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
Long delay curves R1 for DC and R2 for AC 50/60 Hz
hydraulic-magnetic
24
I>
2(i) 12
Trip time in seconds
1 pole, protected magnetically
1000
11
23
2(i) 12
24
1000
2(k)
unit 3
I>
Circuit variants 1 pole
LINE 1
2(k)
23
Trip time in seconds
I>
100
10
1
0.1
8340-G211-X1F4-A4H121-…A
1 - 11
2(i) - 2(k)
23 - 24
11 24
2(i)
I>
switching circuit
magnetic trip circuit
auxiliary circuit (N/O)
0.001
0
2(k)
LINE 1
0.01
1
2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
11
8340-G211-X1F4-A4H131-…A
23 12
2(i)
I>
1 - 23
2(i) - 2(k)
11 - 12
switching circuit
magnetic trip circuit
auxiliary circuit (N/C)
N.B.
Curves E1, E2, H1,H2, R1 and R2 are for mounting planes 1,2,3,4.
2(k)
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
177
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-G2...
Accessories
Socket
18-P10-Si
Polarized socket with
adapter
18-P10-Si-20025
retaining clip
(accessory)
4
10 mm
depth
Hex nut
Y 300 116 02
ø12+0.2
10
45.8
5
1.4
33.3
25.8
6.5
1.2±0.5
M12x1
blade terminal DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
polarized to ensure
correct connection
SW14
19
80
Spring washer
Y 300 118 03
top-hat rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X 200 409 01
polarization recess
G profile
EN 50035-G32
2.5
ø15
thickness
0.4 mm
Accessories for push button
Splash cover, transparent
nickel plated hex nut
X 200 801 08 (IP 66)
Splash cover, black
black finish hex nut
X 200 801 03 (IP 66)
Splash seal black/
hex nut assembly and O ring
X 200 802 01 (IP 54)
Bus bar for socket 18
X 211 158 01 with Phoenix terminal
X 211 158 02 without Phoenix terminal
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
(cross section max 35 mm2)
cylinder-head screw
M4x4 ISO 1207 nickel-plated
washer
A4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
2
Actuator extension
X 200 803 01
female connector
e.g. Grohe
u. Hartmann
part No. 12541
3
7
copper rail
tin-plated
10
M4
19
223
Insulated sleeving for bus bars
Y 303 824 11
fusible link
(constriction 1 mm thick)
9
190
10
3.5
5.4
Retaining clip for socket 18-P10-Si
Y 300 579 11
55.5
0.6
52
38
52
53
60
ø1
dimension as
delivered
0.
45°
mounting dimensions
8
15
3
R
35
Connector bus link -P10
X 210 588 01/1,5mm2, brown
X 210 588 02/2,5mm2, black
X 210 588 03/2,5mm2, red
X 210 588 04/2,5mm2, blue
~70
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
178
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Description
Single and multipole magnetic circuit breakers with trip-free, snapaction mechanism and toggle actuation. A choice of fast magnetic only
or hydraulically delayed switching characteristics (S-type MO or HM
CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability for a wide range of applications.
Industry standard dimensions and panel mounting. Options include
auxiliary changeover contacts, or relay trip function.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control equipment, communications systems, transportation, power
supplies.
Accessories
X 211 117 01
X 211 118 01
X 211 119 01
8340-F...
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
Technical data
Single pole splash cover with fixing plate.
Two pole splash cover with fixing plate.
Three pole splash cover with fixing plate.
Voltage rating
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
Curves and internal resistance per pole (Ω)
rating (A)
F1
F2
K1, M1, T1,
K2, M2, T2
2669
2457
152
452
376
37
100
94
0.02
1498
957
0.05
276
0.1
58
0.25
8.2
6.0
15.5
14.7
0.5
2.3
1.47
3.9
3.2
0.75
0.98
0.63
1.65
1.56
1
0.58
0.35
0.95
0.90
2
0.145
0.096
0.26
0.20
2.5
0.096
0.061
0.15
0.15
3
0.065
0.048
0.10
0.10
5
0.025
< 0.02
0.042
0.040
0.029
0.028
6
< 0.02
< 0.02
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 80V
(higher DC ratings to special order)
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
Auxiliary circuit
6 A, AC 240 V/DC 28 V
1 A, DC 65 V; 0.5 A, DC 80 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-40...+85 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole (2 and 3 pole)
main to auxiliary circuit
switching to trip circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V (version -X)
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
1200 A at AC,
2000 A at DC
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
3
IN
0.025...20 A
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
1 to 3 pole
AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/3500 A
AC 250 V/3500 A AC 250 V/5000 A
3AC 250V/3500 A 3AC250V/5000 A
DC 65 V/2000 A DC 65 V/2000 A
25...30 A
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
10
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
12
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
15
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
16
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Vibration
20
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
25
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
30
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
with toggle down: 10 g (57-2000Hz)
±0.76mm (10-57 Hz) at 0.9xIN
Directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5:
10 g (57-2000 Hz) at 1xIN.
With curves F1, F2 in all planes:
10 g (57-2000 Hz) ±0.76mm (10-57 Hz)
at 0.8xIN,
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
100 g (11 ms) at 1xIN, directions 1-5
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN, direction 6.
With curves F1, F2:
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8xIN
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 65 g per pole
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V, DC 80 V
0.02...30 A
UL, CSA
3 AC 250 V, AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.02...30 A
LRoS, BV
AC 250 V, DC 65 V
0.1 ...30 A
QPL (Sweden)
AC 240 V, DC 50 V
1
Issue C
☎
...30 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
179
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Ordering information
1 pole protected magnetically
LINE 1
with separate switching
and relay circuit
LINE 1
11
12
LINE 1
4
3
14
I>
I>
2
2
1 pole protected
hydraulic-magnetic
LINE 1
I>
2
multipole
LINE 1
11
11
unit 1
12
I>
12
14
14
I>
2
2
11
1
unit 2
12
14
I>
2
11
1
unit 3
12
14
I>
2
11
1
unit 4
12
14
I>
2
Dimensions
Mounting Configuration 8340-F9..
3.2
30°
30°
5.5
ON
OFF
41.2
50.8
19
1
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
2
38.8
6
panel cut-out
66
55.4 ±0.2
9.4
3
Type No.
8340
magnetic circuit breaker with toggle actuator
Mounting
F flange mounting
Configuration
1 with mounting nuts 6-32 UNC
4 with mounting nuts M3
9 snap-in frame
Number of poles
0 single pole, switch only
1 single pole protected
2 two pole protected
3 three pole protected
4 four pole protected
5 two pole, protected on one pole only
6 four pole, protected on poles 1, 2 and 3 only
7 two pole, switch only
Panel hardware
0 without panel hardware
Terminal design (main contact)
K2 screw terminals with metric thread,
(recommended for IN > 20 A)
P1 blade terminals
X1 blade terminals with separate switching
and relay circuit
Characteristic curves
Characteristic curve F, instantaneous trip:
F1 DC
trip at 1.01-1.5xIN
F2 AC 50/60 Hz
trip at 1.01-1.5xIN
Characteristic curve K, short delay:
K1 DC
trip time at 2xIN: 0.16-1.2 s
K2 AC 50/60 Hz
trip time at 2xIN: 0.13-1.6 s
Characteristic curve M, medium delay:
M1 DC
trip time at 2xIN: 0.6-7.5 s
M2 AC 50/60 Hz
trip time at 2xIN: 2.2-20 s
Without characteristic curve:
Q0 switch only
Characteristic curve T, long delay:
T1 DC
trip time at 2xIN: 10-70 s
T2 AC 50/60 Hz
trip time at 2xIN: 15-150 s
Relay trip X:
X1 voltage trip at DC, instantaneous trip
X2 voltage trip at AC, instantaneous trip
Other curves to special order (e.g. pulse delayed)
Actuator colour
A black
B white
Actuator marking
0 without marking
2 ON-OFF
3 I-O
5 I-O side marking
Auxiliary contacts
H0 without auxiliary contacts
H1 with auxiliary contacts
H2 auxiliary contacts on one pole only (multi pole)
H3 auxiliary contacts on poles 1 and 3 (3 and 4 pole)
G1 as H1, but contacts gold plated
G2 as H2, but contacts gold plated
G3 as H3, but contacts gold plated
Auxiliary contact function
4 1 change over contact
Auxiliary contact terminal design
2 blade terminal 2.8-0.5 mm
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
Voltage rating (for relay trip)
DC 5 V, 8 V, 12 V, 24 V
AC 110 V, 220 V, 240 V
Internal connection diagrams
19
Ordering information
38.6
19.2 ±0.2
8340 - F 1 1 0 - P1 M1 - A 1 H1 4 2 - 30 A ordering example
180
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Dimensions
Accessories
30°
53
50
39
50.8
41.2
19
44
OFF
19
ON
Splash covers (transparent) with fixing plate (IP54)
X 211 117 01
X 211 118 01
1 pole
2 pole
3.3
76
16.7
19
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
ø16.8
panel
15
25
12.5
ø17+0.3
3 pole
32
actuator marking
ON-OFF or I-0
Cut-out dimensions:
16
32
mounting dimensions:
M3 - hole dia. 3.5
6-32 UNC-2B - hole dia. 4
with auxiliary contacts:
3.5±0.1 (M3)
X 211 119 01
3 pole
3
mounting hole
+0.1
16±0.12
40
OFF
OFF
unit 1
mounting hole
25+0.3
2 pole
OFF
unit 2
panel
16
mounting thread M3 or 6-32 UNC-2B
mounting depth max. 4.5 mm
tightening torque max. 0.33 Nm
OFF
unit 3
24.5
4.3
mounting hole
unit 4
40
max. 4
21
6
1.2
38.8
21
2
50.8
42.15
26.7
38
max. 2
31
1
1.2
17.5
30°
62.5
43.5
24.5
5.5
4 -0.15 (6-32UNC)
1
26.7 +0.1
-0.16
62
54.3
19 -0.07
+0.17
53
2
11
14 12
+0.09
42.2 -0.17
with screw terminals
(recommended for IN > 20 A)
max. 4
38
21
with separate switching and
relay circuit 8340-F...-X...
1.2
50.8
50.8
15.5
35
38.8
3
2
mounting hole
25 +0.3
2
1
6
38.8
terminal with
flat hat screw M4x6 ISO1580
tightening torque max.1.2 Nm
Installation drawing
22
4
+0.3
59 0
1
59
24.5
35
mounting dimensions:
M3 - hole dia. 3.5
6-32 UNC-2B - hole dia. 4
operating area
(double insulation)
8
Shock directions / mounting attitudes
mounting area
30
1
4
2
2
3
6
2
29
1
5
terminal area
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
181
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-F...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Curve M1 (medium delay)
for DC
Curve F1 (instantaneous)
for DC
1000
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
4
3
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Curve F2 (instantaneous)
for AC 50/60 Hz
0
1000
Trip time in seconds
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
100
10
1
0.1
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Curve K1 (short delay)
for DC
0
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
1000
Trip time in seconds
11
12
1
2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Curve T1 (long delay)
for DC
10000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
4
3
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
3
Curve T2 (long delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
Curve K2 (short delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
1000
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10
0.1
0.01
3
9
1
0.001
2
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
4
10
0.01
1
3
100
0.001
0
2
Curve M2 (medium delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
3
1
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
4
3
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
3
N.B. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4. Other characteristic curves to special order.
182
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Distribution rail X8340-S02
Description
Modular distribution rail, each module accommodating 2 magnetic or
hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers and associated load terminals.
Circuit breaker status indication (group signalisation) is via 2 busbars.
Power supply is via right- or left-side terminal block. Live parts in the
plug-in and supply feed terminal areas are protected against brush
contact. Circuit breakers may be replaced with power on.
(L)(N)+
Sig
Sig
Typical applications
Telecommunications and cellular communication systems
X8340-S02
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
X8340
Distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340
Version
S rail
Identification number
02 modular, for 2 circuit breakers
Power supply
L left-side
R right-side
Modules with power supply
1
1 module, 2-way
2
2 modules, 2-way each
0
10 modules, 2-way each
Signalisation
0 without signalisation
1 group signalisation
2 group signalisation, through-connected for right- or
left-side power supply (main current path separated)
Accessories
00 without accessories
01 cover per module
02 ground bridge in first module
03 M4 mounting screw per module
07 cover + ground bridge + M4 mounting screw
X8340 - S 02 . .
Issue C
- .
..
☎
For circuit breaker type
8340-F.10-P1..-H142
Voltage rating
AC 230 V, DC 65 V
Load
16 A per position
80 A for complete unit
Signalisation (N/C)
AC 230 V, 6 A /DC 65 V 1 A
per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Flame retardance
(IEC 695, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Supply terminal design
(terminal socket)
load (module)
signalisation (module)
Mass X8340-S02L1-100
Pollution
degree
2
3
recessed screw/pressure plate 35 mm2
feed-in 6...25 mm2
with connector sleeve
additional blade terminals 6.3x0.8
blade terminals 6.3x0.8
blade terminals 4.8x0.8
245 g
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
183
Distribution rail X8340-S02
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
Distribution rail, shown with power supply right-side
16-20 mm
(L) –
40
Sig
Sig
(N) +
terminal block
90.6
40
(N)+
74
63.1
(L)-
Sig
Sig
41.1
* E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F…
(not supplied with product)
load terminals
58.4
3
(L) –
(N) +
1
NC
NO
I>
C
(L) –
Distribution rail, power supply left-side
X8340-SO2L.-…
load terminals
ground
bridge
(optional)
(N) +
2
mounting screw
(optional)
terminal block
(L) –
Sig
Sig
(N) +
module with circuit breaker E-T-A 8340-F…
cover (optional)
ground bridge in first module (optional)
ground connection between signalisation and metal base
184
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Distribution rail X8340-S04
Description
Distribution rail for one or two modules suitable for ETSI control cabinet
and similar applications. One module comprises 4 positions for magnetic
or hydraulic-magnetic circuit breakers and associated line and load
terminals. Circuit breaker status indication (group signalisation) is via
two busbars. The modular design facilitates the operation of a single
distribution rail at two different voltages.
Live parts in the plug-in and supply feed terminal areas are protected
against brush contact.
Expansion or circuit breaker replacement is possible with power on.
Typical appalications
X8340-S04
Telecommunications, measuring and control systems.
Ordering information
Type No.
X8340
Distribution rail for circuit breaker type 8340
Version
S rail
Identification number
04 modular, for 4 circuit breakers
Modules with power supply
1 1 module, 4-way
2 2 modules, 4-way each
Accessories
0
without accessories
1
mounting bracket
2
mounting bracket + cover
3
cover
Signalisation
0 without signalisation
1 group signalisation + ground connection
2 group signalisation
X8340 - S 04 . . -
Issue C
.
ordering example
☎
Technical data
For circuit breakers
8340-F110-P1...-A1H142
Voltage rating
AC 230 V, DC 65 V
Load
20 A per position
80 A for module
Signalisation (N/C)
AC 230 V, 6 A/DC 65 V 1 A
per position
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
2.5 kV
Flame retardane
(VDE 0471, part 2-2)
self-extinguishing
Supply terminal design
recessed screw/pressure plate
feed 6...25 mm2 or
6...16 mm2 with connector sleeve
screw-less connectors 0.5...4 mm2
load and signalisation
Mass
module
cover
bracket
Pollution
degree
2
3
220 g
35 g
145 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
185
Distribution rail X8340-S04
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
terminal for group signalisation
mounting screw
+0.3
X
81.8 - 0.1
mounting space 100
Module for circuit breakers
(N) +
Sig
Sig
(L) –
screw terminal
99 +0.3
- 0.1
marking strip
load terminals
(N) +
188
(L) –
100
(N) +
(L) –
(N) +
(L) –
3
* E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F…
(not supplied with product)
View X
ø4.6
30.5
8.4
48.4
85
96.3
14
1
NC
NO
158.8
C
4xneck screw (Philips) M2.5x11 (captive)
to DIN 41494 TL5
(N) +
(L) –
I>
2
E-T-A circuit breaker type 8340-F…
186
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Description
Single, two, three and four pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic
circuit breakers with trip-free mechanism and toggle actuation. A
choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching
characteristics (S-type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability
for a wide range of applications. Featuring a combi-foot design for
symmetric and asymmetric rail mounting.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Power supplies, control equipment, communication systems,
EDP systems.
8340-T...
single pole
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
Curves and internal resistance per pole (Ω)
rating (A)
F1
F2
Technical data
Voltage rating
K1, M1, T1,
K2, M2, T2
0.02
1498
957
2669
2457
0.05
276
152
452
376
0.1
58
37
100
three pole
3 AC 415V; AC 240V (50/60Hz); DC 80V
(higher DC voltages to special order)
Current rating range
0.02...30 A
Auxiliary circuit
1 A, AC 240 V/DC 65 V; 0.5 A DC 80 V
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
94
Typical life
0.25
8.2
6.0
15.5
14.7
Ambient temperature
-40...+85 °C
0.5
2.3
1.47
3.9
3.2
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage
degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
0.75
0.98
0.63
1.65
1.56
1
0.58
0.35
0.95
0.90
2
0.145
0.096
0.26
0.20
2.5
0.096
0.061
0.15
0.15
3
0.065
0.048
0.10
0.10
5
0.025
0.042
0.040
< 0.02
6
< 0.02
< 0.02
8
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
0.029
< 0.02
0.028
10
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
12
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
15
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
16
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
20
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
25
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
30
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.02
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 A
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
1200 A at AC
2000 A at DC
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
Voltage ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V,
DC 80 V
UL, CSA
Vibration
with toggle down: 10 g at 0.9 IN
directions 1,2,3,4,5: 10 g at 1 x IN
with curves F1, F2:
10 g at 0.8 x IN in all planes.
(57-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
100 g (11 ms) at 1 x IN, directions 1,2,3,4,5
100 g (11 ms) at 0.8 x IN, direction 6
with curves F1, F2: 100 g (11 ms) at
0.8xIN to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 98 g per pole
3 AC 250 V; AC 250 V,
DC 65 V
Issue C
☎
25...30 A
AC240V/3500 A
AC240V/5000 A
3AC240V/5000A
DC 65V/2000A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 20
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
0.02...20 A
AC240V/3500 A
AC240V/3500 A
3AC250V/3500A
DC 65V/2000A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Approvals
Authority
IN
1 pole
2 pole
3 pole
1-3 pole
3
0.02...30 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
187
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Dimensions
89
19.7
30°
slot for fitting
labels from
Phoenix
9-11
24.4
30°
ON
OFF
70.6
}
2
LOAD
1
LINE
10-12
Snap-in socket for:
G profile
EN 50035-G32
top-hat rail EN 50022-35x7.5
EN 50022-35x15/1.5
19
38
3 pole
2 pole
1 pole
auxiliary contact terminal M3
tightening torque max. 0.5 Nm
wire section max. 2.5 mm2
unit III
main contact terminal M4
tightening torque 1.2 Nm
wire section max.:
0.75 … 10 mm2 rigid conductor
0.75 … 6 mm2 flexible conductor
unit II
unit I
Installation drawing
operating area
(double insulation)
min. 18
2
LOAD
1
LINE
mounting area
min. 1
3
57
43.4
45
41.7
57.2
Type No.
8340
circuit breaker with toggle actuator
Mounting
T rail mounting
Configuration
1 snap-on installation
Number of poles
0 single pole, switch only
1 single pole protected
magnetic,
2 two pole protected
hydraulic-magnetic
3 three pole protected
4 four pole protected
5 two pole, protected on one poly only
6 four pole, protected on poles 1, 2 and 3 only
7 two pole, switch only
Panel hardware
0 without panel hardware
Terminal design (main contact)
K1 recessed screw/pressure plates M4
Characteristic curve
Curve F, instantaneous trip:
F1
DC
trip at 1.01-1.5 x IN
F2
AC 60/50Hz trip at 1.01-1.5 x IN
Curve K, short delay:
K1
DC
trip at 2 x IN 0.16-1.2s
K2
AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 0.13-1.6s
Curve M, medium delay:
M1
DC
trip at 2 x IN 0.6-7.5s
M2
AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 2.2-20 s
Without characteristic curve
Q0
switch only
Curve T, long delay:
T1
DC
trip at 2 x IN 10-70s
T2
AC 60/50Hz trip at 2 x IN 15-150s
Other characteristic curves to special order
Actuator colour
A black
Marking on housing top surface
E I-O and ON-OFF
F I-O and ON-OFF
and current rating, voltage, curve and
wiring diagram
Auxiliary contacts
H0 without auxiliary contacts
H1 with auxiliary contact
H2 with auxiliary contact
on one pole only (≥2 pole)
Auxiliary contact function
2 1 N/O contact
3 1 N/C contact
43.7
Ordering information
terminal area
Auxiliary contact terminal design
6
8340 - T 1 1 0 - K1
188
screw/pressure plate M3
Current ratings
0.02...30 A
M1 - A E H1 2 6 - 10 A
☎
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Accessories
Internal connection diagrams
1pole
protected magnetically
LINE 1
Si
Si
Si
N/C
H131
Si
N/O
H121
Connector bus links -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown
multipole
LINE 1
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
Si
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
ø2.5
unit I
I>
2
2
1
1pole protected
hydraulic-magnetically
LINE 1
Si
~70
I>
unit II
Si
I>
Si
2
1
Si
I>
unit III
2
I>
Optional N/C or N/O auxiliary
contact (Si)
2
3
Shock directions / Mounting attitudes
1
4
2
3
6
Si
AUX
Issue C
Si
AUX
☎
5
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
189
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8340-T...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Curve M1 (medium delay)
for DC
Curve F1 (instantaneous)
for DC
1000
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
4
3
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Curve F2 (instantaneous)
for AC 50/60 Hz
0
1000
Trip time in seconds
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
100
10
1
0.1
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Curve K1 (short delay)
for DC
0
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
1000
Trip time in seconds
11
12
1
2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Curve T1 (long delay)
for DC
10000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
4
3
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
3
Curve T2 (long delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
Curve K2 (short delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
1000
1000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10
0.1
0.01
3
9
1
0.001
2
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
4
10
0.01
1
3
100
0.001
0
2
Curve M2 (medium delay)
for AC 50/60 Hz
10000
3
1
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.001
0
1
2
4
3
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
0
1
2
3
N.B. All curves are for mounting planes 1, 2, 3, 4. Other characteristic curves to special order.
190
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Description
Single, two, three and four pole magnetic and hydraulic-magnetic
circuit breakers with trip-free-mechanism and toggle actuation. A
choice of fast magnetic only or hydraulically delayed switching
characteristics (S type MO or HM CBE to EN 60934) ensures suitability
for a wide range of applications. Industry standard dimensions and
panel mounting. Low temperature sensitivity at rated load.
Approved to CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Communications systems, process control and transportation
1 pole
3 pole
8350
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω) per pole
0.1
Technical data
Voltage rating
3 AC 415 V; AC 240 V 50/60 Hz
DC 80 V
Current rating range
0.1... 60 A multi pole
0.1...100 A single pole
Auxiliary circuit
6 A, AC 240 V/DC 28 V
1 A, DC 65 V; 0.5A, DC 80 V
6,000 operations at IN
94
1
0.823
2
0.214
3
0.094
5
0.044
10
< 0.02
Typical life
15
< 0.02
Ambient temperature
-40...+85°C
20
< 0.02
25
< 0.02
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
30
< 0.02
40
< 0.02
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage
degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
50
< 0.02
60
< 0.02
80
< 0.02
100
< 0.02
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
VDE (EN 60934)
3 AC 415 V, AC 240 V,
Current ratings
DC 80 V
UL, CSA
0.1...60 A
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole to pole
main to auxiliary circuit
switching to trip circuit
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
EN 60934, PC 1
UL 1077
5000 A at AC 240/415 V, DC 80 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40;
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (10-500 Hz) ± 0.76 mm (10-57)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
100 g (6 ms half-sine)
to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to IEC 68-2-3, Test Ca
Mass
approx. 65...100 g per pole
(depending on version)
3 AC 433 V, AC 250 V,
DC 80 V
1...60 A (100 A single pole)
Shock directions
3
4
1
2
3
6
5
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
191
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Mounting version A
standard mounting: 1 to 4 poles
pole
1
2
3
4
mounting thread M3 or 6-32
mounting depth 4.2 mm
47.3
63.5
36.6
10.2
18.4
3
19
1 pole
3 pole
57.2
36.8
11
52.4
ø4
46.7
9.6
19.2
28.6
Mounting version C
18.4
C-frame mounting: 1 to 4 poles
47.3
63.5
ø14.8
3.5
3 pole
5.
4
26.7
15.5
ø4
1 pole
ø1
38
Mounting version D
threadneck mounting: 1 to 3 poles
25.7
20.7
mounting thread M3 or 6-32
mounting depth 4.2 mm
50.8
10
I
I
O
O
8350 - A A 3 B - A A BS - 3 0 A B 0 A - 1 A
16.7
ø4
M12x1 or
1/2"-32
ø1
3
63.5
3
Type No.
8350 circuit breaker with toggle actuator
Mounting
A* flange mounting, with rectangular aperture, standard toggle
C flange mounting, round aperture, standard toggle
D threadneck mounting, paddle, IN ≤30 A only, max. 3 poles
H rail mounting, IN ≤ 25 A only
Configuration
A* metric, no interphase barrier
B metric M3, with interphase barrier (small)
C imperial 6-32, no interphase barrier
D imperial 6-32, with interphase barrier (small)
Number of poles
1* single pole
2* two pole
3* three pole
4 four pole
Colour of front face
B* black
Terminal design
A* stud terminal, M5 or 10-32 (≤60 A)
B clamp terminal, M4 or 8-32 (≤30 A)
C rear push-on terminal (≤25 A)
M*stud terminal, M6 or 1/4-20 (standard for >60 A)
Y stud terminal, M6 or 1/4-20
one tooth washer and one hex nut per terminal
Actuator configuration
A* 1 toggle per pole (mounting A and C)
G reduced number of toggles per unit (mounting A and C)
J 1 paddle per unit (mounting D)
K 1 baton
Characteristic curve
AS
long delay
BS* medium delay
CS
short delay
00
switch only
Actuator colour and marking details
C white
I-0
D black
I-0
N white
on-off
P black
on-off
2* white no marking
3* black no marking
Not used
0*
Auxiliary contacts
A* no auxiliary contacts
B one change over
F trip alarm (on request)
H one change over contact in the
last pole (for multipole version)
L signal contact in last pole
(multipole versions only)
Internal circuit
A switch
B*series trip
D relay trip
J dual control, 4 terminals (≤60A)
Remote trip
(internal circuit D or J only)
current ratings upon request
0* no remote trip
1
DC 24 V
4
AC 120 V
5
AC 230 V
Frequency
A* AC 50/60 Hz
D* DC
Current rating
0.1... 60 A (multi pole)
0.1...100 A (single pole)
Dimensions
16.7
Ordering information
*Bold type versions are preferred. For special configuration please enquire
192
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
Mounting version -H
47.3
LINE 1
B - Series trip with
auxiliary contacts
NC NO
LINE 1 NC NO
25.7
19.5
0.8
A - Switch with
auxiliary contacts
I>
35
87.1
C
LOAD 2
C
18.8
LOAD 2
D - Relay trip
J - Dual control
6.3
52.4
63.5
Mounting variants
LINE 1
LINE 1
U>
voltage coil
(remote trip)
remote trip
coil
I>
I,U>
LOAD 2
Terminal design / Dimensions
LOAD 2
Actuator configuration
A/M stud terminals
3
NC NO C
23
63.5
dual control
relay trip
19.4
49.2
17.5
21.5
17.5
16.4 16.4 16.4
47.3
18.4
A 1 toggle per pole
G reduced number of toggles per unit
20.3
auxiliary contacts
(change over)
18.4
B clamp terminals (IN ≤ 30 A)
*
*
*
47.3
* Denotes microswitch pole on multipole units.
Interphase barriers / Dimensions
19.4
11
11
49.2
NC NO C
49.2
23
63.5
20.3
Interphase barrier (small)
8350-.B…
8350-.D…
18.4
C rear push-on terminals (IN ≤ 25 A)
Interphase barrier (large)
for snap on
Y 306 345 01
NC NO C
23
63.5
50
72.3
49.2
19.4
16
10.1
16.4 16.4 16.4
47.3
thickness 1 mm
20.3
63.5
100
blade terminals 6.3 x 0.8
DIN 46244
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
193
Magnetic and Hydraulic-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 8350-...
Typical time/current characteristics
Accessories
Curve AS - long delay
for AC 50/60 Hz, DC
at ambient temperature +23 °C
Splash cover (IP64) for 8350-A.../8350-H...
Y 306 265 01 1pole
Y 306 266 01 2pole
Y 306 267 01 3pole
10000
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
10
1
19.5
0.1
Splash cover M12x1
X 221 427 01
0.001
0
1 1.25 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
… times rated current
9
10
11
1/2"-32
X 221 434 01
splash cover
12
21.4
ø6.5
Curve BS - medium delay
for AC 50/60 Hz, DC
at ambient temperature +23 °C
15.9
0.01
10000
Trip time in seconds
100
16.1
10
1
M12x1
0.1
UN 1/2-32
3
14
0.01
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
ø15.87
1 1.25 2
1/2"-32
Y 301 999 01
ø15.1
0
3.15
15.88
Knurled nut M12x1
Y 302 065 01
0.001
Curve CS - short delay
for AC 50/60 Hz, DC
at ambient temperature +23 °C
M12x1
UN 1/2-32
3
3.18
10000
Legend plate
Y 306 402 01
+0.1
I
28
7
2.
ø1
28
+0
.1
5.2
.1
2 +0
10
ON
5.6
I
ON
ø1
100
Y 306 425 01
+0.1
1000
1
OFF
0.1
O
12
0.01
OFF
thickness 0.8
0
1 1.25 2
3
4
6
8
5
7
… times rated current
9
10
11
12
Auxiliary switch (change over contact)
Y 306 268 01
Auxiliary switch housing
Y 306 269 01
9.7
7.3
12.6
2.5
9.1
Series 8350 with characteristics AS, BS and CS will not trip at a
halfsine wave of 10 ms and an amplitude of ≤ 8 times rated current.
thickness 0.8
ø17
ø17
0.001
O
12
9.3
Trip time in seconds
7.5
2.8 x 0.5
The tripping characteristics as outlined in this catalogue will only
be maintained if the escutcheon is mounted on a vertical surface.
14
15
6.5
3
Threadneck design M:
1/2"-32
Y 300 486 20
18.3
Threadneck design L:
Hex nut M12x1
Y 300 116 02
1000
20.2
19.9
194
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Single and multi pole high performance
circuit breakers (CBEs)
and battery isolation switches
with and without remote control
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 660 V, AC 250 V,
DC 220 V
Current ratings 0.05...500 A
Models are available for aircraft, defence equipment,
marine systems and other specialised equipment where
safety is paramount.
All the circuit breakers in this catalogue section are highly
resistant to the effects of shock, vibration, salt spray,
humidity and similar influences. Their small physical size,
low mass and advanced construction guarantee total
versatility. Approvals are held from the supervisory
authorities of key relevant industries. For example, E-T-A
aircraft circuit breakers have been qualified for use in
some of the world’s most advanced aircraft, fixed wing
and helicopter.
Accessories include panel seals providing various levels
of protection for E-T-A single-hole panel mount models,
from splash proofing right up to full immersion.
Complementing these high performance products, E-T-A
battery isolation switches with remote control capability
are especially suited to installation in the main battery
systems of heavy duty vehicles - including tankers, boats,
off-road plant and other battery powered equipment.
Remote disconnection offers the dual benefits of user
convenience and safety.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
195
Overview
E-T-A high performance circuit breakers, of thermal or
thermal magnetic operation, have been designed for
applications with uncompromising performance and
reliability requirements.
4
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Type No.
402-...
410-...
Description
thermal type
threadneck panel mounting
thermal-magnetic,
surface, panel or track mounting,
toggle operated
thermal,
threadneck panel mounting,
push/pull operation
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 240 V; DC 110 V
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current ratings
8...16 A
10...125 A (VDE 0660)
7...100 A (VDE 0641)
6 ...25 A vehicle type (-FN)
7.5...35 A aircraft type (-LN)
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A, DC 110 V
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
1,000 A
AC 240 V: 6,000 A
DC 110 V: 5,000 A
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,000 A
DC 28 V:
6,000 A
LRoS, BV
UL, LRoS
see pages 207 - 210
see pages 211 - 212
Approvals
Available options
see pages 205 - 206
ON
58
46
106
90.5
71.5
OFF
46
ø10.6
12.2 OFF
3/8-27 UNS-2A
22.5
OFF
Dimensions
11
Overview
Aux. contact rating
4
412-...
92
29
Internal connection diagrams
line 1
line 1
29
line 1
Si
11
13
12
14
I>
2
196
☎
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
2
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
428-...
433 / 434-...
437-...
thermal,
threadneck mounting,
push/pull operation
thermal-magnetic,
plug-in type,
with hand release
thermal-magnetic,
threadneck panel mounting,
with hand release option
433-... fast-acting
434-... standard delay
single pole,
toggle operated,
with remote trip coil
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
DC 144 V
30...50 A vehicle type (-FN)
30...70 A aircraft type (-LN)
0.05...25 A
0.05...16 A
40...240 A
6 A, DC 28 V
0.2 A, DC 180 V
3,000 operations at 240 A/DC 180 V
10,000 operations at 240 A/DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical
2,000 operations at 1 x IN
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,000 A
DC 28 V:
6,000 A
0.05...5 A
400 A
5.5...7.5 A 750 A
8...25 A
1,500 A (with backup fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
0.05...5 A
400 A
5.5...7,5 A 750 A
8...16 A
1,000 A (with backup fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
UL, LRoS, BV, QPL Sweden
VDE
VDE, Demko
LRoS, BV
see pages 213 - 214
see pages 215 - 217
see pages 219 - 222
see pages 223 - 224
22.5 OFF
15.5
OFF
12.2 OFF
ø9.5
2
11
9.6
1
ON
106
90.5
71.5
50.3
48.5
49
OFF
64 max.
4
2,000 A at DC 180 V
10,000 A at DC 28 V
ø6.4
ø10.6
19
50
32
line 1
92
42
line 1
line 1
Si
11 13
load 2
I>
2
Issue C
☎
I>
I>
2
2
12
14
Si2 2Si2
13 13 23
14
14 24
FA
1
battery +
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Overview
413-...
197
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
452-...
482-...
Description
thermal-magnetic,
base mounting
thermal-magnetic,
threadneck panel mounting,
push/pull operation
thermal, single pole,
threadneck panel mounting,
push/pull operation,
with auxiliary contact option
Max. voltage rating
DC 28 V
AC 115 V (400 Hz), DC 28 V
AC 115 V (400 Hz), DC 28 V,
Current ratings
446: 30...400 A; 447: 100...400 A
449: 125...500 A
50...100 A
0.1...50 A
Aux. contact rating
10 A
Typical life
1,000 operations at 1 x IN
1,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations, mechanical
5,000 operations at 1 x IN
Interrupting capacity Icn
10,000 A
DC 28 V:
6,000 A
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1,500 A
0.1...2.5 A
3...3.5 A
4...7 A
7.5...50 A
35...50 A
Approvals
449: VG 95345, part 15
447: QPL Sweden
LRoS, BV, VG 95345 part 17,
QPL Canada, Sweden
VG 95345 T21, QPL Canada,
LRoS
Available options
see pages 225 - 226
see pages 227 - 229
see pages 231 - 233
0.5 A, DC 28 V
15 x IN
250 A DC / 150 A AC
500 A
6,000 A DC / 1,000 A AC
3,000 A DC / 1,000 A AC
ø20
M12x1
12.2 OFF
12.2 OFF
Dimensions
23
M12x1
max. 57
100
Internal connection diagrams
198
☎
line 1
43.4
max. 50
max. 61.5
44
4
446 / 447 / 449-...
104
Overview
Type No.
31
line 1
I>
I>
2
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
line 1
2
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
4120-...
4201-...
520 / 530-...
thermal, single pole, threadneck
panel mounting, push/pull operation,
temperature compensated,
explosion-proof, miniaturized,
with auxiliary contact option,
full military specification
thermal, single pole, threadneck
panel mounting, push/pull operation,
temperature compensated,
explosion-proof, miniaturized,
with auxiliary contact option,
commercial aircraft specification
single pole, thermal-magnetic,
rail mounting,
with hand release
thermal-magnetic,
surface, panel or track mounting,
toggle operation
520 double pole
530 three pole
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V; 3 AC 500 V
3 AC 660 V; DC 110 V; DC 220 V
1...25 A
1...25 A
0.05...16 A
10...125 A (VDE 0660)
7...100 A (VDE 0641)
0.5 A, DC 28 V
0.5 A, DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
5,000 operations at 1 x IN
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
≤4A
5A
7.5...25 A
DC 28 V: 1...25 A
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
1... 3 A
5...25 A
DC 28 V: 1...25 A
0.05...5 A
400 A
5.5...7.5 A
750 A
8...16 A
1,000 A (with backup fuse NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
AC 240 V 10,000 A
3 AC 415 V 5,000 A
3 AC 500 V 4,000 A
3 AC 660 V 2,000 A
DC 110 V 10,000 A
DC 220 V on request
1,000 A
2,000 A
2,500 A
6,000 A
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A DC 110 V
1,000 A
2,000 A
6,000 A
EN 2495, EN 3773
VDE, Demko
LRoS, BV
see pages 235 - 238
see pages 239-240
see pages 241 - 242
see pages 207 - 210
2
106
90.5
71.5
line 1
1
3
11
13
I>
I>
I>
12
14
2
2
4
line
2
1
Issue C
☎
ON
92
80
line 1
line 2
4
7.5
max. 38.6
LINE
1
19.5
19.5
OFF
53
12.5 OFF
11 OFF
ø10
ø10
max. 37.2
12.5 OFF
LN 29886, VG 95 345 T6,
MS 3320, QPL
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Overview
483-...
199
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Type No.
583-...
isolation switch
911 1 pole
912 2 pole
913 3 pole
914 4 pole
toggle operation, surface, panel
or track mounting
Max. voltage rating
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 V;
3 AC 500 V; DC 110 V
DC 12 V / DC 24 V
Current ratings
1...25 A
32 A, 63 A, 125 A
921: 240 A
922: 120 A
Aux. contact rating
0.5 A, DC 28 V non-inductive
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V
1 A, DC 110 V
6 A, DC 28 V
Typical life
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
10,000 operations at 1 x IN
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations electrical
20,000 operations mechanical
Interrupting capacity Icn
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz):
≤4A
1,000 A
5A
2,000 A
7.5...25 A 2,500 A
DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A
2,500 A type 921
1,500 A type 922
Approvals
LN 29887, VG 95 345 T11,
MS 14154, QPL
LRoS, BASEEFA
Available options
see pages 243 - 246
battery isolation switch
921 1 pole
922 2 pole
toggle operation, surface mounting,
with remote disconnection and reconnection facilities, optional enclosure
see pages 251 - 252
see pages 247 - 249
Dimensions
12.5 OFF
ø10
OFF
ON
92
25.5
92
Internal connection diagrams
line A2
A1
200
☎
B2
B1
C2
C1
ON
106
90.5
71.5
106
90.5
71.5
OFF
38
Overview
921/922
3 pole, thermal, threadneck panel
mounting, push/pull operation,
temperature compensated,
explosion-proof, miniaturized,
with auxiliary contact option
Description
4
911/912/913/914-...
load
2
Si
line 1
11
13
2
12
14
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
FA
1
battery +
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
E-1073-437/921/922
4910 (RCCB)
Type No.
battery emergency switch,
single or double pole,
to ADR requirements
single or double pole,
remote disconnection and
reconnection, with undervoltage
protection optional
remote control circuit breaker
(RCCB) single pole,
temperature compensated,
with auxiliary contacts
Description
DC 12 V; DC 24 V
DC 12 V; DC 24 V
DC 28 V (DC 18...36 V)
Max. voltage rating
921: 240 A
922: 120 A
437: 40...240 A
921: 240 A
5...100 A
Current ratings
6 A at DC 28 V
6 A at DC 28 V
DC 28 V, AC 115 V (400 Hz):
3A
Aux. contact rating
10,000 operations electrical
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations electrical
20,000 operations mechanical
50,000 operations at 1 x IN
Typical life
Overview
E-1032
DC 28 V (921): 2,500 A
DC 28 V (922): 1,500 A
DC 28 V (437): 10,000 A
DC 28 V (921): 2,500 A
DC 28 V (922): 1,500 A
6,000 A
Interrupting capacity Icn
4
922: 120 A
Approvals
TÜV
see pages 257 - 260
see pages 253 - 256
see pages 261 - 262
Available options
Dimensions
I
1
1081-01 1(+)
PTB Nr.
111 B/E29861S 2(-)
3
L11
FE
4
L13
L15
circuit breaker
0.5 A
6
L6
L7
L8
3
4
5
6
L1
5
L10
L5
GGVS
8
9
10
I
1
Load
Issue C
Battery
☎
B
LINE
electronics
L14
CB
ON
LINE / +
A1
S3 S2
(only with 437)
ADR
L2
OFF
L12
back up power
4
11 13 23
I>
30
86 87 87a
15
31
II
double
contact
up 125 A
Electronic control unit
L3
L4
Generator
D+
85
switch 921/922
FA circuit breaker 437
a
R1
Internal connection diagrams
load
b
1032Electronic
10
180
Emergency
+
1 2 (-) Batt D+
- Relay
85
2.5
222
244
4 3 (+) Batt
C
135
45
61
146
II
Power supply
LOAD
A
M10x25
31
38.8
3
57.15
9.1
154
CB
2
7
+
+ undervoltage
ON / OFF
external control switch
12 14 24
3
5A 5B
RCCB
type 4910
A2
S1
LOAD / -
battery
terminal strip
status max. 2 W
indicator
control unit ICU
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
201
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
●
❍
❍
●
520
530
IN
❍
multi pole
●
Manual trip facility
Auxiliary contacts
●
DC (V)
❍
❍
❍
Ratings
AC (V)
●
single pole
❍
screw terminals
solder terminals
plug-in pins
blade terminals
rail
surface
socket
●
410
Number
of poles
Main terminal design
Water splashcover
402
panel
Mounting method
threadneck
Type
Choice of characteristic
curves
High Performance Circuit Breakers - Selector Chart
250
28
25
●
240
110
125
412
●
●
●
❍
●
●
115
28
35
413
●
●
●
❍
●
●
115
28
70
250
28
25
250
28
16
●
428
433/434
●
(❍)
●
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
●
●
●
●
❍
●
●
●
144
240
446/447/449
●
●
❍
●
●
●
28
500
●
115
28
100
115
28
50
452
●
482
●
●
Overview
437
●
483
●
4120
●
4
4201
●
●
4910
●
520/530
583
●
❍
❍
●
●
❍
●
❍
●
❍
●
●
❍
●
❍
●
583
115
28
25
●
❍
●
❍
●
583
115
28
25
250
28
16
28
100
660
220
125
115
200
28
●
●
●
❍
●
❍
●
●
❍
●
●
only 520
❍
410
●
●
❍
483
●
911
912
913
914
110
922
24
120/922
240/921
❍
❍
12
24
120
240 1pol.
❍
❍
12/24
144
120
240 1pol.
911-914
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
921/922
●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
❍
921
●
❍
E-1032
●
●
E-1073
●
●
❍
❍
25
125
240 1pol.
only 911/
912
❍
●
240
●
● = standard
❍ = optional
202
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
VG Number
E-T-A Type
VG Number
E-T-A Type
VG 95345 T06-001
VG 95345 T06-002
VG 95345 T06-003
VG 95345 T06-004
VG 95345 T06-005
VG 95345 T06-006
VG 95345 T06-007
VG 95345 T06-008
VG 95345 T06-009
VG 95345 T06-010
VG 95345 T06-011
VG 95345 T06-012
VG 95345 T06-013
VG 95345 T06-014
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-1A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2,5A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-3A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-4A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-5A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-6A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-7,5A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-8A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-10A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-15A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-16A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-20A
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN-25A
VG 95345 T15-106
VG 95345 T15-107
VG 95345 T15-108
VG 95345 T15-109
449-K-H-FN-Si-315A
449-K-H-FN-Si-350A
449-K-H-FN-Si-400A
449-K-H-FN-Si-500A
VG 95345 T17-001
VG 95345 T17-002
VG 95345 T17-003
VG 95345 T17-004
VG 95345 T17-005
VG 95345 T17-101
VG 95345 T17-102
VG 95345 T17-103
VG 95345 T17-104
VG 95345 T17-105
452-K34-FN2-60A
452-K34-FN2-70A
452-K34-FN2-80A
452-K34-FN2-90A
452-K34-FN2-100A
452-K14-LN2-60A
452-K14-LN2-70A
452-K14-LN2-80A
452-K14-LN2-90A
452-K14-LN2-100A
VG 95345 T06-101
VG 95345 T06-102
VG 95345 T06-103
VG 95345 T06-104
VG 95345 T06-105
VG 95345 T06-106
VG 95345 T06-107
VG 95345 T06-108
VG 95345 T06-109
VG 95345 T06-110
VG 95345 T06-111
VG 95345 T06-112
VG 95345 T06-113
VG 95345 T06-114
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-1A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-2A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-2,5A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-3A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-4A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-5A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-6A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-7,5A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-8A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-10A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-15A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-16A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-20A
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN-25A
VG 95345 T11-001
VG 95345 T11-002
VG 95345 T11-003
VG 95345 T11-004
VG 95345 T11-005
VG 95345 T11-006
VG 95345 T11-007
VG 95345 T11-008
VG 95345 T11-009
VG 95345 T11-010
VG 95345 T11-011
VG 95345 T11-012
VG 95345 T11-013
VG 95345 T11-014
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-1A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-2A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-2,5A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-3A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-4A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-5A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-6A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-7,5A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-8A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-10A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-15A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-16A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-20A
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN-25A
VG 95345 T21-001
VG 95345 T21-002
VG 95345 T21-003
VG 95345 T21-004
VG 95345 T21-005
VG 95345 T21-006
VG 95345 T21-007
VG 95345 T21-008
VG 95345 T21-009
VG 95345 T21-010
VG 95345 T21-011
VG 95345 T21-012
VG 95345 T21-013
VG 95345 T21-014
VG 95345 T21-015
VG 95345 T21-016
VG 95345 T21-017
VG 95345 T21-018
VG 95345 T21-019
VG 95345 T21-020
VG 95345 T21-021
VG 95345 T21-022
VG 95345 T21-023
VG 95345 T21-024
VG 95345 T21-025
482-N-MS-0,5A
482-N-MS-1,0A
482-N-MS-1,5A
482-N-MS-2,0A
482-N-MS-3,0A
482-N-MS-3,5A
482-N-MS-4,0A
482-N-MS-4,5A
482-N-MS-5,0A
482-N-MS-5,5A
482-N-MS-6,0A
482-N-MS-6,5A
482-N-MS-7,0A
482-N-MS-7,5A
482-N-MS-8,0A
482-N-MS-10A
482-N-MS-12A
482-N-MS-15A
482-N-MS-20A
482-N-MS-25A
482-N-MS-30A
482-N-MS-35A
482-N-MS-40A
482-N-MS-45A
482-N-MS-50A
VG 95345 T11-101
VG 95345 T11-102
VG 95345 T11-103
VG 95345 T11-104
VG 95345 T11-105
VG 95345 T11-106
VG 95345 T11-107
VG 95345 T11-108
VG 95345 T11-109
VG 95345 T11-110
VG 95345 T11-111
VG 95345 T11-112
VG 95345 T11-113
VG 95345 T11-114
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-1A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-2A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-2,5A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-3A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-4A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-5A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-6A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-7,5A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-8A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-10A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-15A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-16A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-20A
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN-25A
VG 95345 T15-001
VG 95345 T15-002
VG 95345 T15-003
VG 95345 T15-004
VG 95345 T15-005
VG 95345 T15-006
VG 95345 T15-007
VG 95345 T15-008
VG 95345 T15-009
VG 95345 T15-101
VG 95345 T15-102
VG 95345 T15-103
VG 95345 T15-104
VG 95345 T15-105
449-K-H-FN-125A
449-K-H-FN-160A
449-K-H-FN-200A
449-K-H-FN-225A
449-K-H-FN-250A
449-K-H-FN-315A
449-K-H-FN-350A
449-K-H-FN-400A
449-K-H-FN-500A
449-K-H-FN-Si-125A
449-K-H-FN-Si-160A
449-K-H-FN-Si-200A
449-K-H-FN-Si-225A
449-K-H-FN-Si-250A
VG 95345 T21-101
VG 95345 T21-102
VG 95345 T21-103
VG 95345 T21-104
VG 95345 T21-105
VG 95345 T21-106
VG 95345 T21-107
VG 95345 T21-108
VG 95345 T21-109
VG 95345 T21-110
VG 95345 T21-111
VG 95345 T21-112
VG 95345 T21-113
VG 95345 T21-114
VG 95345 T21-115
VG 95345 T21-116
VG 95345 T21-117
VG 95345 T21-118
VG 95345 T21-119
VG 95345 T21-120
VG 95345 T21-121
VG 95345 T21-122
VG 95345 T21-123
VG 95345 T21-124
VG 95345 T21-125
482-MS-0,5A
482-MS-1,0A
482-MS-1,5A
482-MS-2,0A
482-MS-3,0A
482-MS-3,5A
482-MS-4,0A
482-MS-4,5A
482-MS-5,0A
482-MS-5,5A
482-MS-6,0A
482-MS-6,5A
482-MS-7,0A
482-MS-7,5A
482-MS-8,0A
482-MS-10A
482-MS-12A
482-MS-15A
482-MS-20A
482-MS-25A
482-MS-30A
482-MS-35A
482-MS-40A
482-MS-45A
482-MS-50A
VG 95345 T23 A
VG 95345 T23 B
VG 95345 T23 D
X 200 802 01
X 200 801 08
X 200 803 01
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Overview
Cross Reference List of German military part numbers versus E-T-A part numbers
4
203
High Performance Circuit Breakers and Battery Isolation Switches
Overview
Cross Reference List of EN military part numbers versus E-T-A part numbers
4
EN/MS Number
E-T-A Type
MS Number
E-T-A Type
EN 2495-01A M
EN 2495-02A M
EN 2495-2A5 M
EN 2495-03A M
EN 2495-05A M
EN 2495-7A5 M
EN 2495-10A M
EN 2495-15A M
EN 2495-20A M
EN 2495-25A M
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-1A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-2,5A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-3A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-5A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-7,5A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-10A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-15A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-20A
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN-25A
MS 3320-5VL
MS 3320-6VL
MS 3320-7.5VL
MS 3320-10VL
MS 3320-15VL
MS 3320-20VL
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
EN 2495-01A U
EN 2495-02A U
EN 2495-2A5 U
EN 2495-03A U
EN 2495-05A U
EN 2495-7A5 U
EN 2495-10A U
EN 2495-15A U
EN 2495-20A U
EN 2495-25A U
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-1A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2,5A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-3A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-5A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-7,5A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-10A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-15A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-20A
4120-G111-J2M1-K5S0ZN-25A
MS 14154-1
MS 14154-2
MS 14154-2.5
MS 14154-3
MS 14154-4
MS 14154-5
MS 14154-6
MS 14154-7.5
MS 14154-10
MS 14154-15
MS 14154-20
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-1A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-2A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-2,5A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-3A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-4A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-5A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-6A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-7,5A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-10A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-15A
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X-20A
EN 3773-004 D 01A
EN 3773-004 D 02A
EN 3773-004 D 2A5
EN 3773-004 D 03A
EN 3773-004 D 05A
EN 3773-004 D 7A5
EN 3773-004 D 10A
EN 3773-004 D 15A
EN 3773-004 D 20A
EN 3773-004 D 25A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-1A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-2,5A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-3A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-5A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-7,5A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-10A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-15A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-20A
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S0ZN-25A
MS 3320-1
MS 3320-2
MS 3320-2.5
MS 3320-3
MS 3320-4
MS 3320-5
MS 3320-6
MS 3320-7.5
MS 3320-10
MS 3320-15
MS 3320-20
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
MS 3320-1L
MS 3320-2L
MS 3320-2.5L
MS 3320-3L
MS 3320-4L
MS 3320-5L
MS 3320-6L
MS 3320-7.5L
MS 3320-10L
MS 3320-15L
MS 3320-20L
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
MS 3320-1V
MS 3320-2V
MS 3320-2.5V
MS 3320-3V
MS 3320-4V
MS 3320-5V
MS 3320-6V
MS 3320-7.5V
MS 3320-10V
MS 3320-15V
MS 3320-20V
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2,5A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-5A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-6A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-7,5A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-10A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-15A
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z-20A
MS 3320-1VL
MS 3320-2VL
MS 3320-2.5VL
MS 3320-3VL
MS 3320-4VL
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-1A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-2.5A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-3A
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z-4A
204
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 402-...
Description
Single pole high performance version of type 2-5700 (section 1) thermal
circuit breaker, with push-to-reset tease free, trip-free, snap action
mechanism (R-type TO CBE to EN 60 934). Designed for threadneck
panel mounting and for applications with a high fault current switching
requirement.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage systems, industrial equipment.
402-...
Accessories
X 200 799 02
X 200 799 01
X 200 798 01/02
X 210 739 01
Technical data
Water splash cover/knurled nut assembly.
As above with the cover bonded to the nut for extra
retention.
As X 200 799 02 and 01 above but featuring a slotted
knurled ring for wrench front of panel tightening.
Water splash cover/hex nut. The concertina design
is extended when the button trips to the OFF position.
Ordering information
Type No.
402
threadneck panel mounting*
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
K14
screw terminals M4x6
Current ratings
8 ... 16 A
402 - P10 - 10 A
Voltage rating
8...16 A (20...25 A to special order)
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
(threadneck should be earthed/grounded)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 2000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
1000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
8 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.61 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
40 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 35 g
ordering example
*mounting hardware bulk shipped
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
8
< 0.02
14
< 0.02
10
< 0.02
15
< 0.02
12
< 0.02
16
< 0.02
Issue C
☎
AC 250 V; DC 28 V
Current rating range
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
4
205
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 402-...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Dimensions
tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
3/8-27 UNS-2A
16.5 ON
22.5 OFF
402-P10
10000
D-shaped threadneck
ø6.5
1000
Trip time in seconds
46
10
100
10
1
11
0.1
0.01
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
mounting hole
29
2
9.6 -0.1
8.8
14.5
SW 14
8.9 -0.1
-K14
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
tightening torque max. 1.5 Nm
3/8-27 UNS-2A
16.5 ON
Accessories
D-shaped threadneck
ø6.5
10
22.5 OFF
0.001
1
current rating in A
57
46
4
Water splash cover, transparent Y 300 538 01
+ knurled nut Y 300 628 01
X 200 799 02 (IP64)
X 200 799 01 bonded to nut (IP64)
3/8-27 UNS-2B
10.6
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
29
mounting hole
Splash cover, transparent/
hex nut assembly (IP64)
X 210 739 01
current rating in A
2
8.9 -0.1
9.6 -0.1
8.8
14.5
SW14
Splash cover, transparent/
knurled nut assembly (IP64)
X 200 798 01
X 200 798 02 bonded to nut
3/8-27 UNS-2B
3/8-27 UNS-2B
Internal connection diagram
line 1
2
206
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Description
Single, double and three pole high performance thermal-magnetic
circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and
toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60 934; also to EN 60 947).
Designed for rail, panel or surface mounting. Available with a choice of
characteristic curves and optional auxiliary contacts.
Typical applications
Motors, generators, transformers, thyristor and silicon rectifiers.
Accessories
X 211 118 01
X 211 119 01
X 211 705 01
Single pole splashcover with fixing plate.
Two pole splashcover with fixing plate.
Terminal insulation cover for use with types 410, 520
and 530 - two per pole required.
Interrupting capacity to IEC 947/EN 60947
AC voltage
Number Voltage
of poles rating
Interrupting
capacity
IN=12-125A
Power
factor
Interrupting
capacity
IN = 7+10 A
Power
factor
1
AC 240 V
5,000 A
cosϕ = 0.7
3,500 A
cosϕ = 0.8
2
AC 240 V
8,000 A
cosϕ = 0.7
6,000 A
cosϕ = 0.7
3
3 AC 415 V
5,000 A
cosϕ = 0.7
3,000 A
cosϕ = 0.85
410-K-...
530-K-...
Technical data
Voltage rating
AC 240 V, 3 AC 415 V, 3 AC 500 V,
3 AC 660 V (50/60 Hz),
DC 110 V; DC 220 V series connection
Current rating range
10...125 A (EN 60947), curves 01/02/04/05
7...100 A (EN 60898), curves B3/C3
Auxiliary circuit
6 A, AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A, DC 110 V
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
20,000 operations mechanical
3
3 AC 500 V
4,000 A
cosϕ = 0.8
2,500 A
cosϕ = 0.85
Ambient temperature
-20...+60 °C
3
3 AC 660 V
2,000 A
cosϕ = 0.85
2,000 A
cosϕ = 0.85
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
6 kV
3
DC voltage
Number Voltage
of poles rating
1
DC 110 V
Interrupting capacity
IN = 12...125 A IN = 7+10 A
3,000 A
3,000 A
5,000 A
3,500 A
Time constant
L/R = 13 ms
1
DC 110 V
L/R = 5 ms
2
DC 110 V
5,000 A
3,000 A
L/R = 13 ms
2
DC 110 V
10,000 A
6,000 A
L/R ≈ 0 ms
2
DC 220 V
2,000 A
2,000 A
L/R = 13 ms
2
DC 220 V
3,000 A
3,000 A
L/R ≈ 0 ms
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Curves 01, 02, 04, 05:
Current
Internal resistance
rating (A)
(Ω) per pole
Curves B3, C3:
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
Ω) per pole
10
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
90
100
125
7
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
0.033
0.015
0.015
0.010
0.0062
0.0039
0.0031
0.0022
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
0.033
0.015
0.010
0.0062
0.0039
0.0031
0.0022
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
≤ 0.002
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main circuit/aux.circuit
aux. circuit 11-12/13-14
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Degree ef protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
curves 02/04/05/B3/C3:
4 g (60-500 Hz) ±0.30 mm (10-60 Hz)
curve 01:
3 g (60-500 Hz) ±0.23 mm (10-60 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, Test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
curves 02/04/05/B3/C3:
50 g (11 ms) directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
30 g in direction 6
curve 01:
30 g (11 ms) in directions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
20 g in direction 6
to IEC 68-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
410 (1 pole): approx. 290 g
520 (2 pole): approx. 580 g
530 (3 pole): approx. 870 g
4
Approvals
Authority
LRoS
BV (except type 530)
Voltage ratings
3 AC 415 V
AC 240 V, DC 110 V
Issue C
☎
Current ratings
16...125 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
207
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
ON
3
OFF
Si-terminals M3.5
1 N/C
6
41
1 N/O
92
16
top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
G profile rail DIN EN 50035-G32 (not shown)
M3.5 - thread max. 9 mm deep
tightening torque max. 0.55 Nm
D
45
35
Pole 1
Type
410
C
19
22
E
Pole 2
B
The exact number required can be built up from the table of choices shown above.
Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Pole 3
Type
520
- 10 A ordering example
Type
530
520 - K - 1 - 01 -
26° 26°
106
90.5
71.5
No.
single pole (ratings > 125 A: suffix 17015 - parallel connection)
double pole
three pole
Terminal design - main terminals
K
screw terminals
10-32 A pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 (curves B3/C3, 7-25 A)
40-63 A pressure plate B5-DIN 46288 (curves B3/C3, 32-63 A)
80-125 A terminal screw DIN 46206, sheet 2, form A, M6 thread
Mounting
1
surface mounting
2
rail mounting (DIN EN 50 022-35x7.5) or panel mounting
3
rail mounting on G profile (DIN EN 5035-G32) or panel mounting
4
panel mounting with cylinder head screw M3.5
5
mounting brackets
Magnetic trip curves
01 2.1-3xIN (thyristor and rectifier protection)
02 7-10xIN (motor and generator protection to EN 60947)
04 3.5-x5xIN (cable protection to EN 60947)
05 4-6xIN (generator protection to EN 60947)
B3 3-5xIN (cable protection to EN 60898)
C3 5-10xIN (cable protection to EN 60898)
Auxiliary contacts optional (terminals M3.5)
Si
one each N/O and N/C contact
Si1 one N/C (11,12)
Si2 one N/O (13,14)
2Si two each N/O and N/C (types 520/530)
3Si three N/C, three N/O (type 530)
Current ratings
7...125 A
66
Type
410
520
530
Dimensions
44
Ordering information
Mounting methods
Surface mounting
-1
Current
rating
rail mounting
(DIN EN 50 022-35x7,5)
-2
≤ 32A
≤ 63A
≤ 125A
14.6
B
M5
M6
M6
Dimensions
C
D
13
114
15.4 120
15.4 120
E
7
9
9
Terminal
Max. tightening
torque
pressure plate
pressure plate
terminal screw
2.0 Nm
2.5 Nm
2.5 Nm
surface mounting
mounting holes
4.6
35
ø20
44
+1
22 +0.5
ø4
panel mounting
-4
97
rail mounting on G profile
(DIN EN 50 035-G32)
-3
surface mounting
with mounting brackets
-5
14
9
a
Type 410 50
Type 520 72
Type 530 94
a
c
3.7
b
4
22
ø4.6
b
c
61.5 70
83.5 92
105.5 114
M5
57
208
☎
10
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Internal connection diagram
Magnetic trip curves 01,02,04,05
Type 410-K
AC
Type 410-K-Si
line 1
line 1
11
13
12
14
10000
1000
I>
I>
2
2
Trip time in seconds
100
10
Type 520-K-Si
Type 520-K-2Si
1
05
01 04
0.1
line 1
3
11
13
11
13
21
23
12
14
12
14
22
24
02
0.01
I>
I>
2
4
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Magnetic trip curves B3,C3
AC
Type 530-K-Si
Type 530-K-3Si
10000
3
5
I>
I>
I>
2
4
6
line 1
11
13
11
13
21
23
31
33
12
14
12
14
22
24
32
34
1000
Trip time in seconds
100
10
4
1
Shock directions
B3
0.1
C3
4
0.01
3
2
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
1
5
Issue C
☎
6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
209
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 410/520/530-...
Accessories
Water splash cover with fixing plate (IP 54)
for type 410
X 211 118 01
Terminal insulation cover for types 410/520/530-K
X 211 705 01 (1 set = 2 pcs per pole)
1.2
21
94
40
64
max. 4
38
92
44
19
53
24.5
mounting hole
ø4
40
+0.3
ø10
44
25+0.3
165
35
Water splash cover with fixing plate (IP 54)
for type 520
X 211 119 01
62
53
4
1.2
21
max. 4
38
24.5
59
mounting hole
22
59 +0.3
ø4
25 +0.3
35
210
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 412-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation
(M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button
shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted and
available in tracked vehicle, aircraft and general purpose versions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea
and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines.
412-...
Accessories
X 200 801 08
Technical data
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility
of the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to
aid manual operation.
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Ordering information
Type No.
412
threadneck panel mounting
Terminal design
K14
screw terminals M4 (to aircraft specs.)
K54
screw terminals M4 sealed housing (to vehicle specs.)
Version
FN2
vehicle application
LN2
aircraft application
N2
general application
Current ratings
6...25 A (-FN2)
7.5...35 A (-LN2/N2)
412
- K14 - LN2 - 10 A
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
6...25 A (-FN)
7.5...35 A (-LN/-N),
lower current ratings to special order
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1000 A
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 204/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 213/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 101/
IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 106/
IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 40 g
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Current
rating (A)
6
Voltage drop (mV)
-LN/N
-FN
≤ 300
Current
rating (A)
15
Voltage drop (mV)
-LN/N
-FN
≤ 200
≤ 200
7.5
≤ 300
≤ 250
20
≤ 200
≤ 200
8
≤ 250
≤ 200
25
≤ 200
≤ 200
10
≤ 200
≤ 200
30
≤ 200
-
12
≤ 200
≤ 200
35
≤ 200
-
13
≤ 200
≤ 200
4
Approvals
Test authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
UL
DC 28 V
0.1...35 A
LRoS
DC 28 V
6...25 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
211
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 412-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line 1
412-K54-FN2/N2
2
Typical time/current characteristics
Trip time in seconds
412-...-FN 6...25 A
412-K14/K54-FN2/N2
10000
+75 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
412-..LN 7,5...35 A
412-K14-LN2
Trip time in seconds
4
10000
+75 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
0.1
412-K14/K54-LN2
0.01
0.001
1
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08
nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03
matt black finish nut,
M12x1
black cover
212
☎
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01
nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02
matt black finish nut
Actuator extension
(black)
X 200 803 01
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 413-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation
(M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button
shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted and
available in tracked vehicle, aircraft and general purpose versions.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea
and air; defence equipment; battery powered machines.
413-...
Accessories
X 200 801 08
Technical data
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility
of the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to
aid manual operation.
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Ordering information
Type No.
413
threadneck panel mounting
Terminal design
K14
screw terminals M6 (to aircraft specs.)
K34
reinforced screw terminals M6 (to vehicle specs.)
K54
as K34, but housing sealed
Version
FN2
vehicle application
LN2
aircraft application
N2
general application
Current ratings
30...50 A (-FN2)
30...70 A (-LN2/N2)
413
- K14
- LN2 - 40 A
ordering example
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
30...50 A (-FN)
30...70 A (-LN/-N),
Typical life
2,000 operations at 1 x IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz): 1000 A
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Interrupting capacity
(UL 1077)
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 204/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 213/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist,
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 101/
IEC 68-2-11, Test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 106/
IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 65 g
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Current
rating (A)
Voltage drop (mV)
-LN/N
-FN
Current
rating (A)
Voltage drop (mV)
-LN/N
-FN
30
≤ 250
≤ 250
50
≤ 200
≤ 200
35
≤ 250
≤ 250
60
≤ 200
-
40
≤ 200
≤ 200
70
≤ 200
-
45
≤ 200
≤ 200
4
Approvals
Test authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
UL
DC 28 V
30...70 A
LRoS, BV
DC 28 V
30...70 A
QPL Sweden
DC 28 V
30...50 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
213
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 413-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
413-K14-...
6.5
4
6
1.5
12.2
black
white
lock
washer
ON
OFF
line 1
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10.6
max. 64
55
max. 63
49
2
Typical time/current characteristics
413-...-FN 30...50 A
+23 °C
-55 °C
.3
x
ma
screw ISO1580-M6x8(-N/-FN)
M6x10 (-LN)
lock washer DIN 137-B6
tightening torque max. 2.5 Nm
413-K14-LN2
+75 °C
10000
.5
35°
1000
mounting holes
min. ø3.2
9.5
ø12.5
2.7
50
18.5
+0.2
current rating in A
Trip time in seconds
23
9.5±0.2
35°
100
10
1
SW14
location pin
32
0.1
0.01
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
black
413-K34/K54-...
6.5
4
1.5
6
lock
washer
1
35°
x.
3.5
ma
screw ISO1580-M6x8(-N/-FN)
M6x10 (-LN)
lock washer DIN 137-B6
tightening torque max. 2.5 Nm
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
10000
+75 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
413-K34/K54-FN2/-N2
ø12.5 +0.2
50
2.7
9.5±0.2
mounting holes
9.5
18.5
current rating in A
2
413-..LN/N 30...70 A
Trip time in seconds
23
max. 64
49
max. 63
35°
55
OFF
4
0.001
white
ON
12.2
ø10.6
SW14
32
min. ø3.2
location pin
0.001
1
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08
nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03
matt black finish nut,
M12x1
black cover
214
☎
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01
nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02
matt black finish nut
Actuator extension
(black)
X 200 803 01
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-...
Description
Single pole high performance version of type 3200 (section 2) thermalmagnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action
mechanism and additional manual release (M-type TM CBE to EN
60934). Designed for plug-in mounting with E-T-A sockets 10R or 16.
Available with optional silver plated terminal pins for use in corrosive
environments.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Extra low voltage systems, control equipment.
428-...
Technical data
Accessories
10R-K10
10R-P10
10R-A10
Y 301 166 02
Y 301 166 01
16
X 200 409 01
Y 301 477 01
X 210 589 01
X 210 589 02
X 210 588 01
X 210 588 02
X 210 588 03
X 210 588 04
X 200 800 10
Modular snap-together surface mounted sockets, each
accommodating two plug-in circuit breakers. With screw
terminals.
As above but with push-on terminals.
As above but with a combination of screw and push-on
terminals.
Two-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets
Four-way brass connecting/bus bar links for type 10 sockets
Single socket for symmetric EN rail mounting.
Adapter for mounting socket type 16 to asymmetric rail
(G-profile)
Blanking plug with insulated pins, for socket 10.
50-way 1.5mm2 cable links with pre-fitted connection
lugs for type 10F-K10/-A10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links.
100-way 1.5mm2 cable links, brown, with pre-fitted
push-on connectors for type 10F-P10 sockets.
As above but with 2.5mm2 cable links, black
As above, but red
As above, but blue
Terminal for mounting rack
Voltage rating
0.05...25 A
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...25 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 50 g
Ordering information
Type No.
428
plug-in
Terminal design
AG silver-plated plug-in terminals
Current ratings
0.05...25 A
428 - AG
-
10 A
400 A
750 A
1500 A (with back-up fuse
NH 40 A to VDE 0636)
4
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
0.05
Internal
resistance (Ω)
534
4
0.1407
0.1
149
5
0.1068
0.2
56
6
0.0627
0.3
24.2
7
0.0491
0.4
13.65
8
≤ 0.02
0.5
8.08
10
≤ 0.02
0.6
5.25
12
≤ 0.02
0.8
3.55
14
≤ 0.02
1
2.02
15
≤ 0.02
1.5
0.904
16
≤ 0.02
2
0.514
18
≤ 0.02
2.5
0.36
20
≤ 0.02
3
0.23
25
≤ 0.02
Issue C
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
☎
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...25 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
215
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
OFF
ON
10
ø13
48.5
15.5
line 1
ø9.5
I>
2
2
9.6
1
19
current rating in A
11
2
14
43
19
50
Installation drawing
1
4
43
34.5
operating area
(double insulation)
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation at
other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
2
6
socket
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Typical time/current characteristics
0,05...7 A
8...16 A
AC
18...25 A (for IN >20 A 50% ON duty)
AC
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
10
1
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
216
AC
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
☎
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 428-...
Accessories
10R-K10
1
10R-P10
Blanking plug
Y 301 477 01
for sockets 10R-P10/K10
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
13
12
1
42
27.5
14
1.5
9.5
9.5
22
21
30
12
68
12
6
11
22
21
11
50
12
5.6
30
Terminal for mounting rack
X 200 800 01
for socket10R,
on EN rail 50035-G32
7
8
45
75
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
M5 x 12
19
50
12
15
9.5
7,5
ø4
14.5
27
10R-A10
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
Connector bus link -K10
X 210 589 01/2.5mm2 black
X 210 589 02/1.5mm2 brown
for sockets 10R-K10/-A10 and 16
50 pin lugs
to DIN 46230
tinned copper
21
11
22
12
59
8
ø2.5
~70
7
wire cross sectional areas
2 x max. 2.5 mm2 stranded
2 x max. 4 mm2 solid
Bus bars for sockets 10.-...
Y301 166 02 (2-way)
15
15
t = 0.8
15
15
52.9
22.9
Socket 16
70
52
39.5
32
38.5
15
1.5
Adapter
for EN rail 50035-G32
(specified as a separate
item)
X 200 409 01
for socket 16
available on request
Connector bus link -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5mm2 brown
X 210 588 02/2.5mm2 black
X 210 588 03/2.5mm2 red
X 210 588 04/2.5mm2 blue
for sockets 10R-P10, 10R-A10
4
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 tinned brass,
insulated
~70
12.5
8.5
4.2
2.9
7.9
301 166 01 (4-way)
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
217
4
218
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Description
Single pole high performance versions of types 3300 and 3400 (section
2) thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free, pressto-reset, snap action mechanism (R-type TM CBE to EN 60934; M-type
with manual release -H). Available with fast acting and standard
magnetic tripping characteristics - types 433 and 434 - both with
threadneck panel mounting. Options include a separate shunt tap
terminal (-A3), and pull-to-trip manual release (-H).
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Industrial equipment, control systems, power supplies.
433-...
Accessories
X 201 296 01
Technical data
Concertina style splash cover/hex nut assembly for
version with press-to-reset only (-IG2), without Oring.
As above, but translucent, with O-ring
Splash seal/knurled nut assembly, allowing full
visibility of the push button actuator, for version with
press-to-reset only (-IG2).
X 200 801 08
X 210 663 01
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
0.05...16 A
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Ordering information
Type No.
433 fast magnetic trip
434 delayed trip
Mounting
IG2
moulded threadneck M12x1, protection class II, not with -H
leave blank for metal threadneck (required for -H)
Terminal design
P10 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
K20 screw terminals M3.5x5.5 (not with -A3)
Manual release (optional)
H
manual release facility ((pull)
for M12x1 metal threadneck only.
Shunt terminal (optional, not with -K20)
A3
up to IN = 7 A max. load 5 A
Current ratings
0.05... 16 A
433 - IG2 - P10 433 -
-
- 5A
- P10 - H -
- 5A
ordering example, without manual
release and with moulded threadneck
ordering example, with manual
release and metal threadneck
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
type 433: approx. 55 g
type 434: approx. 50 g
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
433-...
434-...
(fast acting) (standardl)
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance (Ω)
433-...
434-...
(fast acting) (standard)
0.05
477
447
2.5
0.27
0.24
0.1
131
131
3
0.183
0.19
0.2
41
39.6
4
0.109
0.090
0.3
32
19.3
5
0.066
0.061
0.4
10.3
10.4
6
0.046
0.041
0.5
7.2
7.1
7
0.032
0.034
0.6
4.8
4.3
8
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
0.8
2.50
2.5
10
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
1
1.93
1.67
12
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
1.5
0.81
0.60
15
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
2
0.44
0.38
16
≤ 0.02
≤ 0.02
Issue C
434-...
☎
400 A
750 A
1000 A (in accordance with
VDE 0636/IEC 269)
4
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Demko
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
219
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
with shunt terminal -A3
line 1
ø6.4
ON
OFF
Version -IG2-P10
line 1
M12x1
tightening torque max. 1.5Nm
50.3 (-IG2)
52.3 (-H)
10
16
22.5
3
I>
I>
2
2
3 > 8A
Terminal design
2
11
1
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
42
mounting hole
1
5
ø12.2 -0.1
Version -H
4.9
1.4
10.5
2
9
ø6.4
ON
OFF
2
-K20
1
M3.5x5.5 ISO 1207
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
18.5
M12x1
24.5
3
11.4
29
SW14
-P10-A3
14.5
11.5 -0.1
current rating in A
4
ø12.5 +0.2
9.5±0.2
mounting holes
ø3 +0.2
Installation drawing
3
max. 2.5
operating area
(double insulation)
41
26
(max. 2 mm
when fitted
with water
splash cover)
1
3
3
mounting area
220
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Typical time/current characteristics
433-... 0.05...7 A
AC
434-... 0.05...7 A
+60 °C
10000
AC
+60 °C
10000
+23 °C
+23 °C
1000
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
100
10
1
-30 °C
1000
-30 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
433-... 8...16 A
1
AC
434-... 8...16 A
+60 °C
10000
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC
+60 °C
10000
+23 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
100
Trip time in seconds
Trip time in seconds
100
10
1
10
4
1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Issue C
-30 °C
1000
☎
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
221
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 433/434-...
Accessories
For push buttons with moulded threadneck M12 (-IG2)
(not with manual release -H)
Splash cover black with hex nut assembly
X 201 296 01 without O-ring (IP 64)
Splash cover translucent with nickel-plated hex nut
X 200 801 08 with O ring (IP 66)
M12x1
Splash cover (translucent)
with knurled nut assembly
X 210 663 01 (IP 64)
M12x1
4
222
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 437-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal magnetic circuit breaker with
toggle actuation (S-type TM CBE to EN 60934). Options include
auxiliary contacts, a moulded flame retardant enclosure for added
environmental protection, and remote operation - disconnection only,
or disconnection and re-connection.
Typical applications
Battery and cable protection for all types of vehicles (including electric),
battery powered systems.
437-...
Technical data
Ordering information
Type No.
437
single pole, toggle actuator
Enclosure design (optional)
B3
moulded, high environmental protection degree, without operating knob
B31 moulded, high environmental protection degree, with operating knob
B35 as B31, but for remote disconnection and re-connection facility
Terminal design
K12
flat screw terminals M10, for enclosure B3, B31 or B35
K60
flat screw terminals DIN 46 206, form A, thread M10
Mounting
1 lugs
5 brackets
Characteristic curve
06
fast trip
07
delayed trip
Auxiliary contacts (blade terminals 6.3x08)
Si
one each N/O and N/C
Si1
one N/C (11/12)
Si2
one N/O (13/14)
2Si2
two N/O
Remote trip
FA electrical remote disconnection
FC electrical remote disconnection
(FA) and re-connection (FE)
BC-FA electrical remote
disconnection (FA)
and manual/remote re-connection
not for enclosure B.
Coil voltage
12 DC 12 V
24 DC 24 V
Current ratings
40...240 A
Voltage ratings
≤ DC 110 V
> DC 110 V
Voltage rating
40...240 A
Auxiliary contact rating
6 A max. at DC 28 V; 0.2 A at DC 180 V
Electrical remote disconnection (-FA)
operating voltage
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
operating current
approx. 18 A or 12 A
max. pulse time
10 ms < tON < 20 ms / tOFF > 10 s
switching time
< 20 ms
Electrical remote re-connection (-FC)
operating voltage
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
operating current
approx. 30 A or 15 A
max. pulse time
0.1 s < tON < 1.2 s / tOFF > 60 s
switching time
< 100 ms
Typical life
-40...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
6 kV
3
4
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
aux. circuits 11-12 to 13-14 AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
2,000 A at DC 180 V; L/R = 0 ms
10,000 A at DC 28 V; L/R = 0 ms
7,500 A at DC 28 V; L/R = 13 ms
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40, terminal area IP 00
(IP 54 with enclosure B...)
Vibration
Curve 06: 3 g (60-500 Hz), ±0.23 mm (10-60 Hz)
Curve 07: 4 g (60-500 Hz), ±0.30 mm (10-60 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc, 10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
Curve 06: 20 g (11 ms)
Curve 07: 25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
3,000 operations at 240 A, DC 180 V
10,000 operations at 240 A, DC 28 V
20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
437 - B31 - K12 - 5 - 06 - 2Si2 - FA 24 - 50 A -
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
DC 144 V (higher voltage ratings to special order)
Current rating range
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH, to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 1000 g (with remote disconnection)
approx. 1400 g (with remote disconnection
and re-connection)
Current
rating (A)
40
Internal resistance
(Ω)
< 0.001
Current
rating (A)
Internal resistance
(Ω)
120
< 0,001
50
< 0.001
160
< 0,001
63
< 0.001
200
< 0,001
80
< 0.001
240
< 0,001
100
< 0.001
Issue C
☎
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
LRoS, ABS, BV
DC 180 V
40...240 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
223
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 437-...
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
Dimensions
57
Housing -B3
26
9
Curve 06 (fast trip)
15.3
100
Trip time in seconds
67
1000
116
47
28.5
72
10000
10
1
155
116
0.1
0.01
288
cylinder-head screw
M6x16-4.8 ISO 1207
0.001
1
437-K12-5-Si10-...-FA
26° 26°
0
4 6 8 10 20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Curve 07 (delayed trip)
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4Nm
10000
3
I
1000
92
13
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Bz
2 terminals for remote
disconnection
2 terminals for Si1 (N/C)
2 terminals for Si2 (N/O)
4
10
1
44
3
92
83.5
72
M5
100
Trip time in seconds
2
41
91
71.5
106
4
2
0.1
9
61.5
14
57
0.01
180
0.001
1
437-K60-1-...-FA
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
26° 26°
0
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
Internal connection diagram
4
blade terminal
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Bz
2 terminals for remote
disconnection
2 terminals for Si1 (N/C)
IN ≤ 125 A
IN > 125 A
6
41
106
90.5
71.5
3
I
92
13
25
44
ø11
167.5
141
45
35
4 terminals for 2Si2
(2 N/O)
location pin for top-hat rail
DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
location pin for G profile
DIN EN 50035-G32
(not shown)
M3.5-9 depth
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
load
Si
Si2
2Si2
2
11
13
13
13 23
I>
12
14
14
14 24
FA
1
battery +
load
2
I>
Si2
2Si2
11
Si
13
13
13 23
12
14
14
14 24
FA
1
battery +
-BC-FA operating range see type 921-...-BC-FA
-FC coil shown with type 922-...-FC
224
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 446/447/449
Description
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with tease-free, trip-free,
press-to-reset snap action mechanism and special dual button manual
release which avoids the danger of unintended disconnection (M-type
TM CBE to EN 60934). Surface mounted, compact design available
with fast acting, standard and delayed switching characteristics. Options
include auxiliary contact and remote electrical disconnection.
Typical applications
Heavy duty vehicles, battery systems, defence equipment.
446-...
Ordering information
-
- 200 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Voltage rating
DC 28 V
Current rating range
type 446: 30...400 A
type 447: 100...400 A
type 449: 125...500 A
Auxiliary circuit
10 A
Electrical remote disconnection (-FA)
operating voltage
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
operating current
approx. 18 A or 12 A
max. pulse time
10 ms < tON < 20 ms / tOFF > 10 s
switching time
< 20 ms
Typical life
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
-55...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main circuit to
auxiliary contacts
30
0.006
100
< 0.002
40
0.0048
125
< 0.001
50
0.0038
160
< 0.001
60
0.0028
225
< 0.001
70
0.0025
300
< 0.001
80
0.0023
400
< 0.001
10,000 A
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
without auxiliary contacts:
10 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
with auxiliary contacts:
4 g (56-500 Hz) ±0.30 mm (10-56 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
without auxiliary contacts: 50 g (11 ms)
with auxiliary contacts: 20 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C
Mass
approx. 850 g
90
0.0019
449
0.0016
125
< 0.001
125
< 0.001
160
< 0.001
150
< 0.001
225
< 0.001
170
< 0.001
315
< 0.001
200
< 0.001
350
< 0.001
225
< 0.001
400
< 0.001
Authority
250
< 0.001
500
< 0.001
Type 449:
300
< 0.001
only with 50 % ON duty
350
< 0.001
Type 447:
400
< 0.001
QPL Sweden
☎
AC 1000 V
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
100
Issue C
4
Test voltage
AC 1000 V
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
447
446
1000 operations at IN
2000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
Insulation resistance
Current
rating (A)
449-...
Technical data
Type No.
446 / 447 / 449 single pole base mounting
Terminal design
K
screw terminals M12
Manual release
H
standard
Version
N
general application (excluding type 449)
FN
vehicle application (excluding type 446)
Auxiliary contacts (optional)
Si
2 electrically separate auxiliary contacts
Remote trip (optional for types 447 and 449)
FA12 DC 12 V coil voltage
FA24 DC 24 V coil voltage
Current ratings
30...400 A type 446
100...400 A type 447
125...500 A type 449
447 - K - H - FN -
447-...
Approvals
VG 95345, part 15
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
DC 28 V
125...500 A
DC 28 V
125...400 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
225
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 446/447/449
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagrams
line 1
4
hex nut M8
14 mm usable thread depth
60
I>
Si
7
6
recommended
link for FA coil
protection
FA
2
2
6
23
15
I>
8
ø20
ON
OFF
ø26
FA terminal
3
N/C 4/5
DC
lock washer
DIN 137-B12X12CrNi 177
4
104
106
35
10000
2
23.5
Typical time/current characteristics of type 446-...
hex nut
ISO 4032-M12-Cu2-E1P
N/O 6/7
70
5
30
40
line 1
1000
hex screw
ISO 4017-M12x30-Cu2-E1P
100
170
140
current rating in A
EIN ON
43.5
8.5
Trip time in seconds
AUS OFF
100
AUS OFF
12
cylinder head screw ISO 1580-M4x6
with lock washer DIN 137-B4
tightening torque max. 0.8 Nm
10
1
0.1
0.01
4
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
Circuit breakers with remote disconnection facility will trip 10 % faster.
Typical time/current characteristics
447-...
449-... 125...400 A
DC
449-... 500 A
1000
1000
1000
100
100
100
1
10
1
10
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.001
1
2
+75 °C
+23 °C
-55 °C
226
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
Trip time in seconds
10000
10
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
☎
50 % ON duty
DC
DC
0.001
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
1
2
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80100
… times rated current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-...
Description
Single pole high performance thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, with
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off
actuation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push
button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted
in tracked vehicle and aircraft/general purpose versions, with optional
fast acting magnetic characteristics.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicle for land, sea and
air; defence equipment; battery powered machines.
452-K...
Accessories
X 200 801 08
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
452-AS...
Technical data
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
As above but matt black finish.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility
of the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to
aid manual operation.
Ordering information
Type No.
452
standard delay curve
452-2 fast trip curve
Terminal design
K14
screw terminals M6
K34
screw terminals M6, reinforced
AS13 screw terminals 8-32 UNC-3B with hex screw 8-32 UNJC3A (NAS 1801-08-6) and washer (MS 35 338-137)
AS14 screw terminals 1/4-28UNF-2B with hex screw 1/4 28UNF2A (MS 90726-2), spring washer (MS 35 338-44) and washer
(NAS 1149 F0432P)
AS03 screw terminal 8-32UNC-3B, without screws
AS04 screw terminal 1/4-28 UNF-2B, without screws
Version
FN2 vehicle application
LN2 aircraft/general application
LN3 aircraft application, front panel mounting with
insulating barrier
Current ratings
50...100 A
452 - K14 - LN2 - 80 A
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
50...100 A
Typical life
2,500 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V: 1500 A
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (55-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C
Explosion
to VG 95210, sheet 10/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
Mass
approx. 122 g
ordering example
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Approvals
Current
Volt drop
Current
Volt drop
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
rating (A)
50
(mV)
100
rating (A)
80
(mV)
135
VG 95345, part 17
DC 28 V
60...100 A
QPL, Canada
DC 28 V
60...100 A
60
120
90
145
QPL, Sweden
DC 28 V
60...100 A (452-K34-FN)
70
125
100
150
LRoS, BV
DC 28 V
50...100 A
75
130
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
227
4
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-...
Dimensions 452-K...-...
Dimensions 452-AS...-LN3
452-K34-FN2
452-AS13-LN3
ø10.6
black
min. 3
current rating in A
white
max. 55.5
max. 57
min. ø3.2
452-K14-LN2
min. 3
6.35
ax
.7
51.5
39
45°
current rating in A
☎
9.5±0.2
ø12.5 +0.2
max. 57
max. 19
80
SW14
max. 55.5
min. 3
6.35
45°
terminal screw
39
MS 90726-2
lock washer
MS 35338-44
washer NAS1149 F 0432 P
ø8.4
black
white
black
m
ax
.7
51.5
depth of thread min. 6.4
mounting holes
min. ø3.2
ø10.6
ø12.2
6
12.2
ax
m
16
45°
current rating in A
9.5
max. 63.5
.3
.5
OFF
51.5
max. 61.5
44
45°
18.5
terminal screw
ISO1580-M6x8
39
with lock washer
DIN 137 B6
Tightening torque max. 2.0 Nm
46
max. 55.5
.138-32UNC-2A
50
max. 19
lock
washer
ON
min. 3
black
white
4
max. 58.5
1.5
45°
ø10.6
12.2 OFF
6 ON
1.5
6.35
terminal screw
NAS 1801-08-6
lock washer
MS 35338-137
452-AS14-LN3
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
228
black
white
black
m
mounting holes
9.5±0.2
80
max. 19
current raitng in A
9.5
depth of thread min. 6.4
ø12.5 +0.2
16
SW14
location pin
6
12.2
OFF
45°
max. 63.5
terminal screw
18.25
ISO1580-M6x8
36.5
with lock washer
DIN 137 B6
tightening torque max. 2.7 Nm
location pin
ø8.4
m
ax
.3
.5
45°
ø10.6
ø12.2
ON
52
max. 61.5
44
max. 58.5
46
max. 55.5
.138-32UNC-2A
lock
washer
50
max. 19
12.2 OFF
6 ON
1.5
6.35
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
1.5
45°
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 452-...
Internal connection diagram
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut,
black cover
line 1
I>
2
M12x1
Typical time/current characteristics
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
452-... (standard delay)
+75 °C
+167 °F
+23 °C
+73.4 °F
-55 °C
-67 °F
10000
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
10
magnetic trip
1
temp. magn. holding
(°C) current (A)
magn. trip
current (A)
DC
0.1
magnetic trip
0.01
-55
+23
+75
≤1280
≤1250
≤1140
-55
+23
+75
≤1070
≤1010
≤ 950
≥2160
≥2090
≥2020
AC
0.001
1
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
≥1800
≥1740
≥1680
4
452-2-... (fast trip)
10000
+75 °C
+167 °F
+23 °C
+73.4 °F
-55 °C
-67 °F
Trip time in seconds
1000
100
10
magnetic trip
1
magnetic trip
temp. magn. holding
(°C) current (A)
magn. trip
current (A)
DC
0.1
0.01
-55
+23
+75
≤415
≤390
≤365
-55
+23
+75
≤345
≤325
≤305
≥640
≥615
≥590
AC
0.001
1
Issue C
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
☎
≥530
≥510
≥490
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
229
4
230
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-...
Description
Single pole compact high performance thermal circuit breaker with tease-free,
trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type
TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on the push button shows clearly the
tripped/off position. Threadneck panel mounted in tracked vehicle and aircraft/
general purpose versions, with optional auxiliary contacts.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air;
defence equipment; battery powered machines.
Accessories
X 200 801 08
X 200 801 03
X 200 802 01
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is
extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of the push
button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual
operation.
Ordering information
Type No.
482
single pole thermal circuit breaker
Mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
1 M12x1 nickel plated
2 M12x1 black
3 15/32-UNS-2A black
Hardware - washer for threadneck
0 without hardware
1 corrugated washer 12/15
2 serrated lock washer 12/15, fitted
3 serrated lock washer 12/15, bulk shipped
Hardware - hex nut for threadneck
0 without hardware
1 hex nut M12x1 nickel plated
2 hex nut M12x1 black
3 hex nut 15/32-UNS-2B black, fitted
4 hex nut 15/32-UNS-2B black, bulk shipped
Terminal design (main terminals)
K1 screw terminals with metric thread M4
J1 screw terminals with inch thread 8-32-UNC-2B
J2 screw terminals with inch thread 8-32-UNC-3B
Characteristic curve
M1 thermal 1.15-1.4 IN
Terminal screws
A flat head screw M4x6, ISO 1580
B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6
E hex screw 1640-32UNJC-3Ax11,1
bulk shipped (NAS 1801-08-7)
Terminal washers
0 without lock washer
1 lock washer DIN 137-B4
2 lock washer 4.3, fitted
3 lock washer 4.3, bulk shipped
(MS 35 338-137)
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contacts
S1 with auxiliary contact NC
S5 with polarized aux. contact NC
Barrier
blank: without barrier
T
with barrier, 31 mm wide
Current ratings
0.1...50 A
482-G1/G2...
without aux. contacts
with aux. contacts
Technical data
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
0.1...50 A
Auxiliary circuit
0.5 A, DC 28 V
Typical life
10,000 operations mechanical
5,000 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.1...2.5 A 15 x IN
3...3.5 A 250 A DC / 150 A AC
4...7 A
500 A
7.5...50 A 6000 A DC / 1000 A AC
35...50 A 3000 A DC / 1000 A AC
4
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (55-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/IEC 68-2-3, test C
Explosion
to VG 95210, sheet 10/MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
Mass
approx. 43 g without aux. contact
approx. 46 g with aux. contact
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VG 95345, part 21
DC 28 V
0.1...50 A for 482-MS/-N-MS
QPL, Canada
DC 28 V
0.5...35 A
LRoS
DC 28 V
0.1...50 A
482 - G 1 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S1 T - 10 A ordering example
Previous ordering codes:
482-N-MS = 482-G111-K1M1-A1S0-...A
482-MS
= 482-G212-K1M1-A1S0-...A
Issue C
☎
vehicle circuit breaker
aircraft circuit breaker
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
231
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-...
Dimensions 482-G3...
482-G111-K1M1-A1S0
482-G...-J2M2-...
5
min. 3
ø8.4
black
white
max. 19
ø10.6
15/32-32UNS-2A
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
6.35
min. 3
6.35
44.1
1.5 -0.5
ø8.4
1.5
43.4
max. 48
16.2
max. 50
22
°
current rating in A
mounting holes
9.5 ±0.2
2.7
max. 10.5
5
aux. contact
terminals to
NAS 1748, for
contact plug
to NAS 1749
max. 6.5
screw ISO1580-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
ø12.5 +0.2
.5
.2
ax
m
location pin
45°
9.5
0.8
thickness
max. 3 mm
45°
31
black
white
lock washer
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
14.5
17.9
18
terminal screw
NAS 1801-08-7
lock washer
MS 35338-137
ø10.6
ON
7
12.2
0.8
19.3
6
OFF
482-G111-K1M1-A1S1
482-G111-K1M1-A1S5
4
min. 3
6
.6
.6
m
12.7
min. ø3.2
31
black
white
hex nut
MS 25082-B21
in
9.5 ±0.2
thickness
max. 3 mm
0.8
ø8.4
lock washer
MS 35333-136
52
ø12.5+0.2
2.7
5
9.5
ON
screw ISO1580-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137 B4
45°
17.9
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
mounting holes
current rating in A
location pin
18
OFF
.5
.2
ax
m
12.2
43.4
9.5
max. 31
max. 48
1.5
lock washer
max. 50
current rating in A
ø10.6
6.35
6
12.2
location pin
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ON
OFF
Dimensions 482-G1/-G2...
min. ø3.2
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
0.1
16,000
0.2
8,000
0.5
3,000
10
< 200
0.8
2,000
15
< 200
1
1,500
20
< 200
1.2
1,200
25
< 200
1.5
1,000
30
< 200
1.8
850
35
< 200
2
800
40
< 200
2.5
700
45
< 200
3
600
50
< 200
4
430
5
350
7.5
230
max. 31
482-G212
mounting holes
9.5
0.8
31
232
☎
ø12.5
+0.2
5
18
2.7
min. ø3.2
9.5 ±0.2
current rating in A
location pin
thickness
max. 3 mm
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 482-...
Internal connection diagrams
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
with auxiliary contact
with polarized
auxiliary contact
line 1
line 1
11
line 1
3
2
2
12
2
5
Splash cover/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut,
black cover
M12x1
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
Typical time/current characteristics
Trip time in seconds
0.1...2.5 A
10000
+75 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4
4 6 8 10 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
Trip time in seconds
3...50 A
10000
+75 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
Issue C
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
233
4
234
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Description
Single pole, miniaturised, aircraft style thermal circuit breaker with
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off
manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on
the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck
panel mounted, available in metric and US (MS 3320) configurations.
Advanced two-chamber design contributes to fail-safe operation.
Temperature compensated from -55° to +125°C, with optional auxiliary
contacts, and fully approved for use on a wide range of aircraft and
equipment. Full military specification ensures suitability for the most
demanding applications. For three pole version see type 583.
483-...
without auxiliary contact
Typical applications
Technical data
Aircraft systems and equipment (fixed wing and helicopters); other
extra low voltage wiring applications; defence equipment;
communications systems.
Accessories
X 200 801 08
X 200 801 03
X 200 801 09
X 200 802 01
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
As above, but hex nut 7/16-32, black finish
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of
the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid
manual operation.
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
1
750
Current
rating (A)
7.5
Volt drop
(mV)
520
190
2.5
400
15
190
3
360
20
200
4
350
25
170
5
260
Approvals
LN 29886
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
1...25 A
Auxiliary circuit
0.5 A, DC 28 V
Typical life
20,000 operations mechanical or
10,000 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+125 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
≤4A
1000 A
5A
2000 A
7.5...25 A
2500 A
DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Vibration
(sinusoidal)
230
10
2
with auxiliary contact
Vibration (random)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
15 g (70-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (5-70 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137
16.4 g rms, 0.2 g2/Hz ±1.5 dB
to VG 95210, sheet 29/ISO 7137
Acceleration
17 g, to ISO 2669
Shock
75 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea/ISO 7137
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist, severity A
48 hours at 20 % salt mist, severity B
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
IEC 68-2-11, test Ka/ISO 7137
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
IEC 68-2-3, test C/ISO 7137
Explosion
to VG 95210, sheet 10/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
VG 95345, part 06
prEN 2995
Altitude
≤ 25,000 m above sea level
MS 3320,
Mass
max. 29 g with auxiliary contact
max. 25 g without auxiliary contact
with aluminium threadneck:
max. 26 g with auxiliary contact
QPL USA, Canada, UK, Sweden
Issue C
☎
4
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
235
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Ordering information
4
Ordering information for approved devices
Type No.
483
single pole, with temperature compensation
Mounting
G threadneck panel mounting, standard
L threadneck panel mounting, extended push button
V threadneck panel mounting, high vibration performance
W threadneck panel mounting, extended push button and high vibration performances
Threadneck design
1 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version)
2 15/32-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
3 MJ12x6.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
4 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
5 7/16-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
6 M12x1x9.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
7 7/16-32 UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version)
8 as 483-G1...but with aluminium threadneck
Hardware for threadneck (washers)
0 without hardware
1 wave washer 12/15 - mounted
2 mounted washer 12.1/17.2 - mounted
3 mounted washer 11.3/14.9 - mounted
4 mounted washer 12/15 - mounted
5 tooth washer 12.1/17.2, bulk shipped
Hardware for threadneck (nuts)
0 without hardware
1 hex nut M12x1
2 hex nut 15/32-32UNS
3 hex nut 7/16-32UNS
5 hex nut MJ12x1 (only with threadneck design 3)
6 hex nut M12x1, brass, bulk shipped, threadneck design 1,4,6
Terminal design (main terminals)
K screws terminals with metric thread
1 K14 (M4, MJ4)
J screw terminals with inch thread
1 J14 (8-32UNC-2B)
2 J17 (8-32UNC-2B)
3 J25 (6-32UNC-2B)
Characteristic curve
M1
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for military aircraft
C1
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for civil aircraft
Terminal screws
A Phillips screw M4x6
B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6
C Phillips screw 6-32UNC-2Ax6
D slotted flat head screw M4x6
E hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3A-9.5
K hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736)
L Phillips screw MJ4x6
M as”K“ but bulk shipped
Z without accessories
Terminal washers
0 without lock washer
1 lock washer B4
2 lock washer 4.3
3 lock washer B4 and washer 4.4/9.5
4 lock washer 3.7
5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553)
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (connector to
NAS1749 and LN 65093, size 20)
S5 with polarized auxiliary contact
Barrier
Z without barrier (standard)
Colour of the push button
483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN (483-96-TC-K14)
Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6), listed by
the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 6.
483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN
Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6) and auxiliary
contact -Si, listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG
95345, part 6.
483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320.
483-L533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-L)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-L.
483-V533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-V)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-V.
483-W533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320-VL)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 3320-VL.
483-G533-J3M1-C4S0Z (483-TC-G11-J25))
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J25 (inch
thread 6-32), listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG
95345, part 6.
blank: black (standard) /white (e.g. 7.5)
A green/white (e.g. 7.5)
G green/white, marking to EN (e.g.7 1/2)
N black/white, marking to EN (e.g.7 1/2)
Current ratings
1...25 A
483 - G 4 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 Z
236
☎
- 5A
ordering example
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
ø10
ø8.4
6.35
3.5
white
5
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø8.4
black
white
3.5
black
lock washer
.6
31
31
.4
°
22
1
.4
.6
m
in
1.5
lock washer
16.2
1.5
36.5
6.5 ON
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
12.5 OFF
5
2.5
Dimensions 483-G111-K1M1-A1S1ZN
6.35
6.5 ON
ø10
12.5 OFF
2.5
Dimensions 483-G411-K1M1-A1S0ZN (483-96-TC-K14)
m
in
2
8.5
.5
45°
45° 12.8
8.5
terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6
with lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6
with lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
current rating in A
19.5
+0.15
9.5
6.5
location pin
19.5
location pin
aux. contact terminals NAS 1748
for connector to NAS 1749
Mounting holes
4
5
2.5
Dimensions 483-G533-J1M1-B2S0Z (MS 3320)
ø3.2
14
ø12.5
0.8
SW
10.5
9.5±0.2
ø12.5
+0.2
2
5
ø3.2
mounting holes
current rating in A
+0.15
+0.2
mounting holes
14
5
14.2
SW
14.2
9.5
9.5±0.2
.5
.1
ax
.1
ax
m
m
45°
45° 12.8
ø3.2
+0.15
7/16-32-UN-2A THD
ø8.4
9.5 ±0.2
max. 19 OFF
white
6.35
ø12.5
+0.2
31
m
in
36.5
.4
.6
1.5
lock washer
min. 30
black
3.5
ø10
min. 11.9 ON
Mounting holes without auxiliary contact
.5
45° 12.8
45°
8.5
Mounting holes with auxiliary contact (Si)
terminal screw MS 51957-41 (8-32 UNC-2A)
with lock washer MS 35338-137
ø3.2 +0.15
current rating in A
9.5
mounting holes
max. 19.8
9.5±0.2
+0.15
+0.2
ø12.5
min. 40
0.8
ø11.5
+0.2
2
5
ø3.2
max. 15
9.5±0.2
.1
ax
m
min. 20
min. 25 when fitted with splash cover
location pin
min. 20
min. 25 when fitted with splash cover
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
237
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 483-...
Other main terminal designs
Internal connection diagrams
-J2
line 2
b
(31)
Terminal distances to:
MS 14 105 (a, b)
MS 14 153 (a, b)
MS 22 073 (a)
MS 22 074 (a)
MS 25 244 (a)
MS 25 373 (a, b)
1
45°
a
(18)
45°
10.5
with auxiliary contact
-J3
with polarized auxiliary contact
line 1
11
line 1
3
2
12
2
5
b
(35.5)
Terminal distances to:
MS 26 574 (a, b)
6.5 ON
-G6
8.5
45°
black
Typical time/current characteristics
12.5 OFF
a
(15)
white
+125 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
ON
OFF
-L2/5/7
-W2/5/7
Trip time in seconds
9.4
10000
6.35
white
max. 28.6
min. 21.4
black
4
100
10
1
0.1
max. 19.8
location pin
0.8
2
9.5
max. 15
5
0.01
0.001
1
2
current rating in A
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly with
O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut M 12x1,
translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut M 12x1,
black cover
X 200 801 09 matt black finish nut 7/16-32
black cover
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly
with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
M12x1
238
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 4120-...
Description
Single pole, miniaturised thermal circuit breaker with snap action
mechanism and push/pull on/off manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to
EN 60934). Threadneck panel mounted, temperature-compensated,
with optional auxiliary contacts. Fully approved for commercial aircraft
and similar requirements.
Typical applications
Extra low voltage wiring systems on all types of vehicles for land, sea and air.
Accessories
X 200 801 08 Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina design is
extended when the button trips to the OFF position. Plated finish.
X 200 801 03 As above but blackened finish.
X 200 803 01 Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid manual operation.
4120-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
4120 single pole, with temperature compensation
Mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
1 M12x1x6.3 (aluminium)
Number of poles
1 1 pole, thermally protected
Hardware for threadneck
0 without hardware
1 hex nut M12x1, corrugated washer 12/15, fitted
2 hex nut M12x1 (aluminium), serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, fitted
3 hex nut M12x1 (aluminium), serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, bulk shipped
Terminal design (main terminals)
K1 screw terminals with metric thread K14 (M4)
J1 screw terminals with inch thread J14 (8-32UNC-2B)
J2 screw terminals with inch thread J17 (8-32UNC-2B)
Characteristic curve
M1
thermal, 1.15 - 1.38 IN
Terminal screws
A Phillips screw M4x6, fitted
B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6, fitted
D slotted flat head screw M5x6, fitted
K hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736), fitted
M hex screw with Phillips head 8-32UNC3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736), bulk shipped
Z without terminal hardware
Terminal washers
0 without lock washer
1 lock washer A4, fitted
2 lock washer 4.3, fitted
5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553), fitted
6 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553), bulk shipped
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (connector
EN3155-016M2018 (NC)
S5 with polarized auxiliary contact (NC)
Barrier
Z without barrier
Colour of the push button
G
green to EN
N
black to EN
S
black, with white marking
X
black, without marking
Current ratings
1...25 A
Voltage rating
AC 115 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
1...25 A
Auxiliary circuit
0.5 A, DC 28 V
Typical life
20,000 operations mechanical, or
5,000 operations mechanical and
2,500 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-55°C ...+125°C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
1.5 kV
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
AC 115 V (400 Hz):
1... 3 A 1,000 A
5...25 A 2,000 A
DC 28 V:
1...25 A 6,000 A
Pollution
degree
3
4
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
10 g (57-2000 Hz), ±0.76 mm (5-57 Hz)
to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.3.1
Acceleration
17 g, to ISO 2669, EN 2350 para. 5.3.3
Shock
50 g (11 ms), to ISO 7137,
EN 2350 para. 5.3.2
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.4.2
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH,
to ISO 7137, EN 2350 para. 5.4.3
Explosion
to VG 95210, sheet 10
Altitude
≤ 22,000 m above sea level
Mass
approx. 20.6 g
with terminal screws, without -Si
approx. 24.6 g with terminal screws, with -Si
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Current
rating (A)
Volt drop
(mV)
1
1100
2
550
10
230
EN 2495
2.5
460
15
200
EN 3773
3
440
20
190
prEN 2995
5
260
25
190
4120 - G 1 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0
Approvals (configurations)
Issue C
☎
Z N
- 10 A ordering example
Current
rating (A)
7.5
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Volt drop
(mV)
250
239
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 4120-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
4120-G111-K1M1-A1S0ZN (EN2495-...M)
ø10
tightening torque max. 5 Nm
M12x1
line 1
2.5
ø8.4
18.5 OFF
white
3.5
lock washer
1.5
6.35
13 ON
black
.6
31
type No.
.4
in
2
45°
9.5
14
0.8
line 1
3
2
4
2
5
5
14.2
3
location pin
current rating in A
19.5
4120-G11.-J2M1-K5S0ZN (EN2495-...U, EN3773-004 D...)
ø10
tightening torque max. 5 Nm
M12x1
2.5
white
3.5
lock washer
serrated
lock washer
1.5
31
.6
1
.3
18
SW
14
10.5
terminals:
1 - input
2 - output
terminal screw H8-32UNC-3Ax7.6
to FED-STD-H28/2A
lock washer
tightening torque max. 1.7 Nm
location pin
current rating in A
9.5
0.8
5
14.2
2
4
45°
19.5
4120-G112-J2M1-K5S1ZG - 4120-G112-J2M1-K5S5ZG
ø10
2.5
tightening torque max. 5 Nm
M12x1
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
white
serrated
lock washer
3.5
13 ON
18.5 OFF
green
1.5
16.2 6.35
+125 °C
ø8.4
31
4
type No.
3
min. 8
.4
in
m
1
.
ax
.6
m
2
10000
type No.
Trip time in seconds
6.35
13 ON
18.5 OFF
black
ax
45°
Typical time/current characteristics
ø8.4
.4
in
2
m
m
line 1
5
8.5
terminals:
1 - input
2 - output
terminal screw ISO 7045-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137-B4
tightening torque max. 1.7 Nm
45°
12.8
2
SW
with polarized auxiliary contact
1
.2
ax
m
m
2
with auxiliary contact
Accessories (approved to VG 95 345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut, translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut, black cover
3
14.2
min. 30
19.5
ø3
M12x1
location pin
current rating in A
mounting holes (Si)
±0.1
9.5±0.2
min. 20
min. 25 *
0.8
5
max. 6.5
mounting holes
9.5
10.5
terminals:
25
1 - input
2 - output
terminal screw H8-32UNC-3Ax7,6
to FED-STD-H28/2A
lock washer
tightening torque max. 1.6 Nm
min. 20
min. 25 *
ø12.5 +0.2
ø3.5+0.1
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
9.6±0.1
14
2
SW
45°
18
min. 40
45°
aux. contact
(connector to
EN 3155-016
M2018)
+0.2
ø12.5
* min. 25 when fitted
with splash cover
240
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Edition A
Issue C
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 4201-...
Description
Single pole high performance version of type 201 (catalogue section 2)
thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with tease-free, trip-free, snap action
mechanism and two button operation (M-type TM CBE to EN 60934).
Standard EN rail mounting, recessed terminals and enhanced short
circuit performance.
Complies with CBE standard EN 60934 (IEC 934).
Typical applications
Control systems, industrial equipment.
4201-...
Technical data
Accessories
X 200 409 01
Mounting adapters for asymmetric rail (G-profile).
Ordering information
Type No.
4201
single pole, rail mounted (EN 50022x35x7.5)
Special version (optional)
2705
fitted with adapter X 200 409 01 for G profile to EN 50035-G32
Current ratings
0.05...16 A
4201 -
-
5A
ordering example
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
0.05...16 A
Typical life
4,000 operations at 2 x IN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
Test voltage
AC 3000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
0.05...5 A
5.5...7.5 A
8...16 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidty
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 60 g
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.05
447
3
0.19
0.1
131
4
0.090
0.2
39.6
5
0.061
0.3
19.3
6
0.041
0.4
10.4
7
0.034
0.5
7.1
8
≤ 0.02
0.6
4.3
10
≤ 0.02
0.8
2.5
12
≤ 0.02
1
1.67
14
≤ 0.02
1.5
0.60
15
≤ 0.02
2
0.38
16
≤ 0.02
2.5
0.24
Issue C
☎
400 A
750 A
1000 A (in accordance
with VDE 0636)
4
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Demko
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.05...16 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
241
High Performance Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker 4201-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagram
line
1
ON
conductor cross
section max.
0.5 - 10 mm2
rigid conductor
0.5 - 6 mm2
flexible conductor
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
I>
43
53
11
11.5
ø8.5
5
OFF
45
2
12-14
80
6.5
4.8
7.5
Typical time/current characteristics
12.5
0.05...7 A
symmetrical rail EN 50022-35x7.5
Phillips screw, size 2 to EN ISO 4757
slot for fitting labels from
Wieland
Type 9003 Weidmüller
Type BS.1/2
SchT
PES
Phoenix
dekafix
Type DST6
T./WT
4K-DST5
Installation drawing
+60 °C
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
Trip time in seconds
2
current rating in A
AC
10000
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
operating area
(double insulation)
4
0.001
1
2
8...16 A
wire entry
wire entry
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
AC
+60 °C
10000
+23 °C
-30 °C
1000
mounting area
Trip time in seconds
100
Accessories
Adapter X 200 409 01
for EN rail 50035-G32 specified as a separate item
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
20
1
4 6 8 10
20
40 60 80 100
… times rated current
N.B.
Magnetic tripping currents are increased by 20% on DC supplies.
Adapter X 200 409 01
socket can be snapped on from both sides
242
2
☎
G profile
EN 50035-G32
Time/current characteristics are calibrated at 23°C (see page 8). For operation
at other temperatures please apply the factors below to determine the circuit
breaker rating required.
Ambient temperature °C
-20 -10 0
+23 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.76 0.84 0.92 1
1.08 1.16 1.24
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Description
Three pole, miniaturised, aircraft style thermal circuit breaker with
tease-free, trip-free, snap action mechanism and push/pull on/off
manual actuation (M-type TO CBE to EN 60934). An indicator band on
the push button shows clearly the tripped/off position. Threadneck
panel mounted, available in metric and US (MS 14154) configurations.
Advanced two-chamber design minimises contact contamination to
provide fail-safe operation. Temperature compensated with optional
auxiliary contacts, and fully approved for use on a wide range of aircraft
and equipment. For single pole version see type 483.
583-...
with auxiliary contact
Typical applications
Technical data
Aircraft systems and equipment (fixed wing and helicopters); other
extra low voltage wiring applications; defence equipment;
communications systems.
Accessories
X 200 801 08
X 200 801 03
X 200 801 09
X 200 802 01
X 200 802 02
X 200 803 01
Water splash cover/hex nut assembly. The concertina
design is extended when the button trips to the OFF
position. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
As above, but hex nut 7/16-32, black finish
Splash seal/hex nut assembly, allowing full visibility of
the push button actuator. Plated finish.
As above but blackened finish.
Screw-tightened clamp-on actuator extension to aid
manual operation.
Voltage rating
Volt drop
(mV)
Current
rating (A)
7.5
Volt drop
(mV)
230
1
750
2
520
10
190
2.5
400
15
190
3
360
20
200
4
350
25
170
5
260
1...25 A
Auxiliary circuit
0.5 A, DC 28 V
Typical life
20,000 operations mechanical
10,000 operations at IN
Ambient temperature
-55...+125 °C (≤ 15 A)
-55...+ 90 °C (> 15 A)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
1.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main to aux. circuit
Test voltage
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity Icn
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz):
≤4A
1,000 A
5A
2,000 A
7.5...25 A
2,500 A
DC 28 V: 1...25 A 6,000 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
(sinusoidal)
10 g (57-2000 Hz) ±0.76 mm (5-57 Hz)
to VG 95210, sheet 19/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137
Vibration (random)
16.4 g rms, 0.2 g2Hz ± 1.5 dB
to VG 95210, sheet 29/
IEC 68-2-6, test Fc/ISO 7137
Acceleration
17 g, to ISO 2669
Shock
50 g (11 ms)
to VG 95210, sheet 28/
IEC 68-2-27, test Ea/ISO 7137
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
48 hours at 20 % salt mist
to VG 95210, sheet 2/
IEC 68-2-11, test Ka/ISO 7137
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to VG 95210, sheet 7/
IEC 68-2-3, test C/ISO 7137
Explosion
to VG 95210, sheet 10/
MIL-STD-202, meth. 109
Approvals
Approvals:
LN 29887
VG 95345, part 11
prEN 2996
MS 14154
QPL USA, Canada, UK, Sweden
Issue C
☎
3 AC 200 V (400 Hz); DC 28 V
Current rating range
Standard current ratings and typical volt drop values
Current
rating (A)
without auxiliary contact
Altitude
≤ 25,000 m above sea level
Mass
max. 67 g with auxiliary contact
max. 63 g without auxiliary contact
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
4
243
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Ordering information
4
Type No.
583
three pole, with temperature compensation
Mounting
G threadneck panel mounting
Threadneck design
1 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux. contact version)
2 15/32-32UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. (only without aux. contact)
3 MJ12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (only without aux. contact)
4 M12x1x6.4x8.8 dia. (only without aux. contact)
5 7/16-32UNSx6.4x7.8 (only without aux. contact)
6 M12x1x9.4x8.8 dia. (without aux. contact)
7 7/16-32 UNSx6.4x7.8 dia. with mounting plate (aux.contact version)
Hardware for threadneck (washers)
0 without hardware
1 corrugated washer 12/15, fitted
2 serrated lock washer 12.1/17.2, fitted
3 serrated lock washer 11.3/14.9, fitted
4 serrated lock washer 12/15, fitted
Hardware for threadneck (nuts)
0 without hardware
1 hex nut M12x1
2 hex nut 15/32-32UNS
3 hex nut 7/16-32UNS
5 hex nut MJ12x1 (only with threadneck design 3)
Terminal design (main terminals)
K screw terminals with metric thread
1 K14 (M4, MJ4)
J screw terminals with inch thread
1 J14 (8-32UNC-2B)
2 J17 (8-32UNC-2B)
3 J25 (6-32UNC-2B)
Characteristic curve
M1
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for military aircraft
C1
thermal, 1.15-1.38 IN for civil aircraft
Terminal screws
A Phillips screw M4x6
B Phillips screw 8-32UNC-2Ax6
C Phillips screw 6-32UNC-2Ax6
D slotted flat head screw M5x6
E hex screw with Phillips head
8-32UNC-3Ax9.5
K hex screw with Phillips head
8-32UNC-3Ax7.6 (ASN E0736)
L Phillips screw MJ4x6
Z without accessories
Terminal washers
0 without lock washer
1 lock washer B4
2 lock washer 4.3
3 lock washer B4 and washer 4.4/9.5
4 lock washer 3.7
5 lock washer 4.3/9 (ASN A2553)
Auxiliary contact
S0 without auxiliary contact
S1 with auxiliary contact (connector to
NAS1749 and LN 65093, size 20)
S5 with polarized auxiliary contact
Barrier
T barrier 25.5 mm wide (S0 only)
U barrier 19.5 mm wide, 37.7 mm long
V barrier 25.5 mm wide, colour marking
between the terminals (-S0 only)
X barrier 19.5 mm wide, 34.1 mm long
Colour of the push button
blank: black (standard) /white (e.g. 7.5)
A
green/white (e.g. 7.5)
G green/white to EN (e.g. 7 1/2)
N
black/white to EN (e.g. 7 1/2)
Current ratings
1...25 A
Ordering information for approved devices
583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN (583-96-TC-K14)
Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6), listed by
the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to VG 95345, part 11.
583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN
Metric threadneck M12x1 and terminal design -K14 (M4x6) with auxiliary
contact -Si, listed by the German Materialamt der Bundeswehr to
VG 95345, part 11.
583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X (MS 14154)
Threadneck size 7/16-32UNSx6.4 and terminal design -J14 (inch
thread 8-32), approved to MS 14154.
583 - G 4 1 1 - K1 M1 - A 1 S0 T . - 5 A ordering example
244
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
ø8.4
16.2
B1
38
C1
A1
22°
31
.6
.4
in
m
A2
m
8.5
15
.1
max. 6.5
min. 30
ø12.5
15
terminals:
A1, B1, C1 - input
A2, B2, C2 - output
mounting holes
min. 50
min. 30
SW1
5
current rating in A
max. 10.5
min. 50
19.5
5
0.8
2.5
5
screw ISO 7045-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
ø3.2+0.15
C2
8.5
45°
15
terminals:
A1, B1, C1 - input
A2, B2, C2 - output
current rating in A
12.8
15
mounting holes
max. 19.8
45°
.5
B2
+0.15
ø3.2
45
screw ISO 7045-M4x6
lock washer DIN 137 B4
tightening torque max. 1.2 Nm
2
ax
5
14.2
12.8
2.5
SW14
45°
9.5 ±0.2
.5
.1
ax
m
45°
25.5
max. 47
black
white
lock washer
9.5±0.2
6.35
black
white
lock washer
3.5
3.5
ø8.4
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
ø10
1.5
12.5 OFF
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M12x1
6.5 ON
12.5 OFF
Dimensions 583-G111-K1M1-A1S1UN
31
38
36.5
1.5
6.35
ø10
6.5 ON
Dimensions 583-G411-K1M1-A1S0TN (583-96-TC-K14)
+0.2
ø12.5
+0.2
9.5
9.5
auxiliary contact terminals
to NAS 1748 for
connectors to NAS 1749
location pin
Dimensions 583-G533-J1M1-B2S0X (MS 14154)
location pin
4
Other main terminal designs
max. 19 OFF
7/16-32-UN-2A THD
C1
8.5
45°
31
45°
15
45°
10.5
5
screw MS 51957-41 (8-32 UNC-2A)
lock washer MS 35338-137
15
terminals:
A1, B1, C1 - input
A2, B2, C2 - output
mounting holes
max. 19.8
ø3.2 +0.15
5
min. 30
-G6
+0.2
ø11.5
white
9.4
0.8
black
8.5
12.5 OFF
min. 50
9.5
current rating in A
2
18
-J3
2.5
15
max. 46.7
45°
A1
35.5
.5
.1
12.8
B1
6.5 ON
ax
m
45°
black
white
lock washer
±0.2
.6
.4
in
m
ø8.4
min. 3
max. 31
1.5
max. 35.1
6.35
ø10
min. 11.9 ON
-J2
9.5
location pin
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
245
High Performance Thermal Circuit Breaker 583-...
Internal connection diagrams
line A2
B2
C2
A1
B1
C1
Accessories (approved to VG 95345, part 23)
Splash cover/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 66)
X 200 801 08 nickel plated nut M12x1, translucent cover
X 200 801 03 matt black finish nut M12x1, black cover
X 200 801 09 matt black finish nut 7/16-32, black cover
M12x1
with auxiliary contact
with polarized auxiliary contact
line A1
B1
C1
11
line A1
B1
C1
3
A2
B2
C2
12
A2
B2
C2
5
Splash cover black/hex nut assembly with O ring (IP 54)
X 200 802 01 nickel plated nut
X 200 802 02 matt black finish nut
Actuator extension (black)
X 200 803 01
Trip time in seconds
Typical time/current characteristics
4
10000
+90 °C
1000
+23 °C
-55 °C
100
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.001
1
246
2
4 6 810 20 40 6080100
… times rated current
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-...
Description
Single, two, three and four pole isolators to EN 60947 / IEC 947 with
toggle actuation. Designed for rail, panel or surface mounting. Options
include auxiliary contacts and remote electrical disconnection.
For circuit breaker versions see types 410, 520, 530.
Typical applications
Control systems, industrial equipment.
911-...
Technical data
Accessories
X 211 118 01
X 211 119 01
X 211 705 01
Single pole splash cover with fixing plate.
Two pole splash cover with fixing plate.
Terminal insulation cover for use with types 410, 520
and 530 - two per pole required.
Ordering information
Type
911
912
913
914
913-...
No.
single pole switch
double pole switch
three pole switch
four pole switch
Terminal design
K main terminal
up to 32 A: pressure plate B5-DIN 46288
up to 63 A: pressure plate B6-DIN 46288
up to 125 A: terminal screws DIN 46206, form A, thread M6
up to 240 A: terminal screws DIN 46206, form A, thread M10 (single pole only)
Mounting
1 surface mounting
2 rail or panel mounting (rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5)
3 rail or panel mounting (rail DIN EN 50035-G32)
4 panel mounting only
5 mounting brackets- surface mounting
Auxiliary contacts (terminals M3.5)
Si one each N/O and N/C
Si1 one N/C (11,12)
Si2 one N/O (13,14)
2Si two each N/O and N/C – types 912, 913, 914 only
3Si three each N/O and N/C – types 913, 914 only
4Si four each N/O and N/C – type 914 only
Remote trip (optional)
FA12
remote disconnection, for DC 12 V
FA24
remote disconnection, for DC 24 V
Current ratings
32, 63, 125 A (240 A single pole only)
914 - K - 1 - Si -
- 63 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Voltage rating
AC 240 V; 3 AC 415 A; 3 AC 500 V;
DC 110 V
Current rating range
32 A, 63 A, 125 A
(up to 240 A single pole only)
Auxiliary contact rating
6 A at AC 240 V or DC 28 V;
1 A at DC 110 V
Electrical remote disconnection (FA)
operating voltage
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
operating current
approx. 18 A or 12 A
max. pulse time
10 ms < tON < 20 ms /tOFF > 10 s
switching time
< 20 msec
Typical life
10,000 operations at IN
20,000 operations mechanical
Ambient temperature
-40...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
6 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main to aux. circuit
aux. circuit 11-12
to 13-14
AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
4
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
Short-circuit protection
back up fuse max. 125 A
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-200 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidty
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 220 g single pole ≤ 125 A
approx. 440 g single pole > 125 A
approx. 440 g double pole
approx. 660 g three pole
approx. 880 g four pole
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current rating
Internal resistance
(A)
(Ω)
32
≤ 0.002 pro Pol
63
≤ 0.002 pro Pol
125
≤ 0.002 pro Pol
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
247
Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-...
Dimensions
Internal connection diagrams
911 ≤ 125 A
912
913
914
911
911-...-FA
line 1
11
13
2
12
14
line 1
11
13
12
14
3
26° 26°
0
I
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
Si-terminals M3.5
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
1 N/C (Si1) or FA
(pole 1 only)
1 N/O
2
912
1
line
3
11
2Si
21 13
23
2
4
12
22
14
24
1
3
5
11
21
3Si
31 13
23
33
2
4
6
12
22
32
14
24
34
1
line
3
5
7
11
21
31
4Si
41 13
23
33
43
2
4
8
12
22
32
42
14
24
34
44
6
41
90.5
71.5
106
FA
92
16
location for top-hat rail DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
location for G-profile DIN EN 50035-G32
(not shown)
D
45
35
line
E
22
M3.5 - depth 9
tightening torque
max. 0.55 Nm
913
66
44
pole 1
pole 2
88
914
pole 4
B
22 +0.5
14.6
35
ø20
66
ø4.6
Mounting method
4.6
Dimensions
B C
D
M5 13 114
M6 15.4 120
M6 15.4 120
911 > 125 A
Terminal
E
7 pressure plate
9 pressure plate
9 terminal screw
Panel mounting
suffix: -4
3
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
4
Si terminals M3.5
tightening torque
max. 0.8 Nm
1 N/C (Si1) or FA
(pole 1 only)
1 N/O
6
41
90.5
71.5
106
I
Rail mounting
(EN 50035-G32) suffix: -3
tightening torque
max.
2.0 Nm
2.5 Nm
2.5 Nm
26° 26°
0
Rail mounting
(DIN EN 50022-35x7.5)
suffix: -2
92
Mounting brackets - surface mounting
suffix: -5
16
location for top-hat rail
DIN EN 50022-35x7.5
location for G-profile
DIN EN 50035-G32
(not shown)
167.5
141
2
Current
rating
32 A
63 A
125 A
Surface mounting
suffix: -1
14
8.7
97
72
92
14.6
3.7
surface mounting
M3.5 -depth 9
tightening torque
max. 0.55 Nm
M5
22
57
ø4.6
248
9
22
25
44
45
35
83.5
4
6
44
+1.5
+1
22
3.7
surface mounting
97
mounting holes
ø4
C
19
pole 3
☎
10
4.6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Isolation Switches 911/912/913/914-...
Auxiliary contact arrangement with multi pole switches
Accessories
double pole devices
For series 911 ≤ 125 A
Water splash cover translucent with fixing plate (IP 54)
X 211 118 01
Si
2 Si
44
53
21
three pole devices
Si
max. 4
38
3 Si
1.2
2 Si
40
24.5
mounting hole
ø4
40
+0.3
25+0.3
35
four pole devices
Si
3 Si
2 Si
4 Si
For series 911 > 125 A, 912
Water splash cover translucent with fixing plate (IP 54)
X 211 119 01
62
53
4
Accessories
1.2
21
Terminal insulation cover
(1set = 2 pcs per pole)
X 211 705 01
max. 4
38
24.5
59
mounting hole
22
94
92
64
19
59 +0.3
ø4
25 +0.3
ø10
44
35
165
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
249
4
250
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Battery Isolation Switches 921/922
Description
Single or two pole isolation switches to EN 60947 with toggle actuation.
Options include auxiliary contacts, a moulded flame retardant enclosure
for added environmental protection (with or without rotary action
external operating knob), and remote operation - disconnection only, or
disconnection and re-connection. A version for use in hazardous areas
(e.g. petroleum and chemical tankers) is available to special order.
Typical applications
Vehicles of all types (including tankers), boats, battery powered systems.
921
single pole
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
921 single pole switch
922 double pole switch
Enclosure design (optional)
B3
without external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices
B31 with external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices
B32 without external operating knob, for use only with double pole devices
B33 with external operating knob, for use with double pole devices
B34 with external operating knob, for use only with double pole devices*
B35
without external operating knob, for use only with single pole devices*
*with remote-re-connection facility
Terminal design
K12
for single pole version, enclosures B3, B31, B35
K60
for single pole version
K61
for double pole version
K62
for double pole version
K72
for double pole version, enclosures B32, B33, B34
Mounting
5 mounting brackets - surface mounting
Auxiliary contacts (blade terminals 6.3x0.8)
Si2 one N/O
Si1 one N/C
2Si2 two N/O
Si10 one each N/O and N/C
Remote operation
FA
remote disconnection
FC
electrical remote disconnection (FA)
and re-connection (FE)
BC-FA electrical remote disconnection and
manual remote re-connection
(not for enclosure -B..)
Coil voltage
12 AC/DC 12 V
24 AC/DC 24 V
Current ratings
240 A (type 921)
120 A (type 922)
921 - B31 - K12 - 5 - Si2 - FA
922
double pole
Voltage rating
DC 12 V, DC 24 V
Current rating range
240 A type 921, single pole
120 A type 922, double pole
Auxiliary contact rating
6 A at 24 V
Electrical remote disconnection (-FA):
operating voltage
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
operating current
approx. 18 A or approx. 12 A
max. pulse time
10 ms < tON < 20 ms /tOFF > 10 s
switching time
< 20 s
Electrical remote re-connection (-FC):
operating voltage
DC 12 V or DC 24 V
operating current
approx. 30 A or approx. 15 A
max. pulse time
0.1 s < tON < 1.2 s /tOFF > 60 s
switching time
< 100 ms
Typical life
Ambient temperature
-40...+75 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
6 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
operating area
pole/pole
main to aux. circuit
aux. circuits 11-12 to 13-14
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
Type
LRoS
DC 28 V
921, 922
BASEEFA
DC 12 V, DC 24 V
922-B33-K72-5-...
Issue C
☎
4
Test voltage
AC 3300 V
AC 3300 V
AC 2200 V
AC 1000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Switching capacity
Type 921
Type 922
2500 A for 1 s at +23°C 1500 A for 1 s
600 A for 1 min at +23°C
600 A for 30 s
600 A for 2 min at -23°C
600 A for 1 min
600 A for 90 s at 0°C
600 A for 45 s
at +23°C
at +23°C
at -23°C
at 0°C
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
operating area IP 40
terminal area IP 00
IP 54 with additional enclosure -B..
Vibration
5 g (57-200 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 1000 g with remote disconnection
approx. 1400 g with remote disconnection
and re-connection
24 - 240 A ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
10,000 operations at IN
20,000 operations mechanical
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
251
Battery Isolation Switches 921/922
Dimensions
Enclosure
922-K72-5-...-FC
154
single pole
116
0
I
11
2
196
57
288
135
15.3
47
72
155
189
28.5
0 I
26
15.3
double pole
92
43
70
49
116
49
82
82
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M5
14
35
9
61
26°
M3.5x10
tightening torque
max. 0.55 Nm
72
83.5
26°
92
921-K12-5-...-BC-FA..
11.5
57
0
79
I
164
190
123
114.5
4
N/C and FA
2
45
61
91
35
Internal connection diagrams
N/O
92
13
921
4
180
11
30
44
72
92
83.5
FA
57
Si1
2Si2
Si10
13
11
13 23
11 13
14
12
14 24
12 14
1
battery +
922
14
Si2
FE
M10x25
tightening torque
max. 4 Nm
M5
load 2
Si2
Si1
2Si2
Si10
13
11
13 23
11 13
3 14
1
battery +
12
14 24
12 14
load
2
9
61.5
4
FE
FA
921-K60...-FA
26°
26°
Shock directions
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
4
106
91
4
2
45
3
2
92
13
1
5
252
☎
6
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Description
For vehicles carrying dangerous goods the European guideline ADR
(European agreement concerning the international carriage of dangerous
goods by road) requires that a Battery Emergency Switch should be
fitted between the battery and the vehicle electrical system which in an
emergency can be operated from the driver’s cab. Once the emergency
has been remedied or if the switch was operated by error, the switch
must also be resettable from the driver’s cab.
Typical applications
Commercial vehicles carrying dangerous goods
E-1032-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
E-1032
Voltage rating
Version
NA1
single pole
NA2
double pole
Enclosure
C with moulded enclosure IP65 (GGVS/ADR)
Isolation switch
921 single pole switch
922 double pole switch
Voltage rating
DC 24 V
DC 12 V
Variant No.
e.g. special versions, mounting plate.
Designation determined by
manufacturer
E-1032 - NA1 - C 921 - DC 24 V - ...
Voltage range
DC 24 V
ON:
OFF:
Current ratings
Authority
Requirement
Approval mark No.
TÜV
Appendix B2 of ADR
TÜ.EGG.030-97
240 A single pole
120 A double pole
Overload capacity
2,500 A for 1 s at 23 °C, single pole
1,500 A for 1 s at 23 °C, double pole
Current consumption
of the electronics
≤ 15 mA
(with the control circuit connected)
Switching current at UN
ON
OFF
approx. 15A/100 ms
approx. 12A/100 ms
Control circuit (Ex)
(PTB No.III B/E-29861S)
Approvals
DC 12 V
18-32 V
9-16 V
15-32 V
8.5-16 V
The switching function is no longer ensured
when the voltage falls below the minimum
values. The switch will not change its
position when the voltage falls down to 0 V
(automatic locking)
Control switch
(accessory)
approx. 20A/100 ms
approx. 10A/100 ms
4
0 - 2 mA OFF
4 - 6 mA ON
9 - 11 mA OFF
rated to VDE 0171,
protection (Ex)i G5 „intrinsically safe“
to GGVS
with coding resistance
with coding resistance
1 kΩ
330 Ω
to ADR for external actuation
Temperature range
-40...+75 °C
Reverse polarity
protection
If polarized incorrectly, the Emergency
Switch will switch off immediately,
disconnecting the entire vehicle electrical
system. After approx. 30 s the circuit
breaker of the ON coil will trip.
Resettability
When the Battery Emergency Switch is
mechanically switched off, it will be reset
immediately by the electronics.
Typical life
10,000 operations at IN
20,000 operations, mechanical
Degree of protection
IEC 529/DIN40050)
with enclosure
IP 54 when connected to GGVS or ADR
Vibration
5 g (57-200 Hz), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
blade terminals with cable lugs for M10
terminal studs (IP 00)
connector to DIN 72 585
Shock
25 g (11 ms) direction 1-4
15 g (11 ms) direction 5-6
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Auxiliary contact
for auxiliary relay (D±31)
max. 6 A
(circuit not protected)
Corrosion
96 h at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Mass
approx.. 3500 g with enclosure, single pole
approx. 3700 g with enclosure, double pole
Humidity
240 h at 95 RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
DIN/EN 40050
Technical data
Terminals
Main terminals
Control cable
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
253
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Rubber cap
Dimensions
E-1032-NA1-… 1.. pole
supplied with enclosure C
124
max 30
max 15
102
15 23
Tmax = 20 Nm
ø11.5
222
M10 tightening torque
max. 4 Nm
244
connector to DIN 72585
146
30
max 65
20
Internal connection diagrams
ø7
1
ø11
9.5
31
slot for mounting screw M6
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
Power supply
LOAD
Connector acc.
to DIN 72582
3/4 pole batt +
(-)
2
3
(+)
Generator D+
POWER
SUPPLY
BATTERY
slotted screw plug
87
Emergency
Current limiter for EC tachograph
or other approved tachographs
87a
31
Connector acc.
to DIN 72582
2 pole
2(-)
batt -
4
1
1081-01
PTB Nr.
111 B/E29861S
E-1032Electronic
- Rel.85
(D+)
1
(+)
1
Circuit
Breaker
OFF
30
E-1032-NA2-… 2 pole
R1
2
3
3
ON 4…6mA
86
ADR
15
BATT
124
46
102
15 23
222
M10 tightening torque
max. 4 Nm
244
UB
R1
12 V 330 Ω
24 V 1 kΩ
2
ON
85
LOAD
Shock direction
20
connector to DIN 72585
30
4
3
86
43
73
146
2
21
1
ø11
ø7
1
4
IP54
86
21
73
IP00
slot for mounting screw M6
- BATTERY
9.5
31
5
6
- LOAD
POWER
SUPPLY
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
+ LOAD
+ BATTERY
slotted screw plug
254
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Accessories
female connector jack for female single wire
sealing
connector
180° cover for sheathed cable
max.16
ADR switch with lid
0Z223Z000141
12 V
0Z223Z000142
24 V
mounting hole
(with nose washer)
1
2
3
4
90° cover
ø12.4
ø3.2
9.3
max. 30
5 or 6
Manufacturer: AMP
1. Female connector SW
0Z112Z000146 2-way
0Z112Z000127 3-way
0Z112Z000147 4-way
max. 29
31
ø18.3
ADR switch with bellows
0Z223Z000144
max.16
max.16
ADR switch without bellows
0Z223Z000143
ø32.8
2. Jack for female connector
0Z112Z000126
3. Single wire sealing
0Z112Z000134
20.7
4
max. 30
max. 30
ø5.9
7.8
4. 180° cover for sheathed cable
0Z112Z000135
max. 29
47.5
ø25.8
9.3
ø12.4
ø3.2
mounting hole
(with nose washer)
max. 29
5. 90° cover for
corrugated tube NW10
0Z112Z000136
ø25.8
6. 90° cover for
sheathed cable
0Z112Z000145
ø25.8
33
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
42
255
Battery Emergency Switch E-1032-...
Approvals / Certificates
4
256
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Description
Single pole circuit breaker type 437 or single/two pole isolation switches
types 921/922 featuring an additional electronic function module which
limits the duration of the supply to the remote disconnect and reconnect coils, avoiding damage in the event of unusual operating
circumstances. Available with undervoltage monitoring option to protect
batteries from the effects of deep discharge, status output for
undervoltage, auto reset feature.
Typical applications
Battery and cable protection for all types of vehicle (including electric),
battery powered systems.
Ordering information
E-1073-437
Technical data – Electronic module
Type No.
E-1073 control unit for types 921/922 and 437 with remote control
Voltage rating
0 DC 12 V
1 DC 24 V
Control mode
1 ON/OFF control input
Additional function
00 none
02 with undervoltage protection and status output
12 with autoreset, undervoltage protection and status output (921/922 only)
2 ON and OFF buttons
33 with control current supply and ON/OFF test input
Circuit Breaker/Isolation Switch
437 single pole circuit breaker
921 single pole battery isolation switch
922 double pole battery isolation switch
Enclosure design (optional)
blank = without housing
B3
moulded housing, for use with single pole devices
B32 moulded housing, for use with double pole devices
B34 moulded housing, external operating knob, for use
with double pole devices (not with auto reset)
B35 moulded housing, external operating knob, for use
with single pole devices (not with auto reset)
Terminal design
K12 flat screw terminals angled 90°, for single pole version
K60 straight flat screw terminals, for single pole
version, without housing
K72 flat screw terminals angled 90°, for double pole version
Characteristic curve (type 437 only)
06 fast magnetic trip
07 delayed magnetic trip (standard)
Auxiliary contacts
Si01
one N/C, two N/O
(one N/C, one N/O with
autoreset option)
Current ratings
437: 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 120
160, 200, 240 A
921: 240 A
922: 120 A
E-1073 - 1 1 02 - 437 - B3 - K12 - 07 - Si01 - 240 A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Voltage rating
DC 12 V
DC 24 V
Voltage rating range ON 10.3 - 16 V
OFF 9 - 16 V
18 - 32 V
16 - 32 V
Correct switching performance is not guaranteed if
the voltage falls below the minimum value.
Temperature range
electronic control unit
-40...+ 80 °C
Operating current
ON approx. 30 A
OFF approx. 10 A
Excitation time
ON
OFF
Switching frequency
Power consumption
of electronic control unit
Control inputs
approx. 15 A
approx. 20 A
typically 100 ms
typically 20 ms
0.1 Hz max.
typically < 1 mA
(when switched off or button operated)
E-1073-.1..: ’E/A’(ON/OFF), ’U-AUS’
(undervoltage protection OFF), ’A-W’ (auto reset)
Voltage
ON (high)
OFF (low)
Power consumption
E-1073-.2..: ’T-EIN’, (button ON)
’T-AUS’, (button OFF)
max. 32 V
>8V
<3V
typically 1 mA
typically 5 mA
4
EMC
according to DIN 40839/ISO 7637
Reverse polarity
protection
If polarized incorrectly, the Battery Isolation
Switch will operate immediately. The circuit
breaker will trip after a few seconds.
Undervoltage protection
switching thresholds
hysteresis
trip time
optional with E-1073-.1..
11.0 V ±0.2 V
22.8 V ±0.2 V
typically 0.5 V
typically 40 sec
Undervoltage status output(’UST‘), optional with E-1073-.1..
transistor output
minus switching
current load
corresponding to 2 W lamp load, shortcircuit proof
Automatic reset (’A-W‘),
optional with E-1073-.1.., with series 921/922 only)
Reset after mechanical disconnection is provided
by the integral electronic control after approx. 100 ms.
Control current supply (’+US2‘), with E-1073-.2.. for T-EIN/T-AUS
May be connected to 20 control intputs.
Noise-voltage proof, short-circuit proof
Terminals
control terminals
blade terminals 6.3x0.8 mm
Mass, with circuit breaker approx. 2,000 g without enclosure
or isolation switch
approx. 2,500 g with enclosure
Technical data of switch or circuit breaker
see types 437, 921 or 922
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
257
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Features
Control functions
● Multiple functions in one unit
● High performance circuit breaker providing battery and cable
protection from overloads and short-circuits.
● Master switch for ON/OFF operation
● Electrical remote control
● Undervoltage protection with status output
● Auxiliary contacts (e.g. for generator disconnection)
● Active reverse polarity protection of the entire vehicle electrical
system
● Current ratings to 240 A
● Closed-circuit current consumption < 1 mA
Technical description
E-T-A circuit breaker/battery isolation switches combined with electronic
control unit E-1073 will meet a wide range of requirements.
Circuit breaker/Battery Isolation switches
The main switching contacts will open the plus, the minus or both poles
according to model and application.
● Series E-1073-....437
Single pole thermal-magnetic circuit breaker for current ratings up
to 240 A, to protect the vehicle electrical system from overloads and
short circuits.
● Series E-1073-...-921
Single pole battery isolation switch for current ratings up to 240 A.
● Series E-1073-...922
Double pole battery isolation switch for current ratings up to 120 A.
4
Type 1
E-1073-.1.. with ON/OFF switch
ON/OFF control switch input (”E/A“)
The battery isolation switch can be operated on or off by an external
control switch to plus.
Undervoltage protection (optional)
This optional feature protects the battery from deep discharge
should electrical loads be left on.
The battery is automatically disconnected whenever the voltage falls
below a critical value for more than 40 s. The unit is reset by operation
of the control switch. Sustained undervoltage after reconnection
causes the unit to disconnect again after approx. 40 s.
Overriding the undervoltage protection (”U-AUS“)
Undervoltage protection may be overridden if required by connecting
control output ”U-AUS“ to plus terminal or terminal 15.
Undervoltage status output (”UST“)
Undervoltage is signalled immediately via the minus-switching,
short-circuit proof transistor output (2 W lamp load).
Auto reset (”A-W“), optional with series 921 and 922
Immediate reset after unwanted mechanical disconnection (e.g.
upon excessive vibration) is provided by the integral electronic
control.
Type 2 E-1073-.2... with ON/OFF button
Electronic control unit
ON/OFF control inputs (”T-ON/T-OFF“)
ON/OFF function is provided by two external switches with a central
control function, i.e. several systems can be operated simultaneously.
An electronic control unit enables the basic on/off function and two
additional functions. The system voltage is connected across terminals
+UB/-UB to provide the supply to the control unit and a feed is taken
from +US1 for the remotely sited operating switch(es). The quiescent
current drain is typically less than 1 mA, with a short duration excursion
during excitation of the ON/OFF coils.
Additional control current supply (”+US2“)
If several circuit breakers/battery isolation switches are operated in
parallel, switches can be supplied with control current from any of the
electronic control units available. This power source is short-circuit
proof, protected from noise voltages and will operate for 20 inputs.
Basic function
Switch ON/OFF
Operation of the ON control switch will energise the switch-on coil for
approximately 100 ms causing the main switching contacts to latch
closed. Operation of the OFF control switch will cause the disconnect
coil to trigger the release of the switching mechanism within
approximately 20 ms. Both coil circuits are current limited to prevent
damage through overheating.
Additional control input ”ON/OFF Test“ (”E/A“)
This control input can be used for maintenance purposes. The
battery isolation switch is switched on when plus voltage is applied,
and switched off when plus voltage is removed.
Manual operation
An optional external operating knob is available to provide manual
control in addition to electrical ON/OFF operation.
Reverse polarity protection
In the event of reverse polarity connection, the electronic control unit
will immediately operate the battery switch to isolate the entire electrical
system. The circuit breaker will trip after a short delay to protect the
operating coils and must be re-set once the fault has been corrected.
Note
The circuit breaker should be in the OFF condition when connecting or
replacing the battery.
Observe Instructions for Installation TM 9/9.3 D/E!
258
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Dimensions
Dimensions Enclosures
E-1073-...-437/-921-...-K12-...
-B3, single pole
116
154
ø28.5
72
57
4
288
cylinder head screw
ISO 1207 M6x16-4.8
45
12
a
b
13
14
23
24
116
180
196
-B35, single pole with operating knob
72
92
2
1 terminal strip10
61
FE
11
ø15.3
I
135
II
67
6
ø9
47
5
155
CB
ø26
-B32, double pole
70
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
M5
57
82.5
-B34, double pole, with operating knob
9
E-1073-...-437/921-...-K60-...
82.5
35
192
0 I
155
CB
49
116
30
ø15.3
154
5
6
4
135
288
FE
45
2
Connection diagrams
11
12
a
b
13
14
23
24
72
92
141
E-1073-.1...-437/-921/-922 control function for ON/OFF switch
Load
4
170
II 11 13 23
series 921/922
b
FA series 437
3
L11
green
4
L12
brown
(only with
series 437)
I>
A-W
Electronic control unit
+US1 ON/OFF U-OFF UST.
-UB L14 grey
L5 grey
L6 yellow
L7 orange
2
3
+US1
4
E/A
5
6
U-OFF UST.
L8 white
L4 grey
L3 brown
L2 grey
1073-...-922-...-K72-...
L1 red
6
5
L10 black
CB
2 main contacts
with series 922
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
57
9
CB
L15
blackred
L13
brown
FE
FA
M5
FE
Aux. contact 23-24 only connected when option
“autoreset” has been selected
double
contact
≥ 125 A
a
9
+UB
10
-UB
12 14 24
I
154
1
5
6
terminal strip
7
8
battery
undervoltage status
+
+ output max. 2 W power supply
ON / OFF UVP OFF
switch
135
E-1073-.2...-437/-921/-922 control function for ON/OFF switch
Load
12
a
b
13
14
23
24
3
L11
green
190
L12
brown
FE
4
Electronic
+US1 ON/OFF T-OFF
+US2
T-ON
-UB
L6 yellow
L7 orange
3
+US1
4
E/A
5
6
T-AUS +US2
L9 violet
L5 grey
2
L8 white
L4 grey
L3 brown
I>
control unit
CB
L2 grey
(only with
series 437)
L13
brown
FE
FA
61
double
contact
≥ 125 A
a
72
92
2
II 11 13 23
series 921/922
series 437
FA
L1 rot
6
5
2 main contacts
with series 922
b
11
L10 black
57
F
I
M5
57
1
terminal strip
9
164
Issue C
M10x25
tightening torque max. 4 Nm
☎
ON / OFF
test
OFF
button
7
+US2
ON
button
8
9
T-EIN +UB
10
-UB
12 14 24
battery
power supply
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
259
Battery Isolation Switches E-1073-437 and E-1073-921/-922
Typical applications
For road vehicles, e.g. buses and coaches
Series E-1073-1102-437-B3-K12-07-Si01-240 A
For rail vehicles, e.g. underground carriages
Series E-1073-1233-437-K60-06-Si01-200 A
In this application, the E-T-A combined battery switch/circuit
breaker has several functions:
In this application, the E-T-A combined battery switch/circuit
breaker has two functions:
● High performance circuit breaker rated at 40 A, providing
battery and cable protection from overloads and short circuits.
● Isolation switch, for ON/OFF operation (e.g. for main system
disconnection).
● Remote control via external, low-current circuit.
● Untervoltage protection from battery deep discharge should
electrical loads be left on.
● Early under voltage signalisation via a warning lamp
(undervoltage status output), located as required.
● Undervoltage operation can be overridden if required.
● Auxiliary contact to disconnect the generator field.
● Reverse polarity protection through immediate disconnection
of the entire vehicle electrical system if the battery is incorrectly
connected.
● High performance circuit breaker providing battery and cable
protection from overloads and short circuits.
● Isolation switch between battery and loads.
In this application, an ON/OFF remote control switch can be
provided in both the first and last carriages. This will enable all
batteries to be disconnected from the power distribution system
by the operation of one control, irrespective of its location. In the
same way, all batteries can be re-connected by the operation of a
single control switch.
This is extremely helpful during coupling/de-coupling of carriages
for example. In addition the E/A test input permits the operation of
individual battery switch/circuit breakers during maintenance.
OFF
+
underground carriage
Battery + E-1073-1233-437E-T-A E-1073-1233-437-
+
Control
–
load circuit
control circuit
These functions allow the number of components and cables
required to be reduced, with significant space and weight saving
benefits.
II
5
T-OFF
6/7
L12
brown
FA
FE
4
L13
brown
Load
–
ON/OFF
4
ON/OFF test
4
E/A
5
6
U-AUS UST.
7
8
9
+UB
undervoltage status
+ output max. 2 W
+
ON/OFF UVP OFF
switch
–
+
–
load circuit
Battery + E-1073-1233-437E-T-A E-1073-1233-437-
+
Control
II
5
T-OFF
6/7
+
-
underground carriage
12 14 24
+US2
I>
ON
I
8
T-ON
battery
control cable “ON”
Kl. 15
10
-UB
+
Load
5
OFF
I
terminal strip
10
+UB
-UB
+US1
3
9
+
10
–
Battery
L1 red
6
L10 black
L8 white
L7 orange
L6 yellow
L5 grey
L4 grey
L3 brown
L2 grey
control circuit
-UB
CB
3
+US1
+US1
3
+
(External power supply not shown)
I>
Electronic control unit
2
-UB
9
FE
+US1 ON/OFF U-OFF UST.
1
+UB
Battery
generator field
disconnection
control cable “ON”
double
contact
≥ 125 A
a
L11
green
87a
31
II 11 13 23
series 437
3
85 87
30
I
T-ON
control cable “OFF”
4
FA
86
I>
8
control cable “OFF”
b
Kl. 15
generator D+
vehicle electrical
system
+US2
ON
ON/OFF
4
ON/OFF test
+
260
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
–
Issue C
Remote Control Circuit Breaker 4910 (RCCB)
Description
Single pole remote control circuit breaker (RCCB), temperature
compensated, either with or without auxiliary contacts, and featuring a
bimetal actuator which trips the circuit breaker mechanism within a
specified time under overcurrent conditions. The switching contact
latching system is operated by a bi-stable linear motor controlled by
electronic circuitry incorporated within the device. Applying the system
voltage across the input will switch the RCCB ON, disconnection of the
input will cause it to switch OFF. Remote control is achieved through
the use of a conventional single pole manually operated aircraft style
thermal circuit breaker to connect the supply to the control input of the
RCCB. Complies with the requirements of MIL-C-83383.
4910 (RCCB)
Technical data
Typical applications
Aircraft electrical systems and equipment, and other high performance
applications.
Voltage rating
DC 28 V (DC 18...36 V)
Current rating range
5... 100 A
Auxiliary circuit
3 A, DC 28 V, AC 115 V (400 Hz)
Bias current
2.5 mA max
Ordering information
Switching current/
switching period
2.8 A/ 25 ms
Type No.
4910 single pole remote control circuit breaker (RCCB)
Variation
01
standard, with auxiliary contacts
02
with modified terminal barrier and auxiliary contacts
03
standard, without auxiliary contacts
04
with modified terminal barrier but without auxiliary contacts
Current ratings
5... 100 A
Trigger current for ICU
(“TRIP FREE“-mode)/
duration
4910 - 01 -
5A
ordering example
50,000 operations at IN
(inductive or resistive)
Ambient temperature
-54...+71 °C
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage
between main terminals AC 1500 V
main terminal to
mounting area
AC 1500 V
Insulation resistance
Standard current ratings and typical voltage drop values
Current
ratings (A)
5
7.5
Voltage drop at
rated current(mV)
450
Current
ratings (A)
40
Voltage drop at
rated current(mV)
200
360
50
200
10
347
60
200
15
225
75
200
20
200
80
200
25
200
100
200
35
200
Issue C
☎
4
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity
DC 28 V: 6000 A
Vibration
(sinusoidal)
10 g (55-2000 Hz), ±0.76 mm (10-55 Hz)
to MIL-STD 202, method 204,
condition C
Vibration
(random)
10-2000 Hz, spectral power density
0.15 g2/Hz, rms value 13.5 g;
5 h/axis loaded with 0.9 IN
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to MIL-STD 202, method 213, condition J
ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 7)
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to MIL-STD 202, method101, condition B
ISO 7137 (RTCA/DO-160 C, part 14,
category S)
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to MIL-STD 202, method 106/ISO 7137
(RTCA/DO-160 C, part 6, category B)
Approvals
MIL-C-83383 pending
approx. 3.2 A /5 s max
Typical life
Altitude
< 15,000 m above sea level
Mass
approx. 300 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
261
Remote Control Circuit Breaker 4910 (RCCB)
Dimensions
Internal onnection diagrams
Type 4910 - 01
- 03
Type 4910 - 01 / - 02 (with auxiliary contacts)
back up power
4
A
LINE
38.8
circuit breaker
0,5 A
C
3
5A
5B
mounting flange
A2
S1
LOAD / 86.8
indicator circuit
breaker ICU
2.5
108.2
RCCB
Type 4910
electronics
B
9.1
10.7
LINE/ +
A1 S3 S2
3
57.15
1.4
LOAD
30.5
Type 4910 - 03 / - 04 (without auxiliary contacts)
mounting flange
17.5
60
LINE/ +
A1
15
ø4.4
back up power
4
RCCB
Type 4910
A1
A2
electronics
circuit breaker
0,5 A
status
indicator
current rating in A
74.6
6.5
15.3
60
3
5A
5B
mounting flange
A2
LOAD / -
3.7
82.55
indicator ciruit
breaker ICU
Type 4910 - 02
- 04
Typical time/current characteristics
LOAD
A
B
4
LINE
13.4
1.4
10000
18.7
C
Trip limit:
+25 °C 115 … 138 % In
+71 °C 100 … 138 % In
- 54 °C 115 … 150 % In
60
socket for contact pins
M 39029/1-100
or M39029/1-101
Trip time in seconds
A1
A2
1000
100
10
current rating (A)
thread A
mounting torque
B (mm)
C (mm)
nut
lock washer
washer
5 … 25
0.190-32 UNF-2A
2 Nm
12.7
12.7
AN315-3R
MS 35338-43
AN 960-10L
35 … 100
0.250-28 UNF-2A
4.1 Nm
15.5
15.5
AN315-4R
MS 35338-44
AN 960-416
1
0.1
mounting flanges mate as shown
0.01
0.8 1
2
4
6
8 10
20
40
… times rated current
262
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 – USA (847) 827-7600 – UK (01296) 420336 – www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Door Locking, Time Delay and Motor Protection Controls
Door Locking Relays
Time Delay Relays
Motor Protection Controls
Motor Start Switches
Voltage ratings max. 3 AC 400 V, AC 250 V
DC 28 V
Current ratings 0.1...16 A
Suited both to domestic and heavy duty professional
equipment, these relays offer a choice of thermal or
magnetic sensing element, with versions for current and
voltage control.
Energising the relay activates the door locking mechanism,
while de-energisation keeps the door locked for a predetermined time until it is safe to be opened again.
The E-T-A door locking relay series 6510 has been
specifically developed to comply with the requirements of
IEC 335-2-25 (Safety for Household and Similar
appliances). The product is in modular form and offers
door closed signalling and locking possibilities for
applications such as microwave ovens with pyrolytic
cleaning.
The choice of door locking relays available provides
flexibility for the designer while ensuring that the legislative demands of different markets can be successfully
satisfied.
Time Delay Relays
The E-T-A series 664 is a voltage activated thermal time
delay relay suitable for a wide range of applications and
process control applications. The excitation circuit and
load switching changeover contacts are electrically separate. Delay times can be specified in fixed steps up to sixty
seconds.
Motor Protection Controls
Series 2-6500 and 2-6700 over current protection devices
with automatic reset actuation are particularly suitable for
motor control and similar applications. They are designed
to distinguish between temporary overloads, for example
motor start conditions, and sustained faults such as
locked rotor. A reset delay provides an opportunity for the
equipment protected to cool before power is re-applied,
and the need for operator intervention is avoided.
Motor Start Switches
E-T-A Motor Start Switches offer a simple and rugged
method of disconnecting the auxiliary windings and start
capacitors of single phase AC motors. Featuring current
sensitive bimetal controlled mechanisms, their switching
time is a function of the starting current and its duration.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
263
Overview
Door Locking Relays
E-T-A door locking relays are designed to increase the
safety of washing machines, dishwashers, microwave
ovens and similar appliances. By ensuring that their doors
cannot be opened whilst the machine is operating, users
are protected from moving parts, high temperatures,
steam, harmful radiation and other hazards.
5
Time Delay Relays - Door Locking Systems
683-...
6110-...
Description
Bimetal operated voltage activated time delay relay, with change
over contact and snap action
mechanism. Excitation circuit and
switching circuit are electrically
separate
Bimetal operated voltage or current activated door locking relay.
Choice of actuator lengths.
Aux. contact optional
Bimetal operated voltage activated door lock for washing
machines
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 24 V
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
Current rating of switching
circuit/auxiliary contact
5 (2A)
2 (0.3) A
16 (4) A switch on only
4-5/6-7 6A (6A)
switch-on only
Operating voltages or
currents
AC 4...240 V
0.1...5 A
AC 24...240 V
AC 120...240 V
Typical life
100,000 operations with 1 x IN
10,000 operations with 1 x IN
5,000 operations with 1 x IN
for circuit 4-5
5,000 operations with 1 x IN
for circuit 6-7
Overexcitation or
interrupting capacity
1.4 UN continuously
up to 3 UN short-time
VDE, Demko, Nemko, Semko,
Fimko, Kema, SEV, ÖVE, IMQ, UTE
VDE, KEMA, SEV, Fimko,
Demko, Nemko, IMQ
see pages 269 - 270
see pages 271 - 272
Approvals
see pages 267 - 268
Available options
3
4
2
60
6
12.5
22
38
1
28.5 energized
Dimensions
53.5
5
664-...
30
Overview
Type No.
5
42
60
Internal wiring diagrams
4
60
5
3
current-activated
60±0.2
6110-...1-...
1
1
264
☎
2
2
3
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
4
6(6)A
0(0)A
ON
OFF
6(6)A
0(0)A
5
6
ON
OFF
7
Issue C
Door Locking Relays - Motor Protection Controls
6510-F...
2-6500-...
2-6700-...
3620-...
Magnetic door lock for cookers
with pyrolytic cleaning and
microwave ovens
Single pole bimetal operated
motor protection control, surface mounting with flange, automatic re-set type
Single pole bimetal operated
motor protection control, surface mounting, automatic re-set
type
Three pole, voltage-sensitive
thermal relay with bimetal
operation and auxiliary contact
AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 28 V
3 AC 400 V (50/60 Hz)
≤ 10 A
13-14/33-34 16 A (6A)
23-24
10 A (4A)
0.1...10 A
0.1...10 A
≤ AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
500 operations for circuit 33-34
100,000 operations for circuit 13-13
and 23-24
100,000 operations with 2 x IN
100,000 operations with 2 x IN
1,000 operations at IN
8 x IN
8 x IN
300 operations with 20 A
VDE, KEMA, Demko, Nemko,
Fimko, ÖVE, IMQ, Semko
VDE, Semko, UL
VDE
see pages 273 - 274
see pages 275 - 276
see pages 275 - 276
6510-F1
Overview
AC 230...240 V
5
see pages 277 - 278
50 ±0.1
22
14
26
3
2
12
22
P
0.8
0.25
1
12.5
5
12.5
P
6510-F101-...
33 34 41 42
35
45.5
61
45
4.5
42.5
78
44.5
P
i
1
3
5
21
k
2
4
6
22
44
(3)
I
Issue C
14
24
13
23
2
☎
2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
265
Motor Start Switches
Description
Current sensitive bimetal operated relay for disconnecting auxiliary windings and start
capacitors
Max. voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
Current rating of switching
circuit
10 (5) A
Operating voltages or
currents
0.2...10 A
Typical life
100,000 operations at 1 x IN
Interrupting capacity
4 IN, max. 20 A
Approvals
VDE
Available options
see pages 279 - 280
Dimensions
45
2
22
5
2-7000-...
12
Overview
Type No.
3
1
61
Internal wiring diagrams
1
3
2
266
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Time Delay Relay 664-...
Description
Voltage activated bimetal operated time delay relay with changeover
contact and snap action mechanism, excitation circuit and switching
circuit electrically separate, operation independent of mounting attitude.
High shock resistance. Delay times can be factory-preset as desired.
The continuous excitation voltage may be up to 1.4 times the rated
value. To shorten the switching time the excitation voltage may be
increased to 3 times the rated value but only for that switching time
period.
Typical applications
Process control, diesel engine pre-heaters
664-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
664
thermal time delay relay with changeover contact
Terminal design
P10
5 blade terminals 6.3x0.8
P19
printed circuit board pins
Operating voltage*
AC 4...240 V
Switching time*
20...60 sec
Reset time*
20...60 sec
664 - P10 - 230 V - 20 - 40
6
7.6
Operating
voltage (V)
24
Internal
resistance (Ω)
200
48
725
60
1,200
10
26.5
115
4,000
12
40
230
16,700
16
73
240
16,700
20
134
8
Issue C
16
☎
5 (2) A
Operating voltages
AC 4...240 V
Typical life
ordering example
Standard operating voltages and typical internal resistance values
Internal
resistance (Ω)
3.4
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz); DC 24 V
Current rating of
switching circuit
Switching/
reset times in sec
*Please indicate the desired switching time, reset time and operating voltage when
ordering. The sum of switching and reset time should be between 60 and 120 s.
Operating
voltage (V)
4
Voltage rating
approx. 20
approx. 40
approx. 25
approx. 50
approx. 30
approx. 60
The sum of switching time and reset time
should be between 60 and 120 s
100,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
-30...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
excitation circuit/
switching circuit
AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Overexcitation
1.4 UN continuously
up to 3 UN short-time
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
housing IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 31 g
Test voltage
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
5
267
Time Delay Relay 664-...
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagram
664-P10
60
4
5
3
55
41.8
6.25
6.5
5
13
1
3
30
2
5
7
1
2
15
3
17.5
27
21.5
4
3.7
28.5
0.5
6.5
8.5
20
6
13
6.3
0.8
664-P19
60
55
41.8
6.25
6.5
5
13
1
3
30
3
5
7
3.7
6.5
0.5
28.5
5
15
2
17.5
27
21.5
4
4
6.3
268
☎
6.2
8.5
20
6
13
0.8
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 683-...
Description
Voltage or current activated bimetal operated door locking relay in
creepage resistant and flame retardant housing. Choice of actuator
lengths. Auxiliary contacts optional.
Typical applications
Washing machines
683-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
683
door locking relay
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Auxiliary contacts
Si1
current and voltage activated, 2 (0.3) A, N/O
Si2
current and voltage activated, N/C
Si50
voltage activated 16 (4) A, N/O
Housing
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Variant
...
special suffix number for actuator
length or style etc.
Operating current or voltage
0.1...5 A
AC 24...240 V
683 - P10 - Si50 - KF -
... - 230 V
ordering example
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
VDE, Demko, Nemko,
Semko, Fimko, Kema,
SEV, ÖVE, IMQ, UTE
AC 250 V
2 (0.3)A, 16 (4)A
Issue C
☎
Voltage rating
AC 250 V (50/60 Hz)
Current ratings:
circuit Si1, Si2
circuit Si50
2 (0.3) A
16 (4) A switch on only
Operating voltages
AC 24...240 V
Operating currents
0.1...5 A
Typical life
10,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
0... +80 °C (T 80)
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage
AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Locking time (23°C)
< 20 sec depending on excitation
Release time (23°C)
> 40 sec depending on application
Actuator travel
max. 3.5 mm
Actuator force
max. 0.2 N
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
actuator area IP 20
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 22 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
5
269
Door Locking Relay 683-...
Dimensions
Installation drawings
683-P10-KF-... current activated
683-P10-KF-... current activated
10
27.2
16
38
22
30
3.3
8.1
25
6
8.5
4.3
non-energized
28.5
53.5
energized
6
25
±1.3
16
12.5
26
±1.2
actuator motion when
energized
reference values
for operating times
18
4.5
26.5
60
terminal area
3
mounting area
3.5
11.25
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-MS
0.65
4
7
5
recommended
minimum
dimensions
ø4
9
683-P10-Si50-KF-... voltage activated
±1.2
683-P10-Si50-KF-... voltage activated
actuator motion when
energized
12.5
6
5
±1.3
25
6
20
16
26
27.2
3.3
3
25
non-energized
28.5
4.3
ø4
3.5
11.25
0.65
4
7
terminal area
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-MS
60
9
Internal wiring diagrams
5
5
mounting area
3
5
reference values
for operating times
33
18
4.5
26.5
16
38
22
8.1
3
30
53.5
energized
8.5
Application circuit 683-P10
683-P10-KF current activated
R
1
program contacts
door lock
2
683-P10-Si1-KF
current activated
683-P10-Si2-KF
current activated
1
1
5
washing motor
M
M
spin motor
Mp
2
3
683-P10-Si50-KF
voltage activated,
without physical isolation
2
270
2
683-P10-Si50-KF
voltage activated,
with physical isolation
1
4
1
3
2
3
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 6110-...
Description
Bimetal operated voltage activated door lock for washing machines,
ensuring compulsory and permanent contact separation when the door
is forced open. With standard keyed connectors.
Typical applications
Washing machines
6110-F10.-P1X.-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
6110
voltage activated door locking relay
Configuration/mounting method
F flange mounting
Lock
1 for door catch
3 for door pin
Number of poles
0 unprotected on all poles
Circuit variants
1...6 see circuit variants shown overleaf
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Characteristic curve
X0
switch only (version -F..6) (without lock)
X2
standard curve: 230 V
locking time ≤10 s
release time: 40-100 s (at 23°C)
X3
standard curve: 110 V
locking time: ≤16 s
release time: 40-100 s (at 23°C)
Slide positioning
R1
with locating position
Rating
operating voltage in V
6110 - F 1 0 1 - P1 X2 - R1 - 230 V
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz
Current ratings
for circuit 4-5 (µ)
for circuit 6-7
6 A (6 A) switch on only
6 A (6 A) switch on only
Operating voltages 3-4
AC 120...AC 240 V
Typical life
for circuits 4-5
for circuits 6-7
5,000 operations at 1xIN
5,000 operations at 1xIN
Ambient temperature
0...+80 °C T 80
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
3
reinforced insulation at locking aperture
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A
locking aperture
circuit 3-4-5/6-7
Test voltage
AC 4,000 V
AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
locking aperture IP 33
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 z), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Operating force
F1: 3...10 N
F3: < 68 N
Locking force
F1: ≥ 400 N
F3: ≥ 200 N
Mass
approx. 46 g
ordering example
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE, Kema, SEV,
AC 250 V
16 (6) A
Fimko,Demko, Nemko,
IMQ
Issue C
☎
6110-F30.-P1X.-...
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
5
271
Door Locking Relay 6110-F10.-P1X.-...
Dimensions 6110-F10-... for door pin
Dimensions 6110-F30-... for door catch
standard keyed connectors code W
for thermal door locking
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Ms
standard keyed connectors code W
for thermal door locking
blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8-Ms
ø8
ø8
12
42
60 ±0.2
42
FS
6x5=30
6x5=30
5
5
12
60
60
11
engaged length of
the door catch
1
5
19
15
door pin direction
15
R6
19
6.5
+0.5
door pin in closed position
(not part of our product)
pin form to drawing
Y 306 428 00
4
3 - 10 N
min. 400 N
2.5
2
operating force for slide:
locking force of the device:
door catch in
operating mode
+0.5
4 - 5 mm slide movement in one
direction (
)
ø3.6
17.5
ø3.6
door catch
(not part of product)
4.5
6
4.5
chamfer 1x45°
chamfer 1x45°
engaged length of the door pin
38
20
9.5
22
32.7 -0.2
38
32.7 -0.2
20
9.5
60±0.2
5 -0.1
6° + 4 °
max. 10
thickness
max. 9mm
10.5 -0.2
2
=
=
=
2
17.9-0.2
=
17.9-0.2
5
Installation drawing
Circuit variants
5
6110-...1-...
5
> R4
around the hole
3
5
4
6(6)A
0(0)A
ON
OFF
6(6)A
0(0)A
5
6
ON
OFF
7
6110-...3-...
15
3
5.5
3.5
6(6)A
0(0)A
4
ON
OFF
5
5.5
3.5
6110-...6-...
6(6)A
0(0)A
15
272
☎
25
6
ON
OFF
7
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Door Locking Relay 6510-...
Description
Safety systems for cookers with pyrolytic cleaning facility and microwave
ovens according to IEC Standard 335-2-25.
6510-F2: contact system for application in microwave ovens, with one
or two auxiliary contacts to monitor latching of the door striker.
6510-F1: same basic unit as type 6510-F2, with an additional bistable
electro-magnetic locking mechanism to ensure that the door is closed
during pyrolytic cleaning.
Operating temperatures up to +120°C.
Typical applications
Cookers with or without pyrolytic cleaning facility, microwave ovens
6510-F1...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
6510
door locking relay
Configuration/mounting method
F flange mounting
Size
1 contact system with additional bistable electro-magnetic
locking mechanism (for cookers with pyrolytic cleaning facility)
2 contact system for microwave ovens
Number of poles
0 unprotected on all poles
Style, accessories (circuit variants)
1 2 switch contacts (two N0 contacts)
2 1 switch contact (one N0 contact)
3 2 switch contacts (one each NO/NC contact)
Terminal design
P1 blade terminals 6.3-0.8 mm
Characteristic data
Q1
Switch:
max. 500 magnetic locking and unlocking cycles
switching contacts: max. 100,000 cycles
Contact load:
terminal 13-14: 16 (6) A
terminal 33-34: 16 (6) A
terminal 23-24: 10 (4) A
Q2
Switch:
max. 500 magnetic locking and unlocking cycles
switching contacts: max. 100,000 cycles
Contact load:
terminal 13-14: 16 (6) A
terminal 33-34: 16 (6) A
terminal 23-24: DC 5 V / 100 µA
Rating
AC 230-240 V 1 % ON duty / 10 sec
6510 - F 1 0 1 - P1 Q1 - 230 V
ordering example
Approvals
Authority
Voltage ratings
Current ratings
VDE
Kema, Demko, Nemko,
Fimko, ÖVE, IMQ
Semko (only -F2)
AC 230 V
16 (6) A, 10 (4) A
Issue C
☎
6510-F2...
Voltage rating
AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz
(other voltages to special order)
Current ratings
circuits 13-14 (-F1/-F2)
and 33-34 (-F1)
16 A (6 A)
circuit 23-24
10 A (4 A)
Coil (-F1 only)
excitation
41-42/44
duty cycle
AC 230-240 V, approx. 8 A
1 % ON duty /10 s
Typical life (VDE 0630)
100,000 operations at 1xIN
for circuits 13-14 and 23-24
Typical life ( VDE 0435)
500 operations at 1xIN
for circuit 33-34 (-F1 only) - pyrolysis
Ambient temperature
0...150 °C (T 150)
coil function temp. (-F1 only): +80...+120 °C
Temperature at
mounting means
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
locking aperture
circuits 13-14/23-24
between circuits
13-14/23-24
and 33-34 (-F1 only)
between circuits and
energization (-F1 only)
max. +180 °C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
3
reinforced insulation at locking aperture
Test voltage
AC 4,000 V
AC 2,000 V
5
AC 4,000 V
AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
locking aperture IP 33
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 z), ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
96 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
to DIN 40046, sheet 5, test Ca
Locking strength (-F1)
≥ 200 N
Mass
-F1: approx. 75 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
-F2: approx. 36 g
273
Door Locking Relay 6510-...
Dimensions 6510-F2
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Ms
8.5
7
30
4.5
35
45
4.5
30
50 ±0.1
38
2
9
42.5
56.5
Door catch
(not part of our product)
42.5
56.5
ø5
3.5
3.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
8.5
15.5
15.5
mounting depth 19
mounting depth 19
Installation drawing 6510-F1
Installation drawing 6510-F2
mounting area
(standard insulation)
accessible area
(double insulation)
ø10
ø5
ø12
ø5
ø10
Door catch
(not part of our product)
ø5
ø12
7.5
4.5
FS
25 -40 N
15 - 30 N
45
7.5
FS = closing force:
opening force:
2
4.5
78
63±0.2
8.5
FS = closing force: 25 - 40 N
opening force: 15 - 30 N
locking strength: ≥ 200 N
63±0.2
8.5
9
7.5
7.5
3x7.5=(22.5)
78
FS
3x7.5=(22.5)
50 ±0.1
38
1.5
5
7
1.5
5.5
5
14
30.5
14.5 1.5
6.5
1.5
blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 Ms
4x7.5 = (30) 7.5
1.5
Dimensions 6510-F1
accessible area
(double insulation)
mounting area
(standard insulation)
5
Please ensure that the door catch engages
centrally in the locking aperture!
Please ensure that the door catch engages
centrally in the locking aperture!
Internal wiring diagrams 6510-F1..
6510-F101-...
33 34 41 42
6510-F102-...
44
33 34 41 42
Internal wiring diagrams 6510-F2..
6510-F103-...
44
33 34 41 42
6510-F201-...
44
14
24
I
I
274
24
13
23
I
14
13
☎
I
14
24
13
23
14
I
13
14
6510-F202-...
23
13
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Motor Protection Controls 2-6500-.../2-6700-...
Description
Bimetal operated motor protection controls with automatic reset
actuation, small physical size, reliable snap-action mechanism.
Caution: In specifying these products, care should be taken to ensure
that automatic motor re-start does not represent a safety hazard.
Typical applications
Motors, transformers, extra low voltage wiring
2-6500-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
2-6500 surface type with flange
2-6700 surface type without flange
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Shunt terminal (optional)
A3
blade terminals or solder terminals; max. load 5 A
Current ratings
0.1...10 A
2-6500 - P10 -
- 6A
ordering example
The exact part number required can be built up from the table of choices shown
above. Ordering references for optional features should be omitted if not required.
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz; DC 28 V
Current ratings
0.1...10 A
Typical life
100,000 operations at 2xIN
Protection is ensured for 18 days of
continuous locked rotor condition with
Ik ≤ 6xIN, max. 30 A, (unsupervised duty)
Ambient temperature
-10...+60 °C
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
3
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity
8 x IN (co-co-co)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
housing IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Internal
resistance (Ω)
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
test to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
2-6500: approx. 20 g
2-6700: approx. 25 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.1
140
Current
rating (A)
2
0.47
2.5
0.33
20.5
3
0.212
11.4
3.5
0.155
0.2
47.5
0.3
0.4
2-6700-...
0.5
7.25
4
0.107
0.6
5.35
4.5
0.095
0.7
3.8
5
0.072
0.8
2.95
6
0.054
1
1.92
7
0.032
1.2
1.32
8
0.02
1.5
0.85
9
< 0.02
1.8
0.59
10
< 0.02
5
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
VDE
AC 250 V
0.1...10 A
UL
AC 250 V, DC 28 V
0.1...15 A (2-6500 only)
Semko
AC 250 V
0.1...10 A (2-6500 only)
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
275
Motor Protection Controls 2-6500-.../2-6700-...
Internal wiring diagram
Dimensions
2-6500-P10 (A3)
2-6500-...
6
10.7
3
2
15.7
22
12
8.5
4
P
12°
P
(3)
4
52
11.5
8.25
44.5
0.5
8.25
2-6700-...
P
0.8
ø4
2
8
4
2
3.5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
10.5
6.3
8
2-6700-P10
10000
45.5
Trip time in seconds
9
ø3
20.5
1000
19.4
4.5
26
0.8
25
8
10.6 11.8
mounting hole
39.5
100
10
6.3
8
1
Accessories for type 2-6500
0.1
1
Water splash cover Y 302 151 01
with flange and holes that may be filed out for cable entry
25
80
15
20
40
The time/current characteristic curve depends on the ambient temperature
prevailing. In order to eliminate nuisance tripping, please multiply the circuit
breaker current ratings by the derating factor shown below.
Ambient temperature °C -10 0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.84 0.92 1
1
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
29
26
4
6 8 10
… times rated current
5
40
32
5
2
1.5
10
5
23.5
20
276
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Thermal Relay 3620
Description
Three pole, voltage-sensitive thermal relay with bimetal operation,
auxiliary circuit and manual reset button. Suitable for PCB mounting.
Typical applications
Motor protection
3620-10
Ordering information
Type No.
3620
Three pole thermal relay
Configuration
10
standard version
Voltage rating
400 V
3620 - 10
- 400 V
ordering example
Technical data
Voltage rating
Current rating
Auxiliary circuit
Excitation voltage
Typical life
3 AC 400 V (50/60 Hz)
≤ 10 A
1 A AC 230 V
≤ AC 230 V (50/60 Hz)
1,000 operations at IN
Ambient temperture
nsulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
0...+100°C
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
2
reinforced insulation in operating area
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664 A)
operating area
mounting area
circuit/circuit
circuit/excitation
Issue C
☎
Test voltage
AC 4000 V
AC 2000 V
AC 2000 V
AC 2000 V
Insulation resistance
Trip time at 23 °C
Reset time at 23 °C
(without load period)
Interrupting capacity
> 100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
< 30 sec
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
IP 00 terminal area
IP 40 operating area
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz), ± 0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
15 g (11 ms)
to IEC 68-2-27, test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours in 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
168 hours at 95 % RH
to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 25 g
< 80 sec
300 operations with 20 A
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
277
5
Thermal Relay 3620
Internal wiring diagram
i
1
3
5
21
k
2
4
6
22
3
15,5
22
6
1
2
4
26,7
5
i (k)
3
k
21
Dimensions
1
4.5
14
22
40°
0.8
1
0.25
5
0.25
1
12.5
5
12.5
12.5
7.5
12.5
7.5
3
35
ø4
1
35
mounting dimensions
12.5±0.1
12.5±0.1
7.5 ±0.1
25±0.2
7.5 ±0.1
5±0,1
5
ø1.5+0.2
ø1.7 +0.2
ø1.5 +0.2
Installation drawing
operating area
278
mounting area
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Motor Start Switch 2-7000-...
Description
Bimetal operated current sensitive relay for disconnection of auxiliary
windings and start capacitors of single phase AC motors. The operating
time of the auxiliary winding is a function of the starting current and its
duration. High contact pressure reduces sensitivity to shock and
vibration - no contact sticking.
Other features: independent of mounting position and location. Under
stalled motor conditions the auxiliary winding and/or the starting
capacitor will remain disconnected avoiding damage to the motor.
See page 281 for additional information.
Typical applications
Single phase AC motors
2-7000-...
Ordering information
Technical data
Type No.
2-7000 motor start switch
Terminal design
P10
blade terminals 6.3-0.8
Housing (optional)
KF
for tropical and high humidity conditions
Current ratings
0.2...10 A
Voltage rating
AC 250 V, 50/60 Hz
Current rating of
switching circuit
10 (5) A
Ambient temperature
0...+60 °C
2-7000 - P10 - KF - 6 A
Insulation co-ordination
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Rated impulse
Pollution
withstand voltage degree
2.5 kV
3
ordering example
0.2...10 A
Typical life
100,000 operations at 1xIN
Dielectric strength
(IEC 664 and 664A)
Test voltage AC 2,000 V
Insulation resistance
>100 MΩ (DC 500 V)
Interrupting capacity
4 x IN (co-co-co)
Degree of protection
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
housing IP 30
terminal area IP 00
Internal
resistance (Ω)
0.53
Vibration
5 g (57-500 Hz) ±0.38 mm (10-57 Hz)
to IEC 68-2-6, test Fc,
10 frequency cycles/axis
Shock
25 g (11 ms)
test to IEC 68-2-27, Test Ea
Corrosion
48 hours at 5 % salt mist
to IEC 68-2-11, test Ka
Humidity
240 hours at 95 % RH
test to IEC 68-2-3, test Ca
Mass
approx. 18 g
Standard current ratings and typical internal resistance values
Current
rating (A)
2.5
Current rating of
excitation circuit
Current
rating (A)
0.2
Internal
resistance (Ω)
91
0.5
16
3
0.435
0.8
6
4
0.342
1
3.65
5
0.27
1.3
2.17
6
< 0.02
1.5
1.62
7
< 0.02
1.8
1.10
8
< 0.02
2
0.97
10
< 0.02
5
Approvals
Authority
Voltage rating
Current rating
VDE
AC 250 V
0.1...10 A
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
279
Motor Start Switch 2-7000-...
Dimensions
Internal wiring diagram
1
3
4
52
6.3
2
1
2
44.5
61
3.5
ø3.8
3
8.25
8.5
Typical time/current characteristics at 23 °C
12
8.7
22
10.5
10000
22
1000
Water splash cover
Y 302 151 01
with flange and holes that may be filed out for cable entry
100
10
25
80
Trip time in seconds
Accessory
15
29
26
5
40
32
1
1.5
10
0.1
5
23.5
20
0.2
0.4 0.6 0.8 1
2
4
… times rated current
6 8 10
switching time
reset time after 30 s of load
The time/current characteristic curve depends on the ambient temperature
prevailing. In order to eliminate nuisance tripping, please multiply the circuit
breaker current ratings by the derating factor shown below.
Ambient temperature °C -10 0
+10 +23 +30 +40 +50 +60
Multiplication factor
0.84 0.92 1
1
1 1.08 1.16 1.24
5
280
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Motor Start Switches
Selection of the device
The contacts of type 2-7000 will open when energized so that the
lowest possible motor current (e.g. the running current of the motor
unloaded) must not be less than the current rating of the motor start
switch to ensure that the switch will reconnect the auxiliary phase after
completion of the starting process.
The current rating will determine both the switching characteristics and
ratings of the contacts.
At the same time the highest possible motor current (short-circuit
current at overvoltage) must not exceed 6 times the motor start switch
current rating. Normally the A-P-S current rating should be approx.
1/5 of the running current of the motor (see the examples below).
Either wiring a or wiring b should be chosen, giving due consideration
to these two extreme conditions.
Wiring information
Wiring with motor start switch (A-P-S)
Example for wiring „a“:
Current of the motor unloaded
(current rating of the motor)
1. Wiring „a“:
For this standard connection
please observe the following:
3
1
2. Wiring „b“:
This special connection is
suitable for motors with relatively
high short circuit currents:
Formula for the motor start switch:
Current rating = 1/5 Imax = 1/5 12 = 2.4 A
i.e. a motor start switch current rating of 2.5 A (e.g. 2-7000-P10-KF-2.5 A)
should be selected.
With wiring „a“ the overall current of the motor flows through the
bimetal heater (terminal 1). The max. possible current of 12 A is lower
than 6 x 2.5 = 15 A, the highest admissible load for the motor start
switch. Furthermore the lowest possible motor current (2.6 A) is higher
than the motor start switch current rating, ensuring that the auxiliary
phase will remain disconnected even when the motor is unloaded.
Ha
Example for wiring „b“:
Current of the motor unloaded:Io = 1.5 A = Imin
Other motor data as indicated in example „a“.
As in this case the motor start switch current rating must be selected
according to the lower minimum current value, only the short-circuit
current of the main phase (7 A) may flow through the bimetal heater
(terminal 1) in order to prevent overloading.
Current rating = 1/5 Ik Ha = 1/5 7 = 1.4 A.
i.e. a motor start switch current rating of 1.5 A (e.g. 2-7000-P10-KF-1.5 A)
should be selected.
The motor start switch rated at 1.5 A must be connected according to
wiring „b“. In this case the max. possible load is 7 A, i.e. it is lower than
6 x 1.5 A = 9 A.
The current of the motor unloaded (1.5 A) equals the motor start switch
current rating - the auxiliary phase will again remain disconnected.
A-P-S
3
Mains input:
terminal 2
Main phase:
terminal 1
Auxiliary phase: terminal 3
1
2
Hi
M
1
In this case it is only the main
phase current that determines
the switching time of the motor
start switch.
Wiring with Motor Protection Control (M-R):
Once the motor has stopped, if
an attempt is made to start it
P
again before the motor start
M-R
switch has reset, a stall condition
will result causing the motor
protection control to disconnect
the supply. The motor start
switch contacts will reset, and
the motor may be re-started
once the motor start switch has
closed again automatically.
Wiring with E-T-A Circuit Breaker:
This
configuration
is
recommended where the
function of the device or
equipment is supervised and
resetting should only be made
manually (e.g. circular saws).
Operation of the motor start
switch is otherwise the same.
Ha
5
A-P-S
2
3
1
2
Hi
M
1
Ha
E-T-A
A-P-S
1
2
3
1
2
Hi
M
1
☎
2
Hi
M
1
The overall starting current of
the motor determines the
switching time of the motor start
switch and must not exceed its
max. current capacity.
Issue C
Short-circuit current of the main phase
Ik Ha = 7 A
of main and auxiliary phase Ik Ha + Hi = 12 A = Imax
A-P-S
Mains input:
terminal 1
Main phase:
terminal 2
Auxiliary phase: terminal 3
Io = 2.6 A = Imin
IN = 3.0 A)
Ha
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
281
5
282
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827 - 7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-T-A solid state remote power controllers combine solid
state switching with electronic overload protection and
current limiting characteristics. Selected models also
include electro-mechanical switching for applications
which demand physical contact separation.
Physical isolation between control and load circuits is
assured through inclusion of an opto-coupler in most
models, and all types provide fault status and wire break
indication. Advanced thickfilm and hybrid circuitry
specially developed and manufactured by E-T-A in-house
make a significant contribution to the reliability of these
products while ease of installation is achieved through
convenient industry standard rail or socket mounting.
There is a suitable E-T-A solid state remote power
controller for most process control and DC power
distribution requirements and characteristics may also be
tailored to special circumstances as necessary.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
283
Overview
These products have been designed for the protection of
programmable controller outputs, instrumentation, and
process control switching circuits. Their performance
characteristics are especially suitable for limiting the high
in-rush currents associated with solenoids and other high
resistance or inductive loads. Versions are also available
for power management control in vehicles and marine
craft.
6
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
Overview
Type No.
6
E-1048-600..
E-1071-073-...
E-1071-128-...
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
Current rating of load
0.5 A
1A
2A
4A
0.2 - 3.0 A
0.2 - 3.0 A
Short-circuit limitation
25 A (0.5A/1A rating)
75 A (2 A/4 A rating)
approx. 2.5 x IN
approx. 2.5 x IN
Hold current of magnetic coil
N/A
N/A
N/A
Operating voltage of SSRPC
DC 18 ... 36 V
DC 20 ... 48 V
DC 20 ... 48 V
Display
ON indication
fault indication
control current
load current
control current
minimum current
ON indication
fault indication
Status outputs
fault indication via opto coupler
(N/O contact)
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O contact)
ON and fault indication via opto
coupler
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
12/50/65 mm (without socket)
12/80/89 mm (with socket type 17)
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 / 128 mm
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
when used with socket 17-P-Si
(accessory)
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
Physical isolation of load
circuit (after electronic
overload disconnection)
Temperature range
Housing
- mounting dimensions (W/H/D)
- mounting
Other data
suitable for lamp load
Technical data
see pages 287 - 289
284
☎
monitoring of minimum current,
adjustable between 0.1 and 2.1 A
see pages 291 - 293
see pages 295 - 297
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-1071-353-...
E-1071-603/607-...
E-1071-803-...
DC 48 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
0.2 - 3.0 A
parallel operation: max. 4 A
0.2 - 3.0 A
parallel operation: max. 4 A
adjustable betw. 0.1 and 3.1 A
0.25 A
0.40 A
1A
2A
3A
approx 2.5 x IN
approx. 2.5 x IN
approx. 3.5 x IN
approx. 3.5 x IN
N/A
N/A
adjustable between
0.06 A and 1.85 A
adjustable
between
DC 36 ... 60 V
DC 20 ... 48 V
max. DC 60 V
max. DC 60 V
control current
load current
control current
load current
control current
O.K.
wire break
fault
control current
load current
wire break
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O)
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O)
ON and fault indication via opto
coupler
fault indication via auxiliary
contact (N/O)
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
after approx. 5 s
0 °C ...+60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
0 °C ... +60 °C
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 / 128 mm
45 / 74 /128 mm
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
rail to EN 50022-35x7.5
double unit
double unit
load current control
load current control
see pages 299 - 301
see pages 303 - 305
see pages 307 - 309
see pages 311 - 313
Issue C
☎
( 3 ... 6 W)
( 6 ... 10 W)
(15 ... 30 W)
(30 ... 50 W)
(50 ... 75 W)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
0.06 A
0.1 A
0.25 A
0.5 A
0.75 A
and
and
and
and
and
0.18 A
0.3 A
0.75 A
1.5 A
2.25 A
Overview
E-1071-343-...
6
285
Solid State Remote Power Controllers (SSRPCs)
E-1071-073
E-1071-128
E-1071-343
E-1071-353
E-1071-603
E-1071-607
E-1071-803
Type No.
E-1048-600
Selector chart
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Control circuit
Control voltage DC 24 V
Max. switching frequency fmax
1 Hz
●
●
●
●
●
●
10 Hz
●
100 Hz
500 Hz
●
●
●
●
Load circuit
●
PNP transistor output, plus switching
NPN transistor output, minus switching
Current rating
0.5 A
●
1A
●
2A
●
3A
4A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Load current
max. 0.25 A
●
(adjustable, pulse-controlled hold current)
max. 0.4 A
●
max. 1 A
●
max. 2 A
●
●
max. 3 A
max. 3.1 A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Physical isolation under fault conditions (short-circuit, overload)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Physical isolation by hand release
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Reverse polarity protection UB (terminal 1 - terminal 2)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Short-circuit current, self-limiting
●
●
Fault signal output
●
Opto coupler
●
●
Auxiliary contact (N/O)
●
LED
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Constructional features
Double unit
Overview
Current measuring terminals
Connection
●
Blade terminals
Screw terminals
●
●
Screw-less connectors
6
286
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1048-600
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller (SSRPC) E-1048-600 is
an opto decoupled transistorised switching device providing both
protection and signalisation.
It may be used wherever safe switching and protection of resistive,
inductive or lamp loads in DC voltage systems is required.
E-1048-600
Technical data (TA = 25 °C; at UN)
Typical applications
Automation
- interface module providing inexpensive power amplification
at PLC outputs
- optimum protection of individual loads by monitoring the load
circuit
Protection and control of
- motors
- solenoids
- lamps
Load circuit
Voltage rating UB
Current rating IN
Closed-circuit current IS
Min. load current
Voltage drop UDSmax
Overload disconnection
Short-circuit current
(self-limiting)
Features
● Optimum load protection. Available in current ratings of
0.5 A; 1 A; 2 A; 4 A.
● Fast short-circuit limitation and disconnection
● Time/current dependent overload disconnection
● Remote control
● Fault indication: LED and signal output for overload/short-circuit
signalization, and wire break indication in the OFF condition.
● Physically isolated fault indication.
● Compact plug-in type
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1048
Solid State Remote Power Controller
Version
600 with physically isolated control input and
fault indication output
Voltage rating
DC 24 V DC 24 V (standard)
Current ratings
0.5 A
1.0 A
2.0 A
4.0 A
Short-circuit disconnection
Control circuit
Voltage rating
Voltage controlled input UE
DC 24 V (18...36 V)
0.5 A; 1 A; 2 A, 4 A (other ratings to
special order)
typically 0.3 mA
> 1 mA
0.15 V; 0.3 V; 0.1 V; 0.2 V
approx. 1.4 x IN after approx. 100 ms
max. 25 A (with 0.5 A and 1 A current
ratings)
max. 75 A (with 2 A and 4 A current
ratings)
<250 µs
DC 24 V
DC 0 V < low level < 5 V
DC 8.5 V < high level < 36 V
1...10 mA (18...36 V)
500 Hz
Input current IE
Max. switching frequency fmax
Reset time after shortcircuit/overload disconnection 1 ms
Fault indication output
(opto coupler)
Voltage rating range
DC 5...36 V
Max. load current
100 mA (∆U < 2 V), with reverse polarity
protection
Wire break indication
< 100 µA load current
General data
Temperature range
0 °C ... +60 °C
Insulation voltage
2.5 kV rms
(IEC 664/VDE 0110)
Mass
28 g
Connection diagram
6
green
E-1048 - 600
DC24 V
1.0 A
ordering example
E-1048-600
1
control
circuit
fault indication
circuit
IN+
INF+
F-
+UB
2
5
7
Control and
Protection
Electronics
4
Q
Load
Where wire break and LED indication is not required, please contact
us for a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker (e.g. types 2210, 3600,
3900).
3
6
-UB
red
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
287
Solid State Remote Power Controller E 1048-600
Derating curve
IN
0 10
30
20
40
50 60
ambient temperature (°C)
Typical time/current characteristics
0.5 A and 1 A
1000
100
Trip time in ms
At the appropriate input level (>8.5 V), the opto decoupled input in the
SSRPC will switch on a power transistor to connect the load to the plus
pole of the load circuit supply (UB).
The transistor will switch off when
- the control voltage (UE) is removed
- there is a short-circuit/overload in the load circuit.
Status indication is provided by two LEDs (red and green).
Thermal-magnetic overload protection occurs at approx. 1.4 times rated
current. See time/current characteristic curves.
The SSRPC is fitted with blade terminals DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8 and is
suitable for plug-in mounting with various E-T-A sockets.
Control circuit
ON condition:
If a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied to the input terminals (-IN, +IN),
the control current (from the PLC) will flow through the opto coupler.The
output transistor will be conductive.
OFF condition:
A control voltage lower than 5 V will switch the output transistor off.
Load circuit
The load circuit switches depending on the control signal (“0” or “1”). It
is electronically monitored for faults. In the event of a short-circuit the
circuit is disconnected after max. 250 µs whilst upon inadmissible
overload it is disconnected according to the time/current curves shown.
Fault indication output
The fault indication circuit (F+, F-) is opto decoupled from the load and
control circuit.
In the OFF condition (i.e. 0 < UE < 5 V), this circuit will provide wire break
indication, with the transistor output being open.
In the ON condition, the circuit will provide short-circuit and overload
monitoring and indication.
load current (A)
Technical description
10
Status indication
Status indication
Fault indication output
(opto coupler)
LED
green red
1
current limitation
Non-conductive, no duty
0.1
Conductive, normal duty
Overload or short circuit at the
output
IN
10
20
30
I (A)
2 A and 4 A
Wire break, in the OFF condition
1000
Trip time in ms
Dimensions
6
10
56
R
66
100
1
1
4
6
3
LED red
7
5
2
current limitation
LED green
11.5
0.1
50
288
☎
IN
20
40
60
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
80
I (A)
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E 1048-600
Accessories for E 1048-600
Single mounting sockets
with adapter
17-P10-Si
17-P10-Si-20025
(retaining clip Y 300 581 11 available on request)
slot fitting labels from
Phoenix ZB, RBS, DST
Weidmüller dekafix, BS, PES
Wieland Type 9003
Connector bus links -P10
X 210 588 01/1.5 mm2 brown
X 210 588 02/2.5 mm2 black
X 210 588 03/2.5 mm2 red
X 210 588 04/2.5 mm2 blue
blade terminals DIN 46244 part 2
C profile (2xA2.8-0.8)
retaining clip
100 quick-connect tabs 6.3
DIN 46247 Ms
tinned, insulated
6.5
80
~70
45.8
41.3
5
1.4
33.3
25.8 8.5
depth 10 mm
10
12.5
symmetrical rail
EN 50022-35x7.5
adapter X20040901
G-profile
EN 50035-G32
2 mounting clips
Y 300 504 02
Installation drawing with
mounting clips Y 300 504 02
polarization recess
Single mounting sockets 17-P70-Si, same as 17-P10-Si, but with
blade terminals to DIN 46 244-C-Ms (2x A 2.8 - 0.8)
1
0.5
cylinder head screw
M4x4 ISO1207
nickel plated
washer
A 4.3 DIN 125
nickel plated
8.5
12.5
60.4
2
Phoenix terminal AKG 35
(max.cross section 35 mm2)
2
7.5
1.9
2
Bus bar for type 17 socket (for max. 100 A continuous load)
X 211 157 01 with terminal
X 211 157 02 without terminal
7.3
M4 Cu rail, tin-plated
8
50
female
connector
M4
20
10
16.5
12.8
7
fusible link
(1.1 mm thick
constriction)
154.8
Insulated sleeving for bus bar
Y 303 824 01
9
5.4
17
125
2-way
mounting socket
23-P10-Si
6
6-way mounting socket
63-P10-Si (retaining clip Y300 581 03
available on request)
polarized blade terminals
DIN 46244-A6.3-0.8
7.4
22.2
21
10
7.4
6.25
50
57.4
64
50
57.4
64
12.5
25
12.5
50
75
12.5
retaining
clip
3.5 6 x 6.8 = 40.8
6.8
4.4
4.4
2
6
30
polarized recess
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
289
6
290
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073
Description
The E-T-A Remote Power Controller E-1071-073 is an electronic ON/
OFF control module with protective functions and is suitable for resistive
and inductive loads such as solenoids in rolling mills and other large
plant applications. It is specifically used in plant modernization where
the load circuit supply should be maintained at DC 24 V.
E-1071-073
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 24 V)
Typical applications
Control of hydraulic and pneumatic sytems in production lines and
chemical plants.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 24 V, Us = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages
Reverse polarity protection UB
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Solid-state relay with protective functions
Solid-state switching avoids contact arcing and welding
Inrush current limitation
Overload and short-circuit proof output
Low control power
Control current indication by LED
Auxiliary contact
Load circuit
Load output
Load rating
Voltage drop at IN
Overload disconnection
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit response delay
Load current monitoring
Current measuring terminals
Leakage current (US = “O”)
Free-wheeling diode
Control circuit
Control
Control voltage US
Control current IS
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
Signal output
Fault indication
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
073
with signal output
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Current rating
3.0 A
E-1071 - 073 - DC 24 V - 3.0 A
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
Housing
Mounting
Self-extinguishing properties
Degree of protection
ordering example
Mounting dimensions
Mass
Issue C
☎
DC 24 V
DC 20...48 V
3A
typically 17 mA
max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
double pole relay
2-pole
- by circuit breaker hand release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 24 V/0.2...3 A
max. 1.75 V
approx. 1.1 x IN
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
approx. 2.5 x IN
approx. 4 µs
GREEN LED (lights at Iload > 0.2 A)
2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ± 1 %)
max. 3 mA
integral
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
100 Hz
YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed with the circuit breaker
tripped
6
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to
DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue
cover: polycarbonate, black
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 240 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
291
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073
Technical description
Operating modes
In principle, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-073 operates like conventional
electro-mechanical relays, with additional protective and signal functions.
The control input replaces the magnetic coil and the power transistor
replaces the main contact.
Control circuit
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the
same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as
a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode
protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current
limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
Load circuit
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
Operating status
Fault-free
Short-circuit Wire break
operation
of the load
Control input US
“0”
“1”
“1”
“0”
“1”
YELLOW LED control current
0
1
1
0
1
GREEN LED load current monitoring
0
1
0
0
0
open
open
Auxiliary contact
open
open closed
Remarks
load
OFF
load circuit breaker
ON tripped
1 = LED indicates
0 = LED does not indicate
Status indication
Status indication is provided by 2 LEDs (yellow and green) on the front
of the housing.
YELLOW LED = correct control voltage
The LED indicates when the control voltage is higher
than 8.5 V, with control current flowing.
GREEN LED = correct load current
The green LED indicates when the load current is
higher than 0.2 A.
Faults such as too high a load resistance, wire break, poor contact, or
overload/short-circuit, are available when only the yellow LED indicates.
SSRPC E-1071-073 includes two current measuring terminals (2 mm
dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current measurement
in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 shunt in the load circuit.
time in ms
Storage time characteristic curve
1000
6
100
20
10
5
IN
2
3
current limitation
292
☎
4
5 x IN
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-073
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
3
Halbleiterrelais
1071 - 073
4
MELDER
ISt IMIN
Shunt
0,1Ω +
-
20 … 48 V
3A
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
5
73.2
2
70
1
Halbleiterrelais
1071 - 073
ISt
IMIN
Shunt
0.1Ω +
10
6
Basic circuit diagram
DC 8.5 … 35 V
RL
DC 20 … 48 V
7-
+1
2-
8
yellow
9
3
4
Shunt
0.1 Ω
control
input
-
20 … 48 V
3A
124
45
+6
MELDER
7
8
9
10
Terminal
1
operating voltage +UB: DC 20...48 V
2
operating voltage -UB
3
load (+)
4
load (-)
5
not used
6
control voltage +US: max. DC 35 V
7
control voltage -US
8
auxiliary contact
9
auxiliary contact
10
not used
isolator
electronics
green
IMIN
1071 - 073
6
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
293
6
294
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128 is an
electronic ON/OFF control module with protective and signalling
functions. It is suitable for inductive loads (solenoids, magnetic brakes)
when the load circuit supply cannot be increased to the voltage level
required for the adjustable controller E-1071-603. The operating status
of the controller/load connected is continuously indicated and signalled
via opto coupler.
E-1071-128
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 24 V)
Typical applications
Control of hydraulic and pneumatic sytems in production lines and
chemical plants where check-back signals for process control systems
are needed.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 24 V, US = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages
Reverse polarity protection UB
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
Features
● Overcurrent and short-circuit proof switching output by
electronic current limitation
● Switch-off current largely independent of operating voltage
● Inrush current limitation
● Physical isolation between control and load circuit via
opto coupler
● Low control power; control current indication by LED
● Solid state switching avoids contact arcing and welding
● 2-pole physical isolation upon overload or when tripped manually
● Opto decoupled ON and fault indication by LED
● Setting of minimum current on front of housing, with minimum
current indication (set at approx. 50 % of the load current rating)
● Current measuring terminals on front of housing
● Reverse polarity protection in control and load circuit
Control current
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
Status outputs
2 signal outputs
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
128
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Current rating
3.0 A
E-1071 - 128 - DC 24 V - 3.0 A
Load circuit
Load output
Load rating
Voltage drop at IN
Overload disconnection
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit response delay
Load current monitoring Imin
(MIN monitoring, to be set by
potentiometer at 50 % of the
load current rating)
Current measuring terminals
Leakage current (US= “O”)
Free-wheeling diode
Control circuit
Control
Control voltage US
ON indication (terminal 8)
ordering example
Fault indication (terminal 9)
Issue C
☎
DC 24 V
DC 20...48 V
3A
typically 15 mA
max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
double pole relay
2-pole
- by manual release (circuit breaker)
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 24 V/0.2...3 A
max. 2 V
approx. 1.1 x IN
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
approx. 2.5 x IN
approx. 4 µs
GREEN LED lights at Iload> 0.2 Imin.
switch position I: 0.1...1.1 A
switch position II: 1.1 ...2.1 A
2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ± 1 %)
max. 3 mA
integral
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
10 Hz
YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
ON indication/fault indication
- physically isolated by opto coupler
- transistor outputs plus switching
- max. DC 33 V/100 mA per output
- integral free-wheeling diode
- 20 ms time delay (eliminating false
signals before the minimum current
is reached)
US = “0”: output non-conductive
US = “1”: output connecting plus
potential (terminal 10) to
terminal 8
fault:
output non-conductive
no fault: output connecting plus
potential (terminal 10) to
terminal 9
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
295
6
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128
Storage time characteristic curve
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to
DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue
cover: polycarbonate, black
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
45 x 74 x 128 mm
approx. 320 g
Housing
Mounting
Burning behaviour (housing)
Degree of protection
Mounting dimensions
Mass
Technical description
In principle, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-128 operates like conventional
electro-mechanical relays, with additional protective and signalling
functions. The control input replaces the magnetic coil and the power
transistor replaces the main contact.
ON and fault indication outputs have more complex functions and may
not be compared with auxiliary contacts.
Control circuit
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load circuit, at the
same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is transmitted as
a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input protection diode
protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization. Control current
limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
Load circuit
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
Signal circuit
The signal circuit includes two opto couplers signalising either correct
ON duty or a fault. These signals may be computer processed.
- The ON signal output indicates correct operating in the ON condition.
This output is conductive
time in ms
Technical data
1000
100
20
10
5
IN
2
3
4
current limitation
5 x IN
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Operating modes
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
Short-circuit
of the load
Wire break
Load current
<minimum current
Control input US
“0”
“1”
“0”
“1”
“0”
“1”
“0”
“1”
YELLOW LED control current
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
GREEN LED min. current
indication
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
GREEN LED ON indication
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
RED LED fault indication
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
load
OFF
load
ON
Remarks
phys. isolation no load
after
connected,
approx. 5 s
wire break
when control voltage is available
AND
AND
AND
6
the load current is higher than the set minimum current
the circuit breaker has not tripped
there is no wire break.
- The fault signal output signalises the fault source which must be
eliminated. This output is non-conductive when
OR
OR
OR
the circuit breaker has tripped on overload or short-circuit
there is a wire break
control voltage is available AND the minimum current has not
been reached
no control voltage is applied although the load current is
available.
The fault signal output operates on the closed-circuit principle, i.e. it
carries plus potential during fault-free operation.
1 = LED indicates
0 = LED does not indicate
Status outputs
ON
Terminal 8
Fault
Terminal 9
Remark
0
0
wire break or
load current < minimum current (switched on) or
short-circuit (switched on)
0
1
fault-free operation (switched off)
1
1
fault-free operation (switched on)
1 - status output carries plus potential
0 - status output carries minus potential
296
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-128
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
2
3
4
5
ISoll
1
2
3
4
5
ISoll
1.1
0.1
0.9
0.7
0.3
0.5
I
24 V/3 A
Shunt
0.1Ω +
S
B
73.2
II
70
I
ISt
7
8
9
0.3
0.5
I
II
ISt
Shunt
0.1Ω +
S
I
I = 0.1 - 1.1 A
II = 1.1 - 2.1 A
-
MELDER
6
0.1
0.9
0.7
1071 - 128
1071 - 128
I = 0.1 - 1.1 A
II = 1.1 - 2.1 A
1.1
24 V/3 A
B
MELDER
10
124
45
6
Basic circuit diagram
DC 8.5 … 35 V
+6
7-
RL
DC 20 … 48 V
+1
2-
3
4
yellow
control
input
Shunt
0.1 Ω
isolator
7
8
9
10
Terminal
1 operating voltage +UB: DC 20...48 V
2 operating voltage -UB
3 load (+)
4 load (-)
5 auxiliary voltage -UA for status outputs
6 control voltage +US: max. DC 35 V
7 control voltage -US
8 ON status output (max. 100 mA)
9 fault status output (max. 100 mA)
10
auxiliary voltage +UA for status outputs: max. DC 33 V
electronics
green
outputs
logic
I min
red
ON
fault
green
1071 - 128
I
II 0.1 … 1.1 A
1.1 … 2.1 A
+ 10 8
-5
9
24 V/
100 mA
6
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
297
6
298
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343 is a double
relay with protective function both for resistive and inductive DC 48 V
loads. It is particularly suitable to control upward/downward and forward/
backward movements. Failure of one channel will also cause the other
channel to disconnect.
E-1071-343
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 48 V)
Typical applications
-
Valve timing gears for forward/backward or upward/downward
movements (overlapping operation is possible)
Parallel circuits which must be completely disconnected after
failure of one of the circuits.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 48 V, US = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages
Reverse polarity protection UB
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
Features
● Small double relay with protective function
● Overcurrent and short-circuit proof outputs
● Two pole physical isolation of both channels
- approx. 5 s after electronic fault disconnection
- by manual release
● Both part units are disconnected upon isolator tripping
● Current load of each unit: max. 3 A; total current max. 4 A
● Electrical isolation between control and load circuit by means of
opto coupler
● Control current indication by RED LED
● Load current indication by GREEN LED
● With auxiliary contact (fault indication)
● Temperature disconnection
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
343
double unit
Voltage rating of load
DC 48 V
Current rating
3A / 3A
E-1071 - 343 - DC 48 V - 3A / 3A
Issue C
☎
ordering example
DC 48 V
DC 36...60 V
3 A/3 A (2 A + 2 A)
typically 21 mA
max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
double pole relay
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
- upon thermal response (approx. 130 °C)
Load circuits (I/II)
Load output
Load rating
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 48 V/0.2...3 A per channel
parallel duty max. 4 A (e.g. 2 A + 2 A)
Voltage drop at IN
max. 1.8 V
Overload disconnection
approx. 1.1 x IN
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
Short-circuit limitation
approx. 2.5 x IN
Short-circuit response delay approx. 4 µs
Load current monitoring
GREEN LED lights at Iload > 0.1 A)
Current measuring terminals 3 x 4 mm dia. (0.1 Ω shunt)
Leakage current (US = “O”) max. 3 mA
Free-wheeling diode
integral
Control circuits (I/II)
Control
opto coupler in control input
Control voltage US
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
Control current
typically 5 mA
Switching frequency fmax
100 Hz
Control signal (US = „1“)
RED LED lights (Is flowing)
Protection
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Signal output
Fault indication
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed when the circuit breaker has
tripped
General data
Ambient temperature
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
Terminals
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to
DIN 46288
Housing
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
Mounting
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
45 x 74 x 128 mm
Mass
approx. 320 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
299
6
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343
Technical description
Storage time characteristic curve
Control circuits (I/II)
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7, or 10 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load
circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is
transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input
protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization.
Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
Load circuits (I/II)
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
time in ms
Under normal operating conditions, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-343 allows
the connection and disconnection of the load outputs of two channels
independent of each other.
1000
100
20
10
5
IN
After expiration of the storage time (see diagram) the load circuit transistor
will become non-conductive. After approx. 5 s the isolator will switch off
so as to disconnect the two load circuits. The common auxiliary contact
closes signalling the fault. After removal of the fault, the SSRPC can be
reactivated by pushing the isolator button.
Status outputs
Status indication is provided by 4 LEDs (2 x RED, 2 x GREEN).
RED LED
ON indication (I/II)
The red LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with
control current flowing.
4
current limitation
5 x IN
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Operating modes
Operating status
Faults such as too high a resistance, wire break, poor contact, or
overload/short-circuit, are available when only the red LED indicates.
Control input
RED LED Control current
GREEN LED Load current monitoring
Auxiliary contact
Remarks
The SSRPC E-1071-343 includes three current measuring terminals (4
mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current
measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 Ω shunt in the load
circuit (I/II).
1 - LED indicates
0 - LED does not indicate
GREEN LED
Current flow indication (I/II)
The green LED indicates when the load current is above 0.1 A.
3
2
Fault-free
Short-circuit
operation
on the load
Wire break
“0”
0
“1”
1
“1”
1
“0”
0
“1”
1
0
1
0
0
0
open
load
OFF
open closed
open open
load both load circuits
ON
disconnected
6
300
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-343
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
5
IM
I
IM
I
70
73.2
ISt
+
Doppelhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 343
0,1
IM
0,1
-
II
6
IM
ISt
+
48 V
3/3 A
ISt
+
Doppelhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 343
II
7
8
9
+
48 V
3/3 A
10
ISt
124
45
6
8
+1
-2
+6
red
-
I
0.1 Ω
+
4
3
green
logic
-IK
-Itotal
-Tmax
+ 10
II
red
5
load 1
isolator
logic
I
load 2
-7
green
8
9
10
Terminal
1
operating voltage +UB: DC 36...60 V
2
operating voltage -UB
3
load (+) (carrying plus potential)
CAUTION: Do not connect to GND/-UB
4
load I (-)
5
load II (-)
6
control voltage I +US: max. DC 35 V
7
control voltage I, II -US
8
auxiliary contact
9
auxiliary contact
10
auxiliary voltage II +US: max. DC 35 V
Basic circuit diagram
9
7
II
+
0.1 Ω
1071 - 3..
6
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
301
6
302
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353 is a double
relay with protective function both for resistive and inductive DC 24 V
loads. It is particularly suitable to control upward/downward and forward/
backward movements. Failure of one channel will also cause the other
channel to disconnect.
E-1071-353
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 24 V)
Typical applications
-
Valve timing gears for forward/backward or upward/downward
movements (overlapping operation is possible)
Parallel circuits which must be completely disconnected upon
failure of one of the circuits.
Voltage rating UN
Operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 24 V, US = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages
Reverse polarity protection UB
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
Features
● Small double relay with protective function
● Overcurrent and short-circuit proof outputs
● Two pole physical isolation of both channels
- approx. 5 s after electronic disconnection of a fault
- by manual release
● Both part units are disconnected upon the isolator tripping
● Current load of each unit: max. 3 A; total current max. 4 A
● Electrical isolation between control and load circuit by means of
opto coupler
● Control current indication by RED LED
● Load current indication by GREEN LED
● With auxiliary contact (fault indication)
● Temperature disconnection
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
353
double unit
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Current rating
3A / 3A
E-1071 - 353 - DC 24 V - 3A / 3A
Issue C
☎
ordering example
DC 24 V
DC 20...48 V
3 A/3 A (2 A + 2 A)
typically 30 mA
max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
double pole relay
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
- upon thermal response (approx. 130 °C)
Load circuits (I/II)
Load output
Load rating
NPN transistor, minus switching
DC 24 V/0.2...3 A per channel
parallel duty max. 4 A (e.g. 2 A + 2 A)
max. 1.8 V
Voltage drop at IN
Overload disconnection
approx. 1.1 x IN
Storage time ts (at 2xIN)
typically 20 ms (see storage time curve)
Short-circuit limitation
approx. 2.5 x IN
Short-circuit response delay approx. 4 µs
Load current monitoring
GREEN LED lights at Iload > 0.1 A
Current measuring terminals 3 x 4 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ±1 %)
Leakage current (US = “O”) max. 3 mA
Free-wheeling diode
integral
Control circuits (I/II)
Control
opto coupler in control input
Control voltage US
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
Control current IS
typically 5 mA
Switching frequency fmax
100 Hz
Control signal (US = “1”)
RED LED lights (Is flowing)
Protection
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Signal output
Fault indication
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed when the circuit breaker has
tripped
General data
Ambient temperature
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
Terminals
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
Housing
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
Mounting
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
45 x 74 x 128 mm
Mass
approx. 320 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
303
6
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353
Technical description
Storage time characteristic curve
Control circuits (I/II)
The control current flows through the LED and the opto coupler
immediately a voltage higher than 8.5 V is applied at the input terminals
(6 and 7, or 10 and 7). The opto coupler transmits the signal to the load
circuit, at the same time switching the load transistor on. This signal is
transmitted as a status signal to all monitoring circuits. The input
protection diode protects the control voltage from incorrect polarization.
Control current limitation is provided by a constant current diode.
Load circuits (I/II)
The load circuit is switched ON or OFF according to the control signal
(“0” or “1”), with electronic circuits monitoring the load circuit for faults
such as overload or short-circuit. Should one of these faults occur, the
monitoring circuitry will immediately react, causing the load transistor
to disconnect and the circuit breaker to trip. Transistor disconnection
occurs according to the storage time characteristics. The storage time
increases noise immunity avoiding disconnection of non-harmful peaks
such as those caused by inrush currents from lamp load connection.
Storage time is not a constant quantity but is inversely proportional to
the overcurrent factor.
After expiration of the storage time (see diagram) the load circuit transistor
will become non-conductive. After approx. 5 s the isolator will switch off
so as to disconnect the two load circuits. The common auxiliary contact
closes signalling the fault. After removal of the fault, the SSRPC can be
reactivated by pushing the isolator button.
Status outputs
Status indication is provided by 4 LEDs (2 x RED, 2 x GREEN).
RED LED
ON indication (I/II)
The red LED indicates when the control voltage is higher than 8.5 V, with
control current flowing.
GREEN LED
Current flow indication (I/II)
The green LED indicates when the load current is above 0.1 A.
Faults such as too high a resistance, wire break, poor contact, or
overload/short-circuit, are available when only the red LED indicates.
The SSRPC E-1071-353 includes three current measuring terminals
(4 mm dia.) on the front. These terminals provide for load current
measurement in terms of voltage drop at the 0.1 Ω shunt in the load
circuit (I/II).
time in ms
Under normal operating conditions, the E-T-A SSRPC E-1071-353 allows
the connection or disconnection of the load outputs of two channels
independent of each other.
1000
100
20
10
5
IN
3
2
4
current limitation
5 x IN
(theoretical overcurrent factor)
Operating modes
Operating status
Control input
RED LED control current
GREEN LED Load current monitoring
Auxiliary contact
Remarks
Fault-free
Short-circuit
operation
on the load
Wire break
“0”
0
“1”
1
“1”
1
“0”
0
“1”
1
0
1
0
0
0
open
load
OFF
open
load
ON
closed
open open
both load circuits
disconnected
1 - LED indicates
0 - LED does not indicate
6
304
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-353
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
1
2
3
4
2
3
4
5
5
IM
I
70
73.2
ISt
0.1Ω
-
ISt
+
Doppelhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 353
IM
I
+
Doppelhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 353
0.1Ω
IM
IM
II
+
24 V
3/3 A
II
ISt
+
24 V
3/3 A
6
7
8
9
ISt
10
124
45
6
8
+1
-2
+6
red
-
I
0.1 Ω
+
4
3
green
logic
-IK
-Itotal
-Tmax
+ 10
II
red
5
load 1
isolator
logic
I
load 2
-7
green
8
9
10
Terminal
1
operating voltage + UB: DC 20...48 V
2
operating voltage -UB
3
load (+) (carrying plus potential)
CAUTION: Do not connect to GND/-UB
4
load I (-)
5
load II (-)
6
control voltage I +US: max. DC 35 V
7
control voltage I, II -US
8
auxiliary contact
9
auxiliary contact
10
auxiliary voltage II +US: max. DC 35 V
Basic circuit diagram
9
7
II
+
0.1 Ω
1071 - 3..
6
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
305
6
306
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607 are
electronic control modules suitable for inductive loads such as solenoids, magnetic brakes etc.
They are used
● for safe and quick switching of loads
● for monitoring the electrical condition of the loads
● for compensating different cable lengths
The load connected to the relay should be operated with a voltage higher
than its rated voltage (DC 24 V) because the load current is controlled
electronically (pulse-controlled characteristics). This is to ensure that in
industrial plants with different cable lengths (supply cables, load cables)
an increased inrush current can be applied to each load. During hold
duty the load current is reduced to a smaller value (approx. 60 % of the
current rating), thus reducing the operating temperature and extending
the life of the loads.
E-1071-603
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 36 V)
Typical applications
Circuits with inductive load such as
- solenoids
- magnetic brakes etc.
in large plants, e.g. rolling mills where a very high availability is
required.
Features
● Designed for inductive loads (DC 24 V)
● Individual adjustment to various load currents (IN = 0.1...3.1 A)
● Significant reduction of power loss in the load by pulse-controlled
characteristics
● Short-circuit proof (short-circuit limitation); physical
disconnection from supply after approx. 5 s
● Inrush current monitoring
● Physical isolation:
- opto coupler in the control circuit
- physical disconnection from supply
- opto coupler for status outputs
● Reverse polarity and overvoltage protection in the control, load
and status circuits
● Control current indication by YELLOW LED
● O.K. indication by GREEN LED
● Wire break indication by RED LED (load circuit)
● Fault indication by RED LED (incorrect setting etc.)
● Two status outputs for PLCs for function indication (function
signal, ON signal)
● Temperature disconnection
● Quick disconnection (do not connect free-wheeling diodes to the
load as the free-wheeling current is controlled electronically!)
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
Terminals
603
screw terminals
607
screw-less connectors to Wago licence
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Current rating
0.1 ... 3.1 A
E-1071 - 603 - DC 24 V - 0.1 ... 3.1 A ordering example
Max. operating voltage UB
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 36 V, US = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after overload
disconnection
- approx. 15 s after fault indication (RED
LED)
- approx. 0.5 s after thermal response
Load circuit
Load output
NPN transistor, minus switching,
pulse-controlled (approx. 180 Hz)
Load rating
DC 24 V/adjustable betw. 0.1 and 3.1 A
Switch-on current IE
UB/Rtotal for approx. 400 ms
(with short-circuit limitation)
Hold current IH
Short-circuit limitation
Short-circuit current IK (rms)
(depending on UB and IN)
Wire break monitoring
Current measuring terminals
Leakage current (US = 0)
Free-wheeling circuitry
(see Technical description)
Control circuit
Control
Control voltage US
Control current IS
Switching frequency fmax
Control signal (US = “1”)
Protection
Status outputs
2 signal outputs
ON indication (terminal 8)
Function indication
(terminal 9)
Issue C
☎
DC 60 V
(UB min see Technical description)
adjustable between 0.1 and 3.1 A
(switch and potentiometer)
typically 35 mA
typically 60 % of the set current rating
approx. 3.5 x IN
typically 10...400 mA
in the ON and OFF condition (RED LED)
2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ±1 %)
typically 1 mA
integral electronic control with quick
disconnection
opto coupler in control input
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
typically 5 mA
1 Hz
YELLOW LED lights (Is flowing)
reverse polarity protection (diode)
overvoltage protection (varistor)
6
ON indication/function indication
- physically isolated by opto coupler
- transistor outputs, plus switching
- auxiliary voltage UA: DC 12...60 V
- max. 50 mA per output
- integral free-wheeling diode
- reverse polarity and overvoltage
protection
US = “0”: output non-conductive
US = “1”: output connecting plus
potential (term. 10) to term. 8
fault: output non-conductive
no fault: output connecting plus
potential (term. 10) to term. 9
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
307
Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607
Technical data
Technical description (cont’d)
General data
Ambient temperature
Terminals
E-1071-603:
E-1071-607:
Connection:
Housing
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
screw-less connectors to Wago licence
max. 2 x 2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
Mounting
top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
45 x 74 x 128 mm
Mass
approx. 320 g
Setting the current rating
The current rating is set by means of a rotary switch (switch setting
0 A - 1 A - 2 A) and a 270° potentiometer (setting range between 0.1
and 1.1 A).
The sum of the two settings should equal the current rating of the
load.
Example:
24 V load with IN = 1.1 A
Setting:
switch 0 A + potentiometer 1.1 A, or
switch 1 A + potentiometer 0.1 A
1
2
3
4
Fault
Wire
Control
break O.K. current
1
1071 - 603
The max. admissible operating voltage of the SSRPC is approx. DC 60 V.
The min. operating voltage is a function of the overall ohmic resistance
in the load circuit. The switch-on current is reduced by
- the voltage drop on the load cable
- the load resistance increasing with the operating temperature of
the load.
Minimum operating voltage UB min
Cable length
1A
2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m
2A
2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m
3A
2x50 m/ 2x100 m/ 2x200 m/ 2x300 m
2
0
Technical description
IN
5
Cable size
1.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
2.5 mm2
UB min
33/35/37/40 V
32/33/35/37 V
35/38/44/49 V
34/35/39/42 V
37/41/50/58 V
35/38/42/48 V
The load capacity is no longer ensured when the minimum operating
voltage is under limits. The RED LED (fault) will indicate and the
circuit breaker will trip after approx. 15 s.
Resistance increase in the load circuit:
1.5 mm2 cable approx. 2.8 Ω/100 m distance
2.5 mm2 cable approx. 1.6 Ω/100 m distance
Switch-on current
To reach the max. inrush current the output transistor connects the
operating voltage to the inductive load for approx. 400 ms. After this
period the load current is set back to hold current.
+
0.4
0.6
Shunt
0.1Ω
Load 24 V
0.1 …3.1 A
6
7
8
IN /A
0.8
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.1
+
0.6 x IN
9
10
● Operating voltage (terminals 1 and 2):
reverse polarity protected by means of a relay.
The relay will only pick up and apply voltage to the device if the
operating voltage is correctly polarised. This relay will then remain
permanently energized, without being influenced by the control
input.
● Control circuit (terminals 6 and 7):
reverse polarity protected by means of a diode.
● Auxiliary voltage status outputs (terminals 10 and 5):
reverse polarity protected by means of a diode.
● The load output (terminals 3-4) or the inductive load must not be
fitted with a free-wheeling diode as the free-wheeling current is
controlled electronically. This control also causes a very short fall
time of the inductive load.
The solenoid connector may be provided with means of visual
indication (LED).
current
IE
6
IN
IH
approx. 400 ms
IE = inrush current
IN = rated current
IH= hold current
ON
quick
disconnection
OFF
time t
Rated current IN, hold current IH
The current rating of the applicable load at its rated voltage should be
set between 0.1 and 3.1 A.
The hold current of the load is internally adjusted to 60 % of the set
current rating. This hold current should be measured by means of a
voltmeter connected to the 2 mm current measuring terminals (0.1 Ω
shunt).
308
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-603/607
Operating modes
Terminal selection
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
control input
“0”
“1”
“1”
“0”
“1”
“1”
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
YELLOW LED control current
GREEN LED - O.K.
RED LED wire break
RED LED fault
Functional status
(terminal 9)
Operating status
(terminal 8)
Remarks
1
1
0
load
OFF
Short-circuit Wire break UB too low/transistor
on the load
short-circuit/
incorrect setting
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
Fault
Wire
Control
break O.K. current
1
5
2
0
+
1071 - 603
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.1
Shunt
0.1Ω +
0.6 x IN
Load 24 V
0.1 …3.1 A
0
1
0
0
0
0
load physical iso- no load
physical isolation
ON
lation after connected/ after
approx. 5 s wire break approx. 15 s
6
IN /A
0.8
7
8
9
10
1 = LED lights; status output carries plus potential
0 = LED does not light; status output is non-conductive
Terminal
1
operating voltage +UB: max. DC 60 V
2
operating voltage (-)
3
load (+)
4
load (-)
5
auxiliary voltage -UA for status outputs
6
control voltage +US: max. 35 V
7
control voltage -US
8
status output “operation” (max. 50 mA)
9
status output “function” (max. 50 mA)
10 auxiliary voltage +UA for status outputs: max.
DC 60 V/100 mA)
Status outputs
Operating
status
Functional
status
Remark
0
0
0
1
1
0
- CAUTION: FAULT
1
1
operable
switched on
- O.K. - GREEN LED lights
not operable
no operation
- CAUTION: FAULT
operable
not switched on
- O.K. - GREEN LED indicates
Basic circuit diagram
1 - status output carries plus potential
0 - status output is non-conductive
Dimensions
max. DC 35 V
+6
7-
max. DC 60 V
+1
2current rating IN(A)
yellow
1
2
3
Fault
Wire
Control
break O.K. current
4
1
5
control
input
2red
2
0.4
0.6
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.1
Shunt
0.1Ω +
0.6 x IN
Last 24 V
0.1 …3.1 A
6
IN /A
0.8
70
+
73.2
0
1071 - 603
7
8
9
0
red
10
green
124
45
wire break
status
output
fault
operation
3
load
load current
4
Shunt
0.1 Ω
(0.6 x IN )
O.K.
6
0.1 … 1.1 A
+
10 +
function
max. DC 60V
100 mA
5
5-
☎
2A
logic
1071 - 603/607
Issue C
1
+
9
8
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
309
6
310
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803
Description
The E-T-A Solid State Remote Power Controllers E-1071-803 are
electronic control modules suitable for inductive loads (DC 24 V) such
as solenoids, magnetic brakes etc.
They are used
● for safe and quick switching of loads
● for monitoring the electrical condition of the loads
● for compensating for different cable lengths
The load connected to the relay should be operated with a voltage higher
than its rated voltage (DC 24 V) because the load current is controlled
electronically (pulse-controlled characteristics). This is to ensure that in
industrial plants with different cable lengths (supply cables, load cables)
an increased inrush current can be applied to each load. During hold
duty the load current is reduced to a smaller value (between 25 % and
75 % of the current rating), thus reducing the operating temperature
and extending the life of the loads.
Technical data (TA = 25 °C, UB = DC 36 V)
Typical applications
Circuits with inductive load such as
Operating voltage UB
- solenoids
- magnetic brakes etc.
where fast switching of inductive loads is required.
Features
● Designed for inductive loads (DC 24 V)
● Individual adjustment to various load currents (IN = 0.25 A; 0.4 A;
1 A; 2 A; 3 A)
● Significant reduction of power loss in the load by pulse-controlled
characteristics
● Short-circuit proof; short-circuit limitation and physical
disconnection from supply after approx. 5 s
● Inrush current monitoring
● Overload protection (current control)
● Fast disconnection (do not connect a free wheeling diode to the
load as the the free wheeling current is controlled electronically!)
● Physical isolation:
- opto coupler in the control circuit
- relay contacts in the load circuit
- fault indication by means of auxiliary contact (N/O)
● Reverse polarity protection in the control and load circuits
● Control current indication by YELLOW LED
● Wire break indication by RED LED (load circuit)
● Minimum current indication by GREEN LED
Ordering information
Type No.
E-1071 SSRPC
Operating mode
803
pulse controlled
Voltage rating of load
DC 24 V
Current rating
0.25 A
0.4 A
1A
2A
3A
E-1071 - 803 - DC 24 V - 1 A
Issue C
☎
E-1071-803
ordering example
DC 36 V (28...60 V)
(function maintained up to DC 18 V)
0.25 A/0.4 A/1 A/2 A/3 A
typically 30 mA
Current rating IN
Current consumption
(UB = DC 36 V, US = “0”)
Residual ripple for all voltages max. 5 % (3 phase bridge)
Reverse polarity protection UB double pole relay
(terminal 1 - terminal 2)
Physical isolation
2-pole
- by manual circuit breaker release
- approx. 5 s after short-circuit disconnection
Load circuit
Load output
NPN transistor, minus switching,
pulse-controlled (approx. 180 Hz)
Load rating
DC 24 V/0.25 A ( 3... 6 W)
DC 24 V/0.4 A ( 6...10 W)
DC 24 V/1 A (15...30 W)
DC 24 V/2 A (30...50 W)
DC 24 V/3 A (50...75 W)
UB/Rtotal for approx. 400 ms
Switch-on current IE
(with short-circuit limitation)
Minimum current Imin
adjustable between 25 and 75 % IN
^ hold current IH)
(=
(e.g. 0.5...1.5 A with the 2 A version)
Short-circuit limitation
approx. 2 x IN
Short-circuit current IK (rms)
typically 10 mA
(depending on UB and IN)
Wire break indication
in the ON and OFF condition (RED LED)
Current measuring terminals 2 x 2 mm dia. (shunt 0.1 Ω ± 1 %)
Leakage current (US = “0”) typically 1 mA
Free-wheeling circuitry
integral electronic control with quick
disconnection
Control circuit
Control
opto coupler in control input
Control voltage US
“0” = 0 ... 5 V
“1” = 8.5...35 V
Control current IS
typically 5 mA
Switching frequency fmax
1 Hz
Control signal (US = “1”)
YELLOW LED lights (IS flowing)
Protection
reverse polarity protection (diode)
Status outputs
Fault indication
auxiliary contact (N/O)
- max. DC 30 V/3 A
- physically isolated
- closed when the circuit breaker has
tripped
General data
Ambient temperature
0...+60 °C (without condensation)
Terminals
screw terminals 2x2.5 mm2 to DIN 46288
Housing
clamping plate: polycarbonate GV, blue;
cover: polycarbonate, black
Mounting
on top-hat rail to DIN 50022-35
Self-extinguishing properties to UL 94: V = 0; VDE 0304: grade 1
Degree of protection
IP 20 housing, terminals
(IEC 529/DIN 40050)
Mounting dimensions
45 x 74 x 128 mm
Mass
approx. 240 g
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
311
6
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803
Technical description
Technical description (cont’d)
Operating voltage UB
The max. admissible operating voltage of the SSRPC is approx. DC 60 V.
The min. operating voltage is a function of the overall ohmic resistance
in the load circuit. The switch-on current is reduced by
- the voltage drop on the load cable
- the load resistance increasing with the operating temperature of
the load.
The function as shown below is no longer ensured when the minimum
operating voltage (DC 28 V) is under limits. The output will then be
continuously conductive, and the set minimum current may no longer
be reached.
Switch-on current IE
To reach the max. inrush current the output transistor connects the
operating voltage to the inductive load for approx. 400 ms. After this
period the load current is set back to hold current (= minimum
current).
● Operating voltage (terminals 1 and 2):
reverse polarity protected by means of a relay.
The relay will only pick up and apply voltage to the device if the
operating voltage is correctly polarised. This relay will then remain
permanently energized, without being influenced by the control input.
● Control circuit (terminals 6 and 7):
reverse polarity protected by means of a diode.
● The load output (terminals 3-4) or the inductive load must not be
fitted with a free-wheeling diode as the free-wheeling current is
controlled electronically. This control also causes a very short fall
time of the inductive load.
The solenoid connector may be fitted with a visual indication means
(LED).
Operating modes
Operating status
Fault-free
operation
control input
“0”
“1”
“0”
“1”
“1”
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
YELLOW LED control current
GREEN LED minimum current
RED LED wire break
Auxiliary contact
current
IE
IN
Remark
IH
open
open
load
OFF
load
ON
quick release
Short-circuit Wire break
on the load
“1”
closed
UB too low/
incorrect setting
open open open
physical
no load
isolation after connected
approx. 5 s wire break
current cannot
be adjusted
approx. 400 ms
IE = inrush current
IN = rated current
IH= hold current
1 - LED lights
0 = LED does not light
ON
OFF
time t
Setting of hold current IH (= minimum current)
The hold current of the load is set between 25 % and 75 % IN by
the 270 ° potentiometer on the front. This hold current should be
measured by means of a voltmeter connected to the 2 mm current
measuring terminals (0.1 Ω shunt).
1
2
3
4
5
ISoll (%)
75
25
65
6
35
55
Stromhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 803
24 V
ISt
45
ISoll
Shunt
0.1Ω +
1A/15…30W
with UB>36V
6
312
7
☎
Wire break
8
9
10
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Solid State Remote Power Controller E-1071-803
Dimensions
Terminal selection
1
1
2
3
4
2
3
5
4
5
ISoll (%)
25
75
ISoll (%)
75
65
35
ISoll
Shunt +
0.1Ω
1A/15…30W
with UB>36V
6
7
73.2
ISt
45
70
55
Stromhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 803
24 V
65
-
9
55
Stromhalbleiterrelais
1071 - 803
24 V
ISt
45
ISoll
Shunt +
0.1Ω
Wire break
8
35
25
1A/15…30W
with UB>36V
10
Wire break
124
45
6
Basic circuit diagram
DC 28 … 60 V
+1 -2
DC 8.5 … 35 V
8
9
+6
yellow
Imin
75 %
IK
-7
7
8
9
10
Terminal:
1
operating voltage +UB: max. DC 60 V
2
operating voltage -UB
3
load (+)
4
load (-)
5
not used
6
control voltage +US: max. 35 V
7
control voltage -US
8
auxiliary contact
9
auxiliary contact
10
not used
25 %
3
green
Imin
red
load
4
wire break
Shunt
0.1 Ω
1071 - 803
+
-
6
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
313
6
314
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Electronic Flow Meters and Flow Monitors
E-T-A Flow Meters and Flow Monitors
Typical applications
The E-T-A range of electronic flow metering and monitoring
systems has been designed to measure and supervise the
flow rate of gases and liquids in pipelines.
Models operating on the calorimetric principle avoid the
need for moving parts in the flow stream and are therefore
especially suitable for use with liquids of high viscosity, or
containing particles or contaminants. Alternatively high
precision turbine sensors are available for applications
which demand accurate volumetric measurement.
Calorimetric models comprise a monitoring sensor head,
installed in the pipeline, and an electronic controller which
may be either integrated with the monitoring head or
remotely sited, according to type. These systems provide
an output to signal deviation of flow from a pre-set level.
Temperature monitoring and continuous analogue output
are additional functions which can be selected on some
models.
The E-T-A flow meter/monitor programme offers a choice
of specification, performance, size and cost to meet a
wide variety of different uses and budget requirements. All
models are maintenance-free ensuring fit-and-forget
reliability, and benefit from E-T-A’s investment in process
sensor research and development spanning over 25 years.
Applications for E-T-A flow monitors and meters extend
across the entire industrial spectrum including:
● Air conditioning systems, radiators and filtration
equipment
● Gas and exhaust monitoring systems in heating and
power plants, blast furnaces, and gas supply systems
● Welding equipment
● Food processing, brewing and dairy product applications
● Water and waste treatment plant
● Paper manufacturing
● Petrochemical processing
● Pump monitoring and protection
● Control of lubricating, hydraulic and cooling systems
● Agricultural equipment
Overview
● Marine and transportation requirements
Condensed Selector Chart
For liquids:
SW 118, SW 119, (B)SFW 120, SFW 120-E,
SW 201, SFW 209, FM 1
For air/gas:
SW 112, SW 118, SW 119, SLW 120-E,
SW 201, FM 1
For hazardous areas:
FM1-Ex
For granules (powders): SW 201-F, SFW 209, SW 118, SW 119
Issue C
☎
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
315
Overview
7
316
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Electronic Flow Meters
Type No.
Monitoring heads for FM 1-...
FM 1-...
CST-... CSF-...
CSF-... CSF-...
variable
Tri-Clamp DIN/ANSI
immersion depth
Turbine head monitoring heads
TST-...-HM2
Media
TST-...-AM1/WM1
gases, oil, liquids, powder
menu control
linear analogue outputs
optional temperature monitoring
medium temperature up to +125°C
(up to +250°C with turbine head)
relay outputs
LED/bargraph display
Features
Flow rate range
linear analogue outputs
optional temperature monitoring
medium temperature up to +130°C
0... 3 m/s for water
0... 5 m/s for oil
0...20 m/s for air/gases
Temperature range of medium/
monitoring head
-40°C...+130°C (calorimetric head)
-30°C...+140°C or 0°C...+250°C (turbine head)
Temperature range of
electronic control unit
+10 °C...+50 °C
Outputs
analogue outputs:
0/4-20 mA or 0/2-10 V or 0/1-5 V
relay or transistor outputs
Input voltage
DC 24 V (19...32 V)
AC 24 V ±10%
Type and size of monitoring head
CSF: flange-mounted heads to DIN 2500 or
DIN/ISO 2825
CST, TST: thread-mounted heads G 1/2A,
G 3/4A, 1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
Materials of monitoring head
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti
Cable to electronic control unit
2 m standard, 100 m max.
see CPI cat. pages 13 - 15
see CPI cat. pages 16 - 18
Overview
Data sheet
Dimensions
3/4-14 NPT or
1/2-14NPT
B
36
20
7
øA
75
36
14
14
G3/4A or
G1/2A
SW27
SW27
øA
100
Issue C
☎
B
G3/4A 22.8 12
G1/2A 18
10
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
317
Electronic Flow Monitors
SW 112-...
SW 118-...
SW119-...
Media
air
gases, liquids, powder
gases, liquids, powder
Features
1 switch point (MIN)
relay signal output
LED status indication
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
non-linear trend outputs
relay output
LED status indication
optional temperature monitoring
medium selector switch
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
non-linear trend outputs
relay output
LED status indication
temperature monitoring
medium selector switch
Flow rate range
0.5 m/s...20 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s..2 m/s
gases: 0.5 m/s...50 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s..2 m/s
gases: 0.5 m/s...50 m/s
Temperature range of
medium/monitoring head
-20 °C...+60 °C
-25°C...+70 °C
-25°C...+100 °C
Temperature range of
electronic control unit
-20 °C...+50 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C
Outputs
1 relay
max. load: 700 mA
1 relay (change over contact)
AC 250 V, DC 30 V: 5 A
overvoltage category II
trend output 4-8 V
1 relay (change over contact)
AC 250 V, DC 30 V: 5 A
overvoltage category II
trend output 4-8 V
Input voltage
AC 24 V + 10%/-15%
DC 19...32 V
AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V
+10 %/-15 %
DC 24 V ±10 %
AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V
+10 %/-15 %
DC 24 V ±10 %
Type and size of monitoring
head
monitoring head dia. 18 mm,
integral with electronic control
unit
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
integral with the electronic
control unit
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
Material of monitoring head
PVC, aluminium, polyamide
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti,
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti,
Cable length
with 2 m cable (standard), max.
cable length 25 m, at relay output
without cable (standard), max. cable
length 50 m, at relay output
with 2 m cable (standard), max. cable
length 100 m, between monitoring
head and electronic control unit
Available options
see CPI cat. pages 21 - 22
see CPI cat. pages 23 - 26
see CPI cat. pages 23 - 26
Dimensions
80.5
2000+50
82.5
108.5
7
potentiometer
screw
☎
50
20
68.5
ø32
12
318
ø4.2
ø14 LED
37
120
20
70
ø18
20
G1/2A,
G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or
3/4"NPT
4
46
4
15
162
20
80
23
ø24
ø4.2
Overview
Type No.
PG9
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
PG9
Issue C
Electronic Flow Monitors
(B)SFW 120-...
SFW/SLW 120-E-...
SW 201..
SWT 201..
gases, liquids
gases (air), liquids, powder
gases (air), liquids, powder
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
transistor output
LED status indication
SFW 120: industrial applications (MIN)
BSFW 120: marine applications (MAX)
1 switch point
(MIN or MAX)
relay output
LED status indication
1 switch point (MIN)
non-linear analogue output
relay outputs
status indication by 2 LEDs
medium selector switch
1 switch point (MIN)
non-linear analogue output
relay outputs
status indication by 3 LEDs
temperature monitoring
medium selector switch
0.01 m/s...2 m/s
liquids: 0.1 l/min...10 l/min
gases: 2.5 l/min...250 l/min
air: 0.5 m/s...100 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s...5 m/s
air: 0.5 m/s...100 m/s
liquids: 0.01 m/s...5 m/s
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-40 °C...+100 °C
-40 °C...+100 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+45 °C
-10 °C...+45 °C
PNP transistor
max. load: 0.3 A (DC12V)
max. load: 50 mA (DC 24 V)
1 relay
(change over contact)
AC/DC 28 V: 1 A
a) 2 relays (change over
contacts), AC 250 V,
DC 28 V: 1 A
overvoltage category II
b) analogue output
non-linear 0/4...20 mA
a) 3 relays (change over
contacts) AC 250 V,
DC 28 V: 1A
overvoltage category II
b) analogue output:
non-linear 0/4...20 mA
DC 12 V (10.7...16 V)
DC 24 V (12...26.4 V)
DC 24 V (18...32 V)
AC 24 V +10%/-15%
AC 230/115/24 V +10%/-15%
DC 24 V ± 10%
AC 230/115/24 V +10%/-15%
DC 24 V ± 10%
G 3/4 A or 3/4"NPT
sealing: Viton, teflon coated
Ermeto sizes EF6 to EF12, 1/4"
NPT, G 3/8A sensor and
electronic control unit
comprised in one housing
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A,
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
sensor and fitting material: SFW 120:
1.4571/AISI 316 Ti; BSFW 120: AP1D
sensor material: AP1D
sensor: PVDF; sealing rings: Viton®
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI
316Ti,
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI
316Ti,
without cable (standard) max. cable
length 25m, at transistor output
without cable (standard) max. cable
length 25m, at relay output
2 m cable (standard), max. cable
length 100 m, between monitoring
head and electronic control unit
2 m cable (standard), max. cable
length 100 m, between monitoring
head and electronic control unit
see CPI cat. pages 27 - 28
see CPI cat. pages 29 - 30
see CPI cat. pages 31 - 34
see CPI cat. pages 31 - 34
cable
100
50
38
20
lens
Overview
liquids
85
Issue C
☎
aluminium cover
PG13.5
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
SW 27
36
sensor rotated
by 90°
window
14
NPT1/4"
PG 7
90
35
SW 32
G3/4A
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
G1/2A or G3/4A
160
53
66
47
85
ø20
120
7
319
Electronic Flow Monitors
Type No.
SFW 209
Media
liquids, gases, powder
Features
1 switch point (MIN or MAX)
relay output
status indication by 2 LEDs
Flow rate range
0.01 m/s...2 m/s with water
0.5 m/s...50 m/s with gases
Temperature range of
medium/monitoring head
-25 °C...+100 °C
Temperature range of
electronic control unit
-10 °C...+60 °C
Outputs
1 relay (change over contact)
AC 250 V, DC 28 V: 2 A
Input voltage
AC 230 V / 115 V / 24 V
+10%/-15%
DC 24 V ± 10%
Type and size of monitoring
head
monitoring heads G1/2A, G3/4A, 1/2"NPT
or 3/4"NPT
Material of monitoring head
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316Ti,
Cable length
2 m cable (standard),max. cable length 50 m
Available options
see CPI cat. pages 35 - 36
Dimensions
Overview
Electronic Control Unit
45
123
20
Monitoring Head
G1/2A or G3/4A
1/2"NPT or 3/4"NPT
14 36
73.2
70
7
cable
SW 27
sensor rotated by 90°
320
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Flow Meter with Ex approval
FM 1-Ex
CST-Ex
PTB approval; in conformance with
EN 50014 and EN 50020 (EEx ibII)
PTB approval No. Ex-88-B-2034
in conformance with EN 50014 and
EN 50020 for EEx ib II C/II B
gases, liquids
menu control
two analogue outputs
relay or transistor outputs
for connection of calorimetric monitoring
heads
water:
0... 3 m/s
oil:
0... 5 m/s
gases/air: 0...20 m/s
-40 °C...+90 °C
+5 °C...+33 °C
Analogue outputs:
0/4-20 mA or 0/2-10 V or 0/1-5 V
relay or transistor outputs
DC 24 V (19...32 V)
AC 24 V ± 10%
AC 230 V +10%/-15%
G 1/2A
sensor and fitting: 1.4571/AISI 316 Ti
Overview
2 m standard, max. cable length 100 m
G1/2A
14
240
120
90
PG11
7
27.5
PG9
133
PG11
226
PG13.5
SW27
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
321
Selector chart
Overview
Ambient temperature
-25 °C...+50 °C
-20 °C...+50 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+45 °C
+10 °C...+50 °C
Flow rate range
0.01...1 m/sec
0.01...2 m/sec
0.01...3 m/sec
0.01...5 m/sec
0.05...100 m/sec
0.5...20 m/sec
0.5...50 m/sec
0.5...100 m/sec
0.1...10 l/min
2.5...250 l/min
7
Monitoring head
G1/2A
G3/4A
NPT
Special
Pressure resistance
1 bar /14.7 PSI
20 bar / 294 PSI
100 bar / 1470 PSI
250 bar / 3675 PSI
300 bar / 4410 PSI
Output
transistor
relay
0...20 mA non linear
4...20 mA non linear
0...20 mA linear
4...20 mA linear
0...5 V
0...10 V
1...5 V
2...10 V
322
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
FM1-Ex
SW 118
SW 119
SW 201-F
SFW 209
Granules/Powders Ex version
SFW 120 E
SW 201-F
SFW 209
FM 1
SFW/BSFW 120
Liquids
SW 118
SW 119
(●) = optionally
Input voltage
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC (50/60 Hz)
115 V AC (50/60 Hz)
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Medium temperature
-40 °C...+130 °C
-40 °C...+125 °C
-40 °C...+100 °C
-40 °C...+90 °C
-30 °C...+140 °C
-25 °C...+70 °C
-25 °C...+100 °C
-20 °C...+100 °C
-20 °C...+60 °C
-10 °C...+60 °C
0...+250 °C
0...+140 °C
Air/gases
SW 112
SW 118
SLW 119
SLW 120 E
SW 201-L
SFW 209
FM 1
Medium
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
☎
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Capacitive Level Sensors
E-T-A Capacitive Level Sensors
First installation
E-T-A level sensors are of high quality, practically maintenance free and have a wide operating temperature range.
They respond to the change of capacitance occurring
when an electrode surrounded by air is immersed into the
medium to be monitored. This capacitance change causes a circuit to oscillate which is processed electronically.
The Level Sensors are factory preset for water.
The different versions can be used as MIN/MAX sensors
with closed circuit principle. Power failure and wire break
are indicated the same way as incorrect medium level.
Models NR 150, NR 160 and NR 200 allow the selection
of minimum or maximum switching by means of an
integral selector switch, whereas models NR 80, NR 60
and NR 100 are factory-preset as a minimum or maximum
sensor.
2. For sensitivity setting turn the potentiometer screw until
the LED changes.
3. Adjust the potentiometer screw another half turn to
compensate for any tolerances and to eliminate deposits
on the sensor (allow for response delay!).
For other media it is necessary to readjust the sensors
(make sure the medium to be monitored is available!).
These instructions do not apply to model NR 60
because its sensitivity is factory preset.
For installation details please see the applicable Installation Instructions.
Overview
Model NR 200 features a potential-free relay change over
contact, models NR 100, NR 150 and NR 160 a shortcircuit proof plus switching transistor output, and models
NR 60 and NR 80 a minus switching transistor output.
1. Install the Level Sensor and connect it as shown on the
connection diagram.
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
323
Level Sensors
Type No.
NR 60-...
NR 80-...
NR 100-...
Description
water, oil, fuels
water and liquids with similar
electrical conductivity
powder, water and liquids with
similar electrical conductivity,
aggressive media
Input voltage/
power consumption
DC 9...36 V
typically 6 mA
or with power supply NG 03
DC 6...36 V
typically 5 mA
or with power supply NG 03
DC 24 V ±25%
typically 30 mA
or with power supply NG 03
Output
NPN transistor,
low side switching,
short-circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop <300 mV
NPN transistor,
low side switching, max.100 mA,
with free-wheeling diode,
voltage drop approx 2 V
PNP transistor,
high side switching, max. 0.3 A,
short-circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V
Ambient temperature
-30 °C...+125°C
0 °C...+70 °C
-20°C...+85°C
Medium temperature
-30 °C...+125°C
0 °C...+70°C
(max. 80 °C short-time)
-20 °C...+130°C
(max. +150 °C short-time)
Pressure resistance
25 bar/367.5 PSI
N/A
2 bar/29.4 PSI
(25 bar/367.5 PSI to
special order)
Tefzel® ETFE
nickel-plated brass, Ms CuZn39Pb3
Viton®
nickel-plated brass, Ms CuZn39Pb3
–
–
–
–
–
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene
–
–
PTFE = Teflon®/Polytetrafluoroethylene
PTFE = Teflon®/Polytetrafluoroethylene
–
–
–
PBTP gv = Polybutylene Terephtalate
with glass fibre
see CPI cat. pages 57 - 58
see CPI cat. pages 59 - 60
see CPI cat. pages 61 - 62
Material
probe
fitting
sealing (O ring) or sensor and fitting
housing
housing cover
connector
Technical data
80
101.5
50
10
switching point
30 mm ± 6
56
50
10
PG9 SW17
female plug
18
ø10.5
M27x1
switching point
30 mm ± 6
2
3.5
18.5
SW27
45
ca. 145
101.5
51.5
41
SW32 10
45
°
ø44.5
SW27
ø30
G1A
ø44.5
62±0.3
connector
ø5
7
30
15
69.5
54.5
M27x1
51.5
41
ø32.5
Overview
Dimensions
36
44
80
36
324
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Level Sensors
NR 150-...
NR 160-...
NR 200-...
NG 03-...
oil and media with low electrical
conductivity
water and liquids with similar
electrical conductivity
oil and media with low electrical
conductivity
power supply with relay output
DC 9...36 V
typically 13 mA
or with power supply NG 03
DC 9...36 V
typically 17 mA
or with power supply NG 03
AC 115/230/240 V
+10%/-15%
typically <4VA
AC 115/230/240 V
+10%/-15%
typically <4VA
PNP transistor,
high side switching, max. 0.3 A,
short circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V
PNP transistor,
high side switching, max. 0.3 A,
short circuit and overload
protected, with free-wheeling
diode, voltage drop approx. 2 V
relay output switching capacity:
DC 50...270 W
AC 2000 VA
switching voltage:
DC 300 V/AC 250 V
switching current: 6 A
for Level Sensors NR 60, NR 80,
NR 100, NR 150, NR 160
DC 24 V, 50 mA
-20°C...+85°C
-20°C...+85°C
-20°C...+70°C
0 °C ... + 70 °C
-20 °C...+130°C
(max. +150 °C short-time)
-20 °C...+130°C
(max. +150 °C short-time)
-20 °C...+85°C
(max. +100 °C short-time)
N/A
25 bar/367.5 PSI
25 bar/367.5 PSI
25 bar/367.5 PSI
N/A
ETFE = Tefzel®
DIN 1.4305/AISI 303
Viton®
–
PA6-3T = Trogamide
–
PA12-Gf = Polyamide 12 with glass fibre
DIN 1.4305/AISI 303
Viton®
–
PA6-3T = Trogamide
–
ETFE = Tefzel®
DIN 1.4305/AISI 303
Viton®
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene
ABS = Acrylonitrile butadine styrene
–
see CPI cat. pages 63 - 64
see CPI cat. pages 65 - 66
see CPI cat. pages 67 - 68
N/A
SW32
Issue C
ø14
ø26.7 3/4"NPT
☎
66
80.5
ø14
B
7
26
59
O ring
ca. 133
A
B
G3/4A
16
3/4"NPT 21
NIVEAUSENSOR NR 200
LEVEL SENSOR NR 200
70
25
25
20.2
SW 32
82.5
55
PG7
B
A
G3/4A
SW 32
ø14
PG 7
SW32
Overview
66
ø 21.8
PG7
ca. 150
35
16
A
25
see CPI cat. pages 69 - 70
35
105
PG13.5
123
45
A
B
G3/4A 16
3/4"NPT 20.2
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
325
Level Sensors
●
●
●
●
NR 200
●
NR 160
●
●
NR 150
●
NR 100
NR 80
DC 12 V
DC 24 V
Input voltage
Medium
●
●
water
oil
●
●
●
●
●
powder
Sensitivity setting
●
●
●
●
●
no
●
yes
Mounting method
invasive
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
MAX
●
●
AC 230 V
AC 240 V
●
●
Medium temperature
●
-20... + 130 °C (+150 °C)2)
-20... + 85 °C (+125 °C)2)
-30... + 125 °C
●
●
●
●
-30 ... +125 °C
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Process connector
G3/4A (R3/4")
●
●
●
●
0 ... +70 °C
Output
●
●
-20 ... +70 °C
●
relay
PNP transistor
NPN transistor
●
●
-20 ... +85 °C
MIN/MAX
selector switch
●
●
0 ... + 70 °C
Ambient temperature
Function
MIN or
●
AC 115 V
●
●1)
non-invasive
●
●
G1A (R1")
●
3/4"NPT
LED display
●
yes
●
●
●
●
1"NPT
●
●
no
1)
NR 60
NR 200
NR 160
NR 150
NR 100
NR 80
NR 60
Selector chart
non-metallic containers
M14 x 1.5
●
M18 x 1.5
1/4" NPTF
●
●
●
Compression nut
Pressure resistance
●
2 bar/29.4 PSI
25 bar/367.5 PSI
N/A
●
❍
●
2
) short-time
Overview
❍ on request
7
326
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Digital Panel Instruments
E-T-A Digital Panel Instruments
E-T-A digital panel meters are designed to measure,
monitor and display electrical, thermal and mechanical
values for a wide range of industrial applications.
The panel mounted instruments provide a choice of front
face dimensions of 96 mm x 48 mm, 96 mm x 24 mm
or 48 mm x 24 mm with a 2.5 to 5 digit 7-segment nonreflective LED display, designed for clarity under all lighting
conditions.
The instruments are available for different supply voltages.
Their versatility is further assured through optional features
which include adjustable set points for alarm or control
purposes and analogue output. Versions for current and
voltage measurement can also provide true RMS readings.
The E-T-A MDZ 480 is an intelligent frequency measuring
instrument which can be connected to a wide range of
circuit control sensors such as proximity switches,
NAMUR sensors and tachogenerators. The appropriate
function is user-selected at the time of installation.
All E-T-A panel meters are designed to internationally
recognised DIN, VDE and IEC specifications.
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
327
Overview
E-T-A pressure meters are suitable for use with all
commercially available pressure transducers with
standard signal output. A DC 24 V/20 mA output,
physically isolated from the measuring input of the
meter’s power supply, ensures an interference-free
auxiliary power supply for the transducers.
7
Digital Panel Instruments
Type No.
MDA 241-...
MDV 241-...
MDC 241-...
MDK 241/MDR 241-...
DC and AC current
measuring instrument
DC and AC voltage
measuring instrument
Temperature measuring
instrument for Pt100 to
IEC 751
2-conductor circuit
Measuring instruments
with standard signal
input and selectable
display range.
Pressure instrument
MDR 241 with transmitter
supply 24 V/20 mA
Accuracy
DC 0.1%, AC 0.2% of
span
DC 0.1%, AC 0.2% of
span
resolution 1 K: 0.3%
0.1 K: 0.1% of span
0.1 % of span
Supply voltage
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
DC: 12...26 V
physically isolated from
the measuring circuit
Temperature range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
Measuring range
0...2 mA
0...20 mA
0...200 mA
0...2 A
0...200 mV
0... 2 V
0... 20 V
0...200 V
0...600 V
0...+ 300 °C
+250...+ 800 °C
-200 ...+ 200 °C
-100.0...+100.0 °C
Input: 0...±20 mA
4... 20 mA
0...±10 V
0... ±5 V
Display
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
Dimensions
96 x 24 x 89 mm
96 x 24 x 89 mm
96 x 24 x 89 mm
96 x 24 x 89 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78
see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78
see CPI cat. pages 77 - 78
see CPI cat. pages 79 - 80
Overview
Description
7
328
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Digital Panel Instruments
Type No.
MDA 245-...
MDV 245-...
MDC 245-...
Instrument for standard
signals
(DC current)
Instrument for standard
signals
(DC voltage)
Temperature measuring
instrument with
temperature sensor
KTY16-6
Accuracy
0.1% of span
0.1% of span
0.8 % of span
Supply voltage
DC: 4... 7 V
7...16 V
16...28 V (standard)
DC: 4... 7 V
7...16 V
16...28 V (standard)
DC: 4... 7 V
7...16 V
16...28 V (standard)
Temperature range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
Measuring range
Input: 0...±20 mA
4... 20 mA
Input: 0... ±5 V
0...±10 V
-30 °C...+100 °C
Display
3 1/2 digit
10 mm 7-segment LED
selectable display range
3 1/2 digit
10 mm 7-segment LED
selectable display range
2 1/2 digit
10 mm 7-segment LED
Dimensions
48 x 24 x 85 mm
48 x 24 x 85 mm
48 x 24 x 85 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82
see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82
see CPI cat. pages 81 - 82
Overview
Description
7
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
329
Digital Panel Instruments
Overview
Type No.
MDA 480-...
MDV 480-...
MDC 480-...
MDK 480/MDR 480-...
Description
AC or DC current
measuring instrument.
Version for rms measurement for non-sinusoidal
curves available. Special
calibration if display
needs to deviate from
input quantity.
AC or DC voltage
measuring instrument.
Version for rms measurement for non-sinusoidal
curves available. Special
calibration if display
needs to deviate from
input quantity.
Temperature measuring
instrument for RTDs or
thermocouples.
Measuring instrument
with normalized inputs
and freely selectable
display range. Pressure
measuring instrument
MDR 480 with transmitter
supply 24 V/25 mA or for
measuring bridge 1 mA
or 10 V const.
Options
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
2 limit values
4 limit values
2 limit values
+ analogue output
analogue output
Supply voltage
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
AC 240 / 230 / 115 V
AC 120 / 60 / 48 / 24 V
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
DC 12...28 V physically
isolated
Temperature range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
Measuring range
individual:
0...2 mA
0...20 mA
0...200 mA
0...2 A
0...10 A
multiple (DC only):
0...2 mA + 0...20 mA +
0...200 mA
0...2 A + 0...10 A
special measuring ranges
individual:
0...200 mV
0...2 V
0...20 V
0...200 V
0...600 V
multiple (DC only):
0...200 mV + 0...2000 mV
0...20 V + 0...200 V
special measuring ranges
IEC 584:
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
NiCr-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
Pt 13 % Rh-Pt
Pt 10 % Rh-Pt
DIN 43 710:
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
IEC 751:
Pt 100
DIN 43 760:
Ni100
Input:
Display
3 1/2 or 4 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 or 4 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
3 1/2 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
Dimensions
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 83 - 90
see CPI cat. pages 83 - 90
see CPI cat. pages 91 - 98
MDR:
see CPI cat. pages 99 - 106
MDK:
see CPI cat. pages 107 - 114
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
0... 5 V
1... 5 V
2...10 V
0...200 mV
special measuring ranges
7
330
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Digital Panel Instruments
Type No.
MDZ 480-F...
MDZ 480-V...
Instrument measuring the frequency of bipolar
signals in the voltage ranges:
AC 15 ... 50 V
AC 50 ... 150 V
AC 150 ... 430 V
Instrument measuring frequency, velocity or
events (counting) of digital signals:
TTL, 24 V-PLC, open collector, NAMUR
Adjustable: function, input, measuring time,
parameter (e.g. number of teeth), display
Options
---
2 limit values (1 relay)
2 peak values
Voltage supply
AC 230 V, AC 115 V
AC 230 V, AC 115 V
Temperature range
0 °C...+50 °C
0 °C...+50 °C
Measuring range
0.1 Hz ... 10 kHz
0.1 Hz ...
100 kHz (frequency measurement)
6
... 99999 min-1 (velocity measurement)
1
... 9999 ms (period measurement)
0
...499999
(forward/backward
counter, fmax=1 kHz)
0.1 Hz... 100 kHz
(special function)
Display
4 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
5 digit
13 mm 7-segment LED
Dimensions
96 x 48 x 166 mm
96 x 48 x 166 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 115 - 120
see CPI cat. pages 115 - 120
Overview
Description
7
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
331
Digital Panel Instruments
Current measurement
●
DC 0 ... 2 mA
DC 0 ... 20 mA
●
DC 4 ... 20 mA
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
DC 0 ... 200 mA
●
●
DC 0 ... 2 A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AC 0 ... 2 mA
●
●
AC 0 ... 20 mA
●
●
AC 0 ... 200 mA
●
●
AC 0 ... 2 A
●
●
●
AC 0 ... 10 A
DC 0 ... 200 mV
●
●
DC 0 ... 2 V
●
●
●
DC 0 ... 10 V
●
●
●
●
DC 0 ... 20 V
●
●
DC 0 ... 200 V
●
●
DC 0 ... 600 V
●
●
AC 0 ... 200 mV
●
●
AC 0 ... 2 V
●
●
AC 0 ... 20 V
●
●
AC 0 ... 200 V
●
●
●
AC 0 ... 600 V
●
●
Temperature measurement Pt100
●
Ni100
●
thermocouple
●
●
temperature sensor
Frequency measurement
●
●
DC 0 ... 10 A
Voltage measurement
MDZ480
●
MDV480
●
MDR480
●
MDK480
●
MDC480
●
96 mm x 48 mm
MDA480
MDV241
●
MDR241
●
MDK241
●
96 mm x 24 mm
MDC241
48 mm x 24 mm
MDA241
Front dimensions
MDV245
Version
MDC245
Type No.
MDA245
Selector chart
●
AC signals
●
digital input
Display
●
2 1/2 digit
3 1/2 digit
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4 1/2 digit
●
●
●
5 digit
Voltage supply
AC
Overview
DC
Sensor supply
DC 24 V
Options
true rms measurement
calibration of display
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
peak value storage
7
332
☎
●
analogue output 0 ... 10 V
●
●
●
●
●
analogue output 0 ... 20 mA
●
●
●
●
●
analogue output 4 ... 20 mA
●
●
●
●
●
2 limit values with relay
●
●
●
●
●
4 limit values with relay
●
●
●
●
●
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
●
Issue C
Sensors
E-T-A Sensors
E-T-A Pressure Sensors MSR 400 and MSR 450 are
designed to convert nominal pressures up to 400 bar/5880
PSI into standard signals.The robust design of model
MSR 400 (voltage supply, EMC, environmental protection,
connector to DIN 72585) is perfectly suited to its
application in commercial equipment and machinery/plant
for the construction industry etc. Model MSR 450 featuring
a stainless steel enclosure is designed for general industrial
applications (connection method according to DIN 43650).
Available with various threads (metric, imperial, NPT) fitting
all commercial process connections.
Overview
E-T-A Velocity Sensors MSZ... provide contactless sensing of mechanical motion such as the rotational speed
of drives or rotating shafts. Pulses are generated at ferromagnetic pick-up wheels (i.e. gears) whose teeth pass by
the sensor. The electronic control circuitry and the sensor
head are designed as an integral unit. The rectangular
signal provided by the electronic control circuitry is independent of the pick-up geometry.
The instruments are available in a wide voltage supply
and temperature range, and various dimensions and
connection methods to allow a wide spread of applications
in general and automotive industries.
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
333
Sensors
Velocity Sensor MSZ 214/218-...
Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450-...
Velocity Sensor MSZ 214/218-... for connection
to panel instrument MDZ 480
Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450 for
connection to panel instrument MDR 241/480
Description
The inductive sensor provides contactless sensing of mechanical motion such as the
rotational speed of ferro-magnetic pick-up
wheels. When combined with the intelligent
frequency measuring instrument MDZ 480, it
is a complete speed measuring system.
The integral electronic control unit generates a
rectangular output signal that is independent
of the pick-up geometry.
The MSZ 214 has a diameter of 14 mm (M14x1),
the MSZ 218 a diameter of 18 mm (M18x1).
Both sensor types are available either with permanent cable with open cable end, or with 3
pole connector.
Pressure Sensors MSR 400/MSR 450 with
thick-film measuring element are designed for
various pressure monitoring tasks. Their wide
temperature range allows their use in harsh
environments (MSR 400 for vehicles and MRS
450 for general industrial applications).
Measuring ranges
up to 20 kHz
0... 6 bar
0...10 bar
0...16 bar
0...25 bar
0...40 bar
Supply voltage
DC 5...36 V
DC 10...32 V
Output
open collector NPN
Umax = 40 V
Imax = 40 mA
1...5 V
4...20 mA 2-conductor (MSR 450)
4...20 mA 3-conductor (MSR 400)
Type No.
better than 2.5% F.S.
Enclosure
stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
MSR 400: steel 1.0715/AISI 1213, yellow chromated
MSR 450: stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
Connection
2 m cable or connector
MSR 400: 3 pole connector to DIN 72585 or
20 cm cable
MSR 450: 3 pole connector to DIN 43650
Degree of protection
IP 67 version with cable
IP 65 version with connector
IP 65 version with cable
IP 67/IP 69K MSR 400 version with connector
IP 65
MSR 450 version with connector
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 123 - 124
see CPI cat. pages 125 - 128
Dimensions
2
12
LIYY 3x0.5 mm2
approx. 33.5
ø2
SW 22
9
14±0.4
ø27
7
65±0.8
2m
ø5.2
55
45
M14x1
ø35
SW 27
ø19
334
☎
ø27
øA
27.5
M14x1
81
≈50
Overview
Accuracy
0... 60 bar
0...100 bar
0...160 bar
0...250 bar
0...400 bar
SW27
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Current and Voltage Monitors
E-T-A Current and Voltage Monitors series E-107.. are
designed to monitor electrical circuits for current or voltage
over limits.
● E-T-A Zero Current Monitors E-1076-SR signal a
current flowing in the monitoring circuit when fixed
current limits are exceeded. They feature a 17 mm wide
rail mounted housing and may also be used to switch on
an elapsed-hour meter. Internal power supply is by
means of the input signal so that no additional wiring is
needed.
● E-T-A Current Monitors E-1077 offer the possibility to
individually set the MAX and/or MIN limit values by
means of the digital switches provided on the front of
the housing. The response delay may be selected.
Relay contacts provide for potential-free signalization.
Relay status and adjustment error is indicated by LEDs.
● E-T-A Current Protector E-1078 is designed for low
voltage lighting systems. It monitors the lighting system
rated current that is stored, when it is switched on, in the
primary circuit of the low-voltage transformer. The
rated load is stored either by operation of the push
button on the device or via the light switch. A shortcircuit in the lamp circuit or an overload will cause the
Current Protector to immediately disconnect the system.
The product is available with a rail mounted housing (for
consumer unit installation) or in a housing for surface
mounting at or in the transformer.
● E-T-A Combi Safety Protection E-1078-911 allows the
simultaneous connection of two powerful loads such
as a washing machine and a dryer to a 16 A socket with
earthing contact. One of the two sockets has priority
and is connected to the washing machine. When the
current required by the washing machine exceeds a set
limit of approx. 15.5 A (during heating), the second
socket is disconnected, and reconnected only when
the current falls to the set lower limit. Appliance
combinations such as dishwasher and hot-water heater
may also be operated this way.
● E-T-A Voltage Monitor E-1079 monitors set MAX and/or
MIN voltage limits in a circuit. Limit value setting is by
means of the digital switches provided on the front of
the housing. Additional features are relay outputs,
selectable response delay, LED status indication, and
rail mounted housings.
● E-T-A Voltage Monitor E-1079-600 is available in
a 12 mm wide housing for plug-in mounting utilising
E-T-A socket 17-P10-Si. It is designed to monitor
typical AC and DC supply voltages with set tolerances,
e.g. DC 24 V ±25 %. The actual voltage is indicated by
two LEDs and a MOS output. This system, too, saves
additional wiring by taking its internal power supply
from the input signal.
7
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
Issue C
☎
Overview
E-T-A Current and Voltage Monitors
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
335
Current Monitors
Overview
Type No.
7
E-1076-SR-...
E-1077-51-...
Description
monitors a MIN limit value in an AC circuit via
a current transformer. If a set value is
exceeded, the triac or transistor will enable
the output, and the status is indicated by
LED. The low power required by the Zero
Current Monitor is taken from the input
signal.
monitors a circuit by adjustable MIN and/or
MAX limit values.The response values may be
directly preset by means of digital switches in
the front of the housing.
When set values are exceeded, the applicable
relay (change over) will switch off. The response
delay may be set between 0.2 and 30 sec.
Relay status, operating voltage and adjustment
error are indicated by LED.
Version
MIN limit value (Zero Current Monitor)
- 31:
- 41:
- 51:
Setting range
(measuring range)
AC 5 A
(response threshold: 100 mA)
AC 16 A
(response threshold: 1 A)
Values cannot be set
AC 0.1 ... 19.9 A
AC 0.01 ... 1.99 A
DC 0.1 ... 19.9 mA
Internal resistance
–
approx. 1 mΩ (with AC 19.9 A)
approx. 10 mΩ (with AC 1.99 A)
1Ω
(with DC 19.9 mA)
Accuracy
–
1 % ± 2 digits
Switching hysteresis
–
≤ 0.1 A
≤ 0.01 A
≤ 0.1 mA
Response delay
–
adjustable between 0.2...30 s
Supply voltage
AC 0...250 V rated voltage
(= supply voltage)
AC 115 V
AC 230 V
Output
AC: triac
DC: transistor
relay with change over contact AC 250 V/5 A
Temperature range
0 ... +60 °C
0 ... +50 °C
Degree of potection
housing: IP 20
terminals: IP 20
housing: IP 50
terminals: IP 20
Mounting method
rail mounted on 35 mm symmetric rail to
DIN 50 022 and DIN 50 035
rail mounted on 35 mm symmetric rail
to DIN 50022
Dimensions
17 x 63 x 64 mm
74 x 45 x 124 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 135 - 136
see CPI cat. pages 137 - 138
336
☎
250 V/200 mA
60 V/ 50 mA
MAX limit value
MIN limit value
MAX and MIN limit value
(with AC 19.9 A)
(with AC 1.99 A)
(with DC 19.9 mA)
( 90 ... 135 V)
(200 ... 244 V)
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Current Protectors
E 1078-421-/ 431-...
Type No.
The Current Protector is connected in the
primary circuit before the low-voltage transformer (e.g. AC 230 V/12 V). Irregularities in
the secondary circuit, such as overloads or
short-circuits, will cause the Protector to
immediately disconnect the system. Underload (e.g. defective terminal connections)
also causes system disconnection. Error
indication by red LED. After removal of the
fault, the system can be reconnected by
operation of the storage push button on the
Protector or by operating the light switch.
Protection of lighting systems
Variants
E 1078-421 (up to 400 W)
E 1078-431 (up to 600 W)
E 1078-422 (up to 400 W)
E 1078-432 (up to 600 W)
E 1078-482 (up to 600 W) load storage via
light switch
Protection from
short-circuit, overload, underload
short-circuit, overload, underload
Lamp capacity
60 - 300 W
100 - 400 W
300 - 600 W
60 - 300 W
100 - 400 W
300 - 600 W
Voltage rating
AC 230 V ± 10 %/ 50 Hz
AC 230 V ± 10 % / 50 Hz
AC 120 V ± 10 % / 60 Hz
Suitable for lighting systems with dimmers
yes
yes
Temperature range
0 ... +45 °C
0 ... +60 °C
Overload response
steplessly adjustable
steplessly adjustable
Typical trip times
overload
short-circuit
underload
200 ms to 2 s (depending on overload)
200 ms
3s
200 ms to 2 s (depending on overload)
200 ms
3s
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 139 - 140
see CPI cat. pages 141 - 142
Overview
Dimensions
● Available housing variants:
- track mountable on 35 mm EN rails
- housing for surface mounting in
transformers
Suitable for dimmer systems.
● Detecting defective terminal connections
● Line resistances, transformer
and lamp tolerances are
compensated for by the adjustment.
● VDE approval in place
● Option: load storage via light switch.
Surface housing
Track-mountable housing
NV-STROMWÄCHTER
R
1078-421
Error
AC 230V 100-400VA
45
70
68
Bei Fehlersignal zuerst
Störung beheben.
8319
Storage
R
1/N 2/N 3/L 4/Tr
35
5
22
45
67
Issue C
☎
57
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
CURRENT
PROTECTOR
Fehler
Error
40
1
Tr
2
N
3
L
4
Tr
7
STROMWÄCHTER
1078-422 AC 230V 100-400VA
NV-STROMWÄCHTER
54
Description
E 1078-422-/ 432-/ 482-...
Speichern
Setting
1.5
22.5
337
Combi Safety Protection
Type No.
E-1078-911
Two powerful appliances such as a washing
machine and a dryer may be connected to a
European style 16 A household socket
without overloading the circuit. The E-T-A
Combi Safety Protector E-1078-911
connects one of the appliances continuously
to power. The second appliance is
disconnected from the supply for a short
time when the total current consumption
reaches approx. 15.5 A - during water
haeating for example. Upon completion of
the heating cycle of the first appliance, the
second one will be automatically reconnected.
Upper response threshold
typically 15.5 A ± 1 A
Lower response threshold
typically 2.0 A ± 1 A
Supply voltage
N/A
Temperature range
0 ... +45 ° C
Environmental duty
for normal dry, clean domestic conditions
Dimensions
255 x 60 x 40 mm
Technical data
see CPI cat. page 143
Overview
Description
7
338
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Voltage Monitors
E-1079-51-...
E-1079-60.-...
Description
Voltage Monitor E-1079-... monitors set MAX
and/or MIN voltage limits. The response can be
directly preset by the digital switches on the
front of the housing. When the set limits are
exceeded, the applicable relay (change over)
will switch off. The response delay may be set
between 0.2 and 30 s. Relay status, operating
voltage and adjustment error are indicated by
LEDs.
Voltage Monitor E-1079-600 monitors DC or
AC voltages with set tolerances. Two LEDs
indicate the operating status and over limits,
with an opto coupler providing a physically isolated output signal. The power requirement of
the Monitor is taken from the input signal.
Variants
-31:
-41:
-51:
MAX limit value
MIN limit value
MAX and MIN limit values
MIN and MAX limit value
(not adjustable)
Setting range
(measuring range)
DC
DC
DC
1... 199 mV
0.01... 1.99 V
0.1 ... 19.9 V
DC 12 V ±25 %
DC 24 V ±25 %
DC 48 V ±25 %
DC 110 V +10 %/-15 %
DC 220 V +10 %/-15 %
AC 115 V +10 %/-15 %
AC 230 V +10 %/-15 %
Internal resistance
DC: Ri =
DC: Ri =
Accuracy
1 % ± 2 digits
Umin -10 % Un ... Umin
Umax ... Umax +10 % Un
Switching hysteresis
1 digit
with -51: setting distance between MIN and
MAX limit value ≥ 5 digits
–
Response delay
0.2 ... 30 sec, adjustable
–
Supply voltage
AC 115 V ( 90 ... 135 V)
AC 230 V (200 ... 244 V)
N/A
Output
relay with change over contact AC 250 V/5 A
MOS output AC/DC 250 V/80 mA
Temperature range
0 ... +50 °C
0 ... +60 °C
Degree of protection
housing: IP 50
terminals: IP 20
housing: IP 50
terminals: IP 20
Mounting
rail mounted on 35 mm rail to DIN EN 50022
socket-mounted on E-T-A socket 17-P10-Si
Overview
Type No.
Dimensions
74 x 45 x 124 mm
50 x 56 x 12 mm (without socket)
7
Technical data
see CPI cat. pages 145 - 146
see CPI cat. pages 147 - 150
Issue C
☎
20 kΩ (with 199 mV)
100 kΩ (with 1.99 V and 19.9 V)
( 9...
15 V)
(18...
30 V)
(36...
60 V)
(93.5... 121 V)
(187 ... 242 V)
(97.8...126.5 V)
(195.5... 253 V)
3 mA (DC/AC) load current
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
339
Current and Voltage Monitors
●
●
Voltage Monitor
MIN limit value
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
MAX limit value
●
●
●
●
MIN and MAX limit value
●
Limit value adjustment digital switches
●
●
●
●
button
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
light switch
Measuring ranges
●
●
Combi Safety Protector
Function
E-1079-600
●
E-1079-51
●
E-1079-41
●
E-1079-31
●
E-1078-911
●
E-1078-482
E-1077-51
●
E-1078-432
E-1077-41
●
Current Protector
E-1078-422
E-1077-31
Current Monitor
E-1078-431
Description
E-1076-SR
Type
E-1078-421
Current and Voltage Monitors - Selector chart
factory preset
●
AC 0... 5 A
●
AC 0... 16 A
●
●
●
●
AC 0... 1.99 A
●
●
●
AC 0... 19.99 A
●
●
●
DC 0... 19.9 mA
●
●
●
DC 0... 199.9 mV
●
●
●
DC 0... 1.99 V
●
●
●
DC 0... 19.9 V
●
●
●
DC 12 V ± 25 %
●
DC 24 V ± 25 %
●
DC 48 V ± 25 %
●
DC 110 V +10 % / -15 %
●
DC 220 V +10 % / -15 %
●
AC 115 V +10 % / -15 %
●
●
AC 230 V +10 % / -15 %
Low voltage lamp load 60... 300 W
●
●
●
●
●
100... 400 W
●
●
●
●
●
300... 600 W
●
●
●
●
●
Priority circuit
I > 15.5 A AC
Outputs
relay
transistor
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
MOS
triac
Supply voltage
●
AC 230 V
Overview
AC 115 V
= input signal
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
7
340
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Approvals
VDE
●
●
●
●
●
DEMKO
●
●
●
NEMKO
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
SEMKO
●
●
●
FIMKO
●
●
●
KEMA
●
●
●
SEV
●
●
●
ÖVE
●
●
●
IMQ
UTE
●
UL
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
CSA
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
BWB (VG)
BV
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LRoS
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Overview
Type
104
105
106
110
111
120
127
129
157
158
201
410
412
413
428
433
434
437
449
452
482
483
520
530
583
683
808
809
921
922
1110
1140
1410
2210
2215
3120
3130
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3900
4000
4201
2-4100
2-5000
2-5200
2-5700
6110
2-6200
2-6400
2-6500
6510
2-6700
2-7000
8330
8340
8350
8
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
341
Approvals
VDE
UL
CSA
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LRoS
●
BV
●
E-T-A Electronic Flow Monitors, Level Sensors etc.
Type
PTB
GL
FM1-Ex
●
BSFW 120
●
NR 100 GL
●
NR 150 GL
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Overview
Type
41-0
41-04
41-05
41-06
41-10
41-11
41-20
41-27
41-29
41-57
41-58
42-01
41-2
41-3
42-8
43-3
43-4
45-2
45-20
45-30
43-200
43-300
43-400
43-500
43-600
43-900
44-000
44-201
44-100
45-000
45-200
45-700
46-200
46-400
46-500
8
All dimensions without tolerances are for reference only. In the interest of improved design,
performance and cost effectiveness the right to make changes in these specifications without
notice is reserved. Product markings may not be exactly as the ordering codes.
342
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336- www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Worldwide Service Network
Corporate Headquarters
Germany
E-T-A Elektrotechnische
Apparate GmbH
P.O. Box 1061
D-90514 Altdorf
☎ ++49 (+9187) 10 -0
Facsimile ++49 (+9187) 1 03 97
www.etacbe.com
Order Form
Europe
Austria
Herndl Electric-Handelsgesellschaft m. b. H.
Südstadtzentrum 1/20
A-2344 Maria Enzersdorf
☎ ++43 (+22 36) 2 41 23
Facsimile ++43 (+22 36) 2 41 23 - 40
Greece
Panagiotis Sp. Dimoulas ”Biomat“
Kritis Str. 26
GR-10439 Athen
☎ ++30 (1) 8 83 33 37
Telex 21 85 29
Facsimile ++30 (1) 8 83 44 36
Belgium / Luxemburg
E-T-A Elektro Technik s. a./n.v.
Avenue G. Stassart Iaan, 109
B-1070 Bruxelles
☎ ++32 (+2) 523 30 97
Facsimile ++32 (+2) 523 99 06
Holland / Netherlands
Jacs. Koopman B. V.
Postbus 150
NL-3960 BD Wijk bij Duurstede
☎ ++31 (+3 43) 59 22 22
Facsimile ++31 (+3 43) 59 23 33
Bulgaria / Croatia
Slovenia / Romania
H. Balla
Breitenfurter Str. 382 a
A-1235 Wien
☎ ++43 (1) 8 88 52 51
Facsimile ++43 (1) 8 88 51 51 51
Italy
E-T-A Apparecchi Elettrotecnici s.r.l.
Via Giulio Cesare Procaccini Nr. 7
I-20154 Milano
☎ ++39 (02) 31 41 56
Facsimile ++39 (02) 31 41 81
Abteilungsverkauf:
C.so Buenos Aires, 75
I-20129 Milano
☎ ++39 (02)66 98 81 23
Facsimile ++39 (02) 66 98 44 70
e-mail: [email protected]
Czech Republic
Slovakian Republic
E-T-A Elektrotechnische Apparate GmbH
Ladislav Bojarsky
Industriestr. 2-8, D-90518 Altdorf,
Postfach 1061, D-90514 Altdorf
☎ ++49(+9187) 10 423
Facsimile ++49(+9187) 10 222
Denmark
H. Jørgensen & Co ApS
Præstemarksvej 8 B
DK-4000 Roskilde
☎ ++45 (46) 75 63 22
Facsimile ++45(46) 75 61 40
e-mail: [email protected]
Finland
Suomen Elektrolind Oy
Jan Barck
Vesitorninpolku 5b
FIN-02700 Kauniainen
☎/Facsimile ++358 (+9) -5 05 01 10
Mobiltelefon ++358 (40) 5 43 78 98
e-mail: [email protected]
France
ETA Appareils électrotechniques
S.A.R.L.
40-62, Rue du Général Malleret-Joinville
F-94400 Vitry-sur-Seine
☎ ++33 (+1) 46 81 02 73
Facsimile ++33 (+1) 46 82 65 69
e-mail: [email protected]
Norway
Elis Elektro A/S
Postboks 38
Lindeberg Gr.
N-1007 Oslo
☎ ++47 (+2) 2 90 56 70
Facsimile ++47 (+2) 2 90 56 71
e-mail: [email protected]
Poland
Electronics & Cable Sp. zo. o.
ul. Przemyslowa 12
62-095 Murowana Goslina
☎ ++48 (61) 8 11 20 64
++48 (61) 8 11 20 65
Facsimile ++48 (61) 8 11 20 66
Portugal
AUTOMA
Av. Vasco da Gama, 652-660
P-4100 Porto
☎ ++351(+2 ) 6 17 42 39
Facsimile ++351(+2 ) 6 17 19 87
Telex 2 68 1
Spain
ELPO-ELECTRIC S.A.
José Lobo
Apartado 2503
28080 Madrid
☎ ++34 (91) 4 15 13 48-4 15 39 11
Facsimile ++34 (91) 4 13 02 38
Sweden
Österlinds El-Agentur AB
Gribbylundvägen 11-13
S-18762 Täby
Box 96
S-18321 Täby
☎ ++46 (+8) 7 32 80 75
Facsimile ++46 (+8) 7 32 60 30
Switzerland
E-T-A general agents:
Henri Grandjean AG
Niederbergstr. 1
Postfach 677
CH-4153 Reinach BL
☎ ++41 (+61) 711 02 02
Facsimile ++41 (+61) 711 04 11
e-mail: [email protected]
Switzerland
For E-T-A Electronic devices:
Rudolf Flach Elektronik AG
Emil Frey-Strasse 166
CH-4142 Münchenstein
☎ ++41 (+61) 417 94 94
Facsimile ++41 (+61) 417 94 95
Switzerland
For Pressure and Level Sensors
and Flow Monitors:
Vögtlin Instruments AG
Langenhagstr. 1
CH-4147 Aesch BL
☎ ++41 (+61) 756 63 00
Facsimile ++41 (+61) 756 63 01
Turkey
MESAN Elektrik Müm.
ve Sanayi Ltd. Sti.
Refik Saydam Caddesi No.: 167
Dilber Apartmani Kat: 4-5 Daire: 12-14
TR-80020 Sishane-Istanbul
☎ ++90 (2 12) 292 5849
Facsimile ++90 (2 12) 251 6030
e-mail: [email protected]
United Kingdom / Ireland
E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd.
Telford Close
GB-Aylesbury, Bucks HP 19 3 DG
☎ ++44 (+12 96) 420336
Facsimile ++44 (+12 96) 488497
e-mail: [email protected]
For E-T-A Electronic devices:
E-T-A Electronic
a division of
E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd.
Address as above
8
(...) = area code
Issue C
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
343
Worldwide Service Network
America
Asia
Brazil
Paulo Viehmann Representaçoes
Rua Olavo, 450 Praia Vermelha Eldorado
BR 09971-500 Diadema - SP
☎ / Facsimile ++55 (+11) 713 - 5294
☎ ++55 (+11) 713 - 5512
e-mail: [email protected]
India
M/s. R. G. Keswani
Post Box No. 16552
WORLI
IND-Bombay-400 018
☎ (022) 4 93 28 05
☎ ++91 (+22) 4 93 92 46
Facsimile ++91 (+22) 4 93 84 74
Canada
E-T-A Circuit Breakers Ltd.
236 Hood Road
CDN-Markham
Ontario L 3R 3K8
☎ ++1 (905) 475 - 5886
Facsimile ++1 (905) 475 - 5889
Japan
E-T-A Components K.K.
Suzushoo Bldg. 4 F
No. 6-13-9, Shinbashi
Minato-ku
Tokyo 105
☎ ++81 (+3) 34 34 - 16 26
Facsimile ++81 (+3) 34 34 - 16 27
e-mail: [email protected]
Chile
Electrónica Industrial
Schädler y Cia Ltda
Antonio Varas 1871
RCH-Providencia.-Santiago
☎ ++56 (+2) 274 7430
Facsimile ++56 (+2) 204 9338
United States of America
ETA Circuit Breakers
1551 Bishop Court
USA-Mount Prospect, IL 60056
☎ ++1(847) 827-7600
Facsimile ++1(847) 827-7655
e-mail: [email protected]
Singapur / Singapore
Malaysien / Malaysia
Hongkong / Hong Kong
Indonesien / Indonesia
Brunei, Thailand, Korea, Taiwan,
Mainland China, Philippinen
E-T-A Asia Pacific Pte Ltd
No. 46 Lorong 17 Geylang
#08-01 Enterprise Industrial Building
SGP-Singapore 388568
☎ ++65 / 841 4484
Facsimile ++65 / 841 4474
e-mail: [email protected]
Africa
South Africa
RADEL Electrical and Electronic
Components cc
P.O.Box 4364
ZA-Cresta 21 18
☎ ++27 (+11) 888-6696
Facsimile ++27 (+11) 888-2390
e-mail: [email protected]
Australia
Australia / New Zealand
RUBIN GROUP PTY. LIMITED
73-77 Whiting Street
AUS-Artarmon, N. S. W. 2064
P.O. Box 82
☎ ++61 (+2) 9906 5608
Facsimile ++61 (+2) 9439 2278
e-mail: [email protected]
8
(...) = area code
344
☎
Germany (0 91 87) 10-0 - USA (847) 827-7600 - UK (01296) 420336 - www.etacbe.com
Issue C
Circuit Protection
and Control
Circuit Breakers
and
Control Products